Embraced Always by Krsna ...
The Life and Times of ĆrÄ« ĆrÄ«mad Gour Govinda Swami MahÄrÄja Part 2 1989
The Spiritual Master Must Have Prema
Compiled by NimÄi Paáčážita dÄsa
The Life and Times of ĆrÄ« ĆrÄ«mad Gour Govinda Swami MahÄrÄja Part 2 1989
The Spiritual Master Must Have Prema
Compiled by NimÄi Paáčážita dÄsa
The Life & Times of ĆrÄ« ĆrÄ«mad Gour Govinda Swami MahÄrÄja
Volume 3 â Part 2
The Life & Times of ĆrÄ« ĆrÄ«mad Gour Govinda Swami MahÄrÄja
Volume 3 â Part 2 1989
Compiled by NimÄi Paáčážita dÄsa
nama oáč viáčŁáču-pÄdÄya káčáčŁáča-preáčŁáčhÄya bhĆ«-tale
ĆrÄ«mate gour govinda-svÄmin iti nÄmine
namaste abhaya-prÄ«ya gour bhava prakÄsine
nityÄnanda káčpÄ-sindho gopÄl sarva-darĆÄ«ne
I offer my respectful obeisances unto His Divine Grace ĆrÄ«la Gour Govinda Swami, who is very dear to Lord KáčáčŁáča, having taken shelter at His lotus feet.
Hey! Abhay-prÄ«ya (dearmost disciple of ĆrÄ«la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupÄda), you revealed the innermost mood of ĆrÄ«man MahÄprabhu, you are the ocean of ĆrÄ« NityÄnandaâs mercy and wherever you look you see your beloved ĆrÄ« GopÄl, please accept my repeated daáčážavat-praáčÄm at your most gracious lotus feet.
Tattva VicĂ€ra Publications is inspired by the remarkable words and glories of ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kura - ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja
Always Embraced by KÄñëa is compiled from informal talks, interviews and lectures delivered by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja, and interviews with his friends, family members, godbrothers, godsisters, disciples (dĂ©kñÀ or çikñÀ), followers and wellwishers.
This series of volumes on the life story of ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja has been authorised by ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja himself who gave the framework of his life to the author. This volume allows the devotees to tell in their own words their experiences in the association of their beloved Gurudeva ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja. Quotes from the books and lectures of ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da are copyrighted © The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust International.
First Edition (hard-bound) 1,000 copies - 2025
© 2025 TATTVA VICĂRA PUBLICATIONS
ISBN: 978-0-6450973-4-4
SOME RIGHTS RESERVED. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED, CONTENT ON THIS BOOK IS LICENSED UNDER THE CREATIVE COMMONS ATTRIBUTION-NO DERIVATIVES 4.0 INTERNATIONAL LICENSE.
To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/ Permissions beyond the scope of this license write to info@tvpbooks.com
Every effort has been made to trace or contact all copyright holders. The publishers will be pleased to make good any omissions or rectify any mistakes brought to their attention at the earliest opportunity.
Please note: Due to circumstances beyond our control Volume Two of this series on the life of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja will be a long time in the making. Therefore, at this point in time we have opted to publish Volume Three next. We suggest that you read the new, revised, Volume One before venturing into Volume Three. Volume Two will be printed when it is ready. Our apologies, to one and all for any inconvenience what-so-ever.
Background Research (Orissa): ĂrĂ©pad Caitanya Candra dĂ€sa - GadĂ€i-Giri. (1947-2024)
Editing: BV ĂuddhĂ€dvaitĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja, MaĂŻjumedhĂ€ devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©, NimĂ€i PaĂ«ĂČita dĂ€sa.
Fidelity Check: BV ParamÀrthé MahÀrÀja.
Hand Drawn Graphics: Poonam Sharma [VÄndÀvana]. Used with permission. Layout, Cover & Graphic Design: MaïjumedhÀ devé dÀsé.
Orissa Correspondents: Arjuna KÄñëa dÀsa (GadÀi-Giri) and PrabhupÀda PriyÀ Sevak dÀsa (Bhubaneswar).
Proofreading: Guru-çakti dĂ€sa, Jagat-pati dĂ€sa, Janeshwar dĂ€sa, NavadvĂ©pa-candra dĂ€sa, RĂ€dhika Patel, SvarĂŒpa dĂ€sa, Tarun-kÄñëa dĂ€sa.
Audio to transcript check: Jagadéça PaĂ«ĂČita dĂ€sa.
AVaiáčŁáčavaâs1 nature is without vice. No part of it deserves to be hidden. Simplicity is the life of a VaiáčŁáčava. Teach others your own disposition by expressing it everywhere. No one is worthy of the title âVaiáčŁáčavaâ if their character is not pure. You are of a pure character, so always behave properly. Teach this to the world. All VaiáčŁáčavas have attained the status of being gurus of the world. Teaching by words alone is not enough. The main task is to teach by oneâs character. Look! There are no laws for Me. I am the independent Supreme Controller. I can do whatever I want. However, I have appeared in the womb of ĆrÄ« ĆacÄ« DevÄ« to purify the nature of the unruly jÄ«vas in the age of Kali through My teachings.2
â ĆrÄ«la Bhaktivinoda áčŹhÄkura Sajjana ToáčŁaáči, 1893
bhagavata uru-vikramÄáč ghri-ĆÄkhÄnakha-maáči-candrikayÄ nirasta-tÄpe háčdi katham upasÄ«datÄáč punaáž„ sa prabhavati candra ivodite ârka-tÄpaáž„
âHow can the painful fever of material life befall those who hold the cooling lotus feet of Lord KáčáčŁáča within their hearts? By the power of KáčáčŁáčaâs lotus feet all the troubles in the heart of His pure devotee are banished forever, for His toenails are like gems whose rays soothe the heart of His devotee and relieve him from all trouble, just like the rays of the moon cool the earth from the heat of the summer sun.â
â ĆrÄ«mad-BhÄgavatam 11.2.54
ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© GosvĂ€mĂ© PrabhupĂ€da
ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad JagannĂ€tha dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja
For the International Society for KÄñëa Consciousness which is a branch of the Caitanya tree:
âAs soon as the disciplic succession is missing, then everything is lost.â
ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da Room Conversation July 1, 1974, Melbourne
1. BhagavĂ€n ĂrĂ© KÄñëa
2. Lord BrahmÀ
3. ĂrĂ© NĂ€rada Muni
4. ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sadeva
5. ĂrĂ© MadhvĂ€cĂ€rya
6. ĂrĂ© PadmanĂ€bha
7. ĂrĂ© NĂ„hari
8. ĂrĂ© MĂ€dhava
9. ĂrĂ© Akñobhya
10. ĂrĂ© Jaya TĂ©rtha
11. ĂrĂ© JĂŻĂ€nasindhu
12. ĂrĂ© DayĂ€nidhi
13. ĂrĂ© VidyĂ€nidhi
14. ĂrĂ© RĂ€jendra
15. ĂrĂ© Jayadharma
16. ĂrĂ© Puruñottama
17. ĂrĂ© BrahmaĂ«ya TĂ©rtha
18. ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa TĂ©rtha
19. ĂrĂ© LakñmĂ©pati TĂ©rtha
20. ĂrĂ© MĂ€dhavendra PurĂ©
21. ĂrĂ© Ăçvara PurĂ©, (ĂrĂ© NityĂ€nanda ĂhĂ€kura, ĂrĂ© Advaita ĂcĂ€rya)
22. Lord ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu
23. ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ©, (ĂrĂ©la SvarĂŒpa DĂ€modara GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ©)
24. ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha dĂ€sa GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ©
25. ĂrĂ©la KÄñëadĂ€sa KavirĂ€ja GosvĂ€mĂ©
26. ĂrĂ©la Narottama dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura
27. ĂrĂ©la ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura
28. (ĂrĂ©la Baladeva VidyĂ€bhĂŒĂ±ana) ĂrĂ©la JagannĂ€tha dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ©
29. ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura
30. ĂrĂ©la Gaurakiçora dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ©
31. ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da
32. ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da
33. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kura
Chapter Twelve
Part Two
AdoáčŁa DaraĆÄ« Prabhu Patita UddhÄra
â O Faultless Seer of the Supreme Lord, O Saviour of the Fallen
KaruáčayÄ AvatÄ«ráča Udrau â
Chapter Thirteen
Chapter Fourteen
Chapter Twenty-Three
Chapter Twenty-Four
Ifirst heard of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja in 1982 from LaguĂČĂ© prabhu, who had just returned from spending a considerable amount of time with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja in India.
LaguĂČĂ© prabhu had tried to explain to me ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs exalted spiritual qualities, including describing to us in detail the âMĂ€yĂ€pura 1979â event, but unfortunately, I was not able to properly appreciate those glories until years later, when I finally met ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja and took dĂ©kñÀ from him.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja was so learned, knowledgeable and extremely humble. There were no indeterminable ideas in his KÄñëa consciousness, in his speech or his activities. I could perceive he had no envy of anyone.
He would sacrifice his every moment with unwavering eagerness and care, nurturing the spiritual well-being of others; relentlessly trying to give everyone a glimpse of the pure bhakti that resided in his own heart, in surrender to the Supreme Lord. His singularity of purpose was never ending, persevering even with the seemingly âhopelessâ cases. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja led with compassion all who came to him; even those who considered him a threat or
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
an enemy. In this way, he travelled the world â uncompromising in his efforts to impart the treasure of âLove of Godheadâ â without any thought, least of all, for his comfort; a stalwart exemplar for aspirants on the path of bhakti.
As is stated in the publication, 108 Transcendental Splendours of our beloved Gurudeva:
PrabhupĂ€daâs personal instructions he tolerated and co-operated with those who were unjust, ruthless and who tried to work against him, whilst he was relentlessly working to resurrect their fallen mentality.
This publication presents Gurudevaâs extraordinary qualities and pastimes as an example of pure bhakti for all current seekers of the Absolute Truth and for generations to come.
Your lowly servant, Jagat-pati dÀsa.
vÀïchĂ€-kalpa-tarubhyaç ca kĂ„pĂ€-sindhubhya eva ca patitĂ€nÀà pĂ€vanebhyo vaiñëavebhyo namo namaĂč
âI offer my respectful obeisances unto all the Vaiñëava devotees of the Lord. They are just like desire trees who can fulfill the desires of everyone, and they are full of compassion for the fallen conditioned souls.â (ĂrĂ© Vaiñëava PraëÀma mantra)
vande çrĂ©-kÄñëa-caitanyapremĂ€mara-taroĂč priyĂ€n çÀkhĂ€-rĂŒpĂ€n bhakta-gaëÀn kÄñëa-prema-phala-pradĂ€n
âI offer my obeisances to all the dear devotees of ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu, the eternal tree of love of Godhead. I offer my respects to all the branches of the tree, the devotees of the Lord who distribute the fruit of love of KÄñëa.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi 10.7)
Following more than a year of corresponding, I travelled to India in March 1989, where I first met ĂrĂ©la ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kura Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja in person. My experiences on that first visit were enough for me to understand that this was no ordinary devotee of the Lord â not an ordinary svĂ€mĂ©, nor just another guru. We noticed his holy radiance on our first visit to his hut, symptomatic
lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
of one who has led a life free of sin. In that moment, I felt inspired to record his biography* knowing it would be greatly beneficial to the family of Vaiñëava devotees and countless aspirants.
The level of hari-kathÀ that I experienced on that first visit to the ISKCON Bhubaneswar Temple was like nothing I had ever heard in my entire life. It was a totally uplifting and transformative experience for me.
After reading this third volume of his divine life, one will appreciate that it is not possible to over-glorify a personality and sĂ€dhu such as ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva. As conditioned souls, we are not even able to comprehend the exalted position of such a transcendental personality. We cannot grasp it. As described in the topmost of all scriptures ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam:
rahĂŒgaĂ«aitat tapasĂ€ na yĂ€ti na cejyayĂ€ nirvapaëÀd gĂ„hĂ€d vĂ€ na cchandasĂ€ naiva jalĂ€gni-sĂŒryair vinĂ€ mahat-pĂ€da-rajo-âbhiñekam
âMy dear King RahĂŒgaĂ«a, unless one has the opportunity to smear his entire body with the dust of the lotus feet of great devotees, one cannot realise the Absolute Truth. One cannot realise the Absolute Truth simply by observing celibacy [brahmacarya], strictly following the rules and regulations of householder life, leaving home as a vĂ€naprastha, accepting sannyĂ€sa, or undergoing severe penances in winter by keeping oneself submerged in water
*SvayambhĂŒ MahĂ€rĂ€ja [1935 - 2010]: His name prior to meeting and taking initiation from ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva was Subash Biswal. He had written an account of ĂrĂ©la Gurudevaâs life in the Oriya language. However, in 1989 the author was not aware of that book. SvayambhĂŒ MahĂ€rĂ€ja wrote two books: the first PĂŒta jĂ©vana-carita â The Sacred Life History, which is the Biography of ĂrĂ©la ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kura in Oriya. His second book was: KĂ„pĂ€-patravali â Merciful Letters; a compilation of the letters that ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami wrote to him. [He took sannyĂ€sa 01.03.2004] It is worth noting that SvayambhĂŒ prabhu would not change his name when he took sannyĂ€sa. He stipulated that it should be the same name that our beloved Gurudeva gave him, so his sannyĂ€sa name was His Holiness SvayambhĂŒ MahĂ€rĂ€ja.
or surrounding oneself in summer by fire and the scorching heat of the sun. There are many other processes to understand the Absolute Truth, but the Absolute Truth is only revealed to one who has attained the mercy of a great devotee.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 5.12.12)
When so many amazing facts about ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami
MahÀrÀja are put together, one who is a simple-hearted devotee is bound to conclude that he is an extraordinary personality. This publication, Always Embraced by KÄñëa, is a humble presentation of this extraordinary and remarkable personality, born in a family of great Vaiñëavas.
In his ĂrĂ© Hari-bhakti-vilĂ€sa, ĂrĂ©la SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ© quotes the following verses:
prathamaĂ tu guruĂ pĂŒjya tataç caiva mamĂ€rcanam kurvan siddhim avĂ€pnoti hy anyathĂ€ niñphalaĂ bhavet
âIf anyone worships his guru first and then worships Me [ĂrĂ© KÄñëa], he certainly achieves perfection. If he does not do so, his worship bears no fruit.â (ĂrĂ© Hari-bhakti-vilĂ€sa 4.344)
bhaktir yathĂ€ harau meâsti tadvan niñöhĂ€ gurau yadi mamĂ€sti tena satyena svaĂ darçayatu me hariĂč
âIf my devotion to my guru is even stronger than my devotion for ĂrĂ© KÄñëa, then may this fact cause ĂrĂ© KÄñëa to reveal Himself to me.â (Padma PurÀëa)
After all, it is the duty of the disciple to glorify the spiritual master â âMay your glories now be proclaimed throughout the three worlds.â
K Äñë A
hÀ hÀ prabhu koro doyÀ, deho more pada-chÀyÀ, ebe jaça ghuñuk tribhuvana
âO spiritual master, ... Be merciful unto me and give me the shade of your lotus feet. May your glories now be proclaimed throughout the three worlds.â (ĂrĂ©-guru-vandanĂ€, from the Premabhakti-candrikĂ€, of ĂrĂ©la Narottama dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura, verse four)
Also, it is written in Bhaktivinoda-vÀëé-vaibhava:
ââŠit is the duty of the disciple to glorify the spiritual master for one hour everydayâŠâ (Seventh Chapter, Part Eight)
If we would actually do this, how much information would we need to collect about our spiritual master? So, the glorification I am presenting here is miniscule, in fact, only touching the tip of the iceberg of his glories.
When ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva came to Australia in October 1990, I asked him if he would consider conducting interviews about his life and he kindly consented. The idea was that at some point in time, someone would write a book about him. At that time, it was not determined who that person would be. I never thought that I would actually write a book about his divine life. But, after conducting certain interviews, I spoke with Gurudeva and asked who should author the book, since I did not think it would be me. He said to me, âYou will author it.â
As it happened, my experience in writing was limited to letters, and I felt I lacked in scholarly ability, but by prayers and feeling deeply inspired, and mostly because of Gurudevaâs approval, I undertook this task.
After that first encounter with my spiritual preceptor and subsequently collecting information on his divine life by the way
of the interviews I had conducted on his first tour of Australia, I became truly astonished that such a deeply genuine spiritual personality existed. Such interviews validated my first impressions of him during that first visit to Bhubaneswar in 1989.
From that time, in 1990, after receiving the instruction, guidance and blessing of my beloved spiritual master to carry out this enormous spiritual endeavour, I began conducting research into his life and carried out many more interviews with devotees and people who had known him from around the world. The information in this volume has been derived from this vast collection of recorded material.
I wish to thank everyone who helped with this publication. May ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja shower his blessings upon one and all.
I especially would like to express my gratitude to my divine master ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja for giving me the opportunity to carry out this service. Your lowly servant,
NimĂ€i PaĂ«ĂČita dĂ€sa
Insignificant disciple of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja.
by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja*
ââŠIf one wants any association at all, one should associate with sĂ€dhus, saintly persons. They are engaged in the loving service of KÄñëa twenty-four hours a day, they carry KÄñëa in their heart and they have bound Him up there. Association with saintly persons will make you develop bhakti in your heart. Without sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga there is no question of bhakti at allâŠâ
ââŠThe PracetĂ€s begged for sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga from Lord Viñëu. âThere is no other blessing for us mortal beings, martya. Even a momentâs association with a sĂ€dhu cannot be compared with the attainment of heavenly enjoyment, or that of sĂ€yujya-mukti.â** KÄñëa has said, âI am very attracted to sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga. I am bound by that sĂ€dhu. I am completely controlled by sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga.â If you associate with a sĂ€dhu all your material desires will be completely destroyed by the sĂ€dhuâs powerful speech. A sĂ€dhuâs mercy has such a strong effectâŠâ
* From a lecture on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 9.6.50-51 , January 1, 1994, Bhubaneswar.
** SĂ€yujya-mukti â becoming one with the Lord either by merging into His body or by merging into His Brahman effulgence.
K Äñë A
âWe should associate with sĂ€dhus, those who are engaged day and night, twenty-four hours a day, in the loving service of KÄñëa, those who are carrying Him in their heart and have bound Him up there, because only by sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga can one develop bhakti. Without sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga no one can develop itâŠâ
ââŠBut as long as one does not have resolute faith in the words of a sĂ€dhu, then it will not be real sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga. âI will rather die than failing to follow the instructions of the sĂ€dhu!â This is the necessary sentiment for performing bhajanaâŠâ
ââŠsĂ€dhu-saĂŹga is the only means to destroy oneâs desires for material enjoymentâŠâ
ââŠIf you associate with sĂ€dhus all your disqualifications are goneâŠâ
ââŠOne should develop a desire to have KÄñëa; one should be mad after KÄñëa. Only this desire should be cherished. Give up all other desiresâŠâ
ââŠthe sĂ€dhus never give distress to anyone; they never think ill of anyone. They only want all good for everyone. The sĂ€dhuâs characteristics, sĂ€dhu-carita â his life, and sĂ€dhu-kathĂ€ â what he speaks, will give you transcendental happiness and pleasureâŠâ
ââŠthey [the sĂ€dhuâs] are our well-wishersâŠâ
ââŠOne should understand this and always associate with sĂ€dhus. MahĂ€prabhu is a practical teacher, by His practical example He has shown that when He was staying in Puruñottama-kñetra. He was associating with RĂ€ya RĂ€mĂ€nanda and SvarĂŒpa DĂ€modara GosvĂ€mĂ©, two very, very elevated Vaiñëavas, premi-bhaktas.
S Àdhu - S aÏga IS the only dharma
MahĂ€prabhu has said, âAssociation with My premi-bhaktas is better and superior to directly associating with Me [mad-bhaktapĂŒjĂ€bhyadhikĂ€ (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 11.19.21)] âŠâ
ââŠUnless one associates with a sĂ€dhu, how will he learn surrender? Who will teach him to surrender? It is not an easy matter to surrender, saying it is easy, but practically doing it is not easy. We all speak about surrender, but are we really surrendered? By associating with a person who is really surrendered â a sĂ€dhu, one develops an attitude of surrender. Hence it is by associating with a sadhu that one surrenders, he then very easily attains KÄñëaâŠâ
ââŠSo, when one performs bhakti-sĂ€dhana and treads this path of devotional service in the association of sadhus, the Lord becomes very pleased and He becomes submitted to that personâŠâ
âOtherwise KÄñëa will never become captured. The only means is bhakti, and bhakti is developed through sĂ€dhu-saĂŹgaâŠâ
ââŠif you associate with pure sĂ€dhus, then you will develop pure bhaktiâŠâ
ââŠIf one is always in the association of a pure sĂ€dhu, he will never be deluded at any moment. MĂ€yĂ€ cannot delude him at all. Therefore sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga is like a strong fort. MĂ€yĂ€ cannot touch such a devotee. This is the great spiritual strength you will derive from sĂ€dhu-saĂŹgaâŠâ
ââŠThis is the glory of sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga. Therefore, you should learn how to always remember such a sĂ€dhu, and how to glorify such a sĂ€dhu. If you are serious for the bhajana of RĂ€dhĂ€-Govinda, you must associate with a gauĂČĂ©ya-premi-bhakta, a rĂ€gĂ€nuga-bhaktaâŠâ
Introductory Note
by ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da
Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 4.34 â August 14, 1966, New York.
So KÄñëa, He is within our heart. HĂ„dy antaĂč-sthaĂč. Therefore, as soon as we become a little inclined towards KÄñëa, then from within our heart He gives us favourable instruction so that we can gradually make progress, gradually.
KÄñëa is the first spiritual master, and when we become more interested, then we have to go to a physical spiritual master. That is enjoined in the next verse.
tad viddhi praĂ«ipĂ€tena paripraçnena sevayĂ€ upadekñyanti te jĂŻĂ€naĂ jĂŻĂ€ninas tattva-darçinaĂč [Bg. 4.34]
Now, KÄñëa advises that, âIf you want to know that transcendental science, then you just try to approach somebody.â PraĂ«ipĂ€tena. PraĂ«ipĂ€tena, paripraçnena and sevayĂ€. What is praĂ«ipĂ€ta? PraĂ«ipĂ€ta means surrender. Surrender. You must select a person where you can surrender yourself because nobody likes to surrender to anyone.
by K Äñë A
We have got... Everyone, we are puffed up with whatever knowledge we have got. Everyone is puffed up: âOh, who can give me knowledge?â There is regular propaganda that âFor spiritual realisation there is no need of spiritual master.â But so far Vedic literature is concerned, so far Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ is concerned, so far BhĂ€gavata is concerned, so far, the Upaniñads and Vedic literatures are concerned, they do not say. They say that there is need of a spiritual master.
After the three previously mentioned Australian devotees left Bhubaneswar, the only foreigner left there at that time was Nruhari dÀsa. He was his usual enthusiastic self, performing whatever service he could do for his divine master. Then, slowly more and more seekers of the truth began arriving at the Bhubaneswar Temple.
They were in need of a real guru and had heard of a rasika-bhakta who resided in a small hut in that distant land called Bhuvaneçvara (Bhubaneswar), once known as EkĂ€mra-kĂ€nana â the very place where the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam was first spoken by Lord Ăiva to PĂ€rvatĂ©. Most came to hear the unparalleled hari-kathĂ€ of this great personality, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja.
ââŠto study and relish the discourses upon the BhĂ€gavatam and other scriptures given by elevated rasikĂ€ devotees steeped in the transcendental pastimes of ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâŠâ (Jaiva Dharma, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, Chapter Twenty, Part Eight)
ââŠThe sincere aspirant must find a pure devotee â one who is imbued with rasa and thirsty for hearing KÄñëaâs sublime pastimes â and in his association relish the succulent sweetness of the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam...â (Jaiva Dharma, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, Chapter Twenty, Part Eight)
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
ââŠThe initial transformations of bhava reveal the Supreme Lord to the devotee, and later in prema the rasikĂ€ devotee directly perceives Him as the absolute personification of the divine rasaâŠâ (Madhurya-Kadambini - by ĂrĂ©la ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura, The Seventh Shower of Nectar).
ââŠRegulated knowledge involves a gradual raising of the living entity to the spiritual platform, and the highest spiritual realisation is knowledge that the Personality of Godhead is the reservoir of all spiritual tastes, or rasasâŠâ (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 1.1.3, from the purport, by ĂrĂ©la A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da)*
â⊠It may be asked how the principle of divine grace can be reconciled with the transcendent and self-sufficient character of the Divine Being, who remains unaffected by the material and has no desires or motives. The answer lies in the nature of bhakti as a function of the hlĂ€dinĂ© çakti, which energises both BhagavĂ€n and the bhakta. Like a lamp, which reveals itself as well as other objects, the hlĂ€dinĂ© çakti of BhagavĂ€n placed in the hearts of His devotees causes bliss to Him as well as to them. In fact, BhagavĂ€n, the supreme relisher of bliss (rasika-çekhara), relishes the bliss flowing from the hlĂ€dinĂ© çakti in the hearts of His devotees (çaktyĂ€nanda) even more than He relishes the bliss flowing from the nature of His own self (svarĂŒpĂ€nanda). The gravitational force of the hlĂ€dinĂ© çakti draws the bhakta towards BhagavĂ€n, and BhagavĂ€n towards the bhakta. The bhakta surrenders himself to BhagavĂ€n, and BhagavĂ€n surrenders Himself to the bhaktaâŠâ (From, The Path of Bhakti, by O.B.L. Kapoor, Ph.D.)**
Divine Grace is extended to the suffering conditioned souls [the mÀyÀ-baddha-jévas or nitya-baddhas] not directly, but through the saintly persons (sÀdhus) who are themselves the recipients of holy
*Please see Appendix Twelve for more information on this topic.
** O.B.L. Kapoor, initiated name Ădi-keçava dĂ€sa, was a disciple of ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da.
C hapter 1 I n that D I stant L an D
grace. In the magnificent hari-kathĂ€ of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami he states that there are two reasons why the great souls come from that eternal realm [prema-bhĂŒmi â the land of divine love] to this material world [kĂ€ma-bhĂŒmi â the land of lust]:
1. The Supreme Lord orders them to come.
2. From that nitya-dharma [the eternal realm] they see the suffering of the conditioned souls in this material world and their heart bleeds for their suffering. So, they appear here and bring the message of the Absolute.
The next devotees who arrived in Bhubaneswar were RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa and his wife YaçasvinĂ© devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©. They were from the UK and were very interested in hearing the hari-kathĂ€ of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: My decision to come here [Bhubaneswar] was confirmed by numerous Vaiñëavas. The many devotees I spoke with and asked all gave me deep encouragement and blessings, so I took it that KÄñëa wanted me to come. And Gurudeva said to me, âYes, PrabhupĂ€da prompted you through those Vaiñëavas.â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami continued with his routine, which was like clockwork. He would rise between 3.30 am and 4.00 am or sometimes even earlier, take his bath, apply tilaka, recite his GĂ€yatrĂ© mantra. Then he would begin chanting japa.
After chanting for some time, he would prepare for his ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam class, this would take approximately 20 â 25 minutes, finding the topics, verses and songs he would use later that morning. Then sitting upon the vyĂ€sĂ€sana and delivering the morningâs ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam class, which typically lasted between
by K Äñë A
two to four hours. After the class, he would return to his room and chant japa on the front porch of his hut, and then he would engage in the translation of the works of his divine master, ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da.*
YaçasvinĂ©-devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©: In April 1989, due to my husbandâs strong desire to meet ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja, we went to Bhubaneswar. The temple, which was ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs last project was still in very early stages at that time. The guest rooms were just being built, so they were quite austere for Westerners. There was no fan and no mosquito screens on the windows. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs disciples would carry him to his vyĂ€sĂ€sana, as he had recently had some surgery on his leg. He looked very grave. I had no idea that I would have such a loving relationship with him, which would change my whole life.
He stressed so much the importance of always being in the association of a mĂ€hĂ€-bhĂ€gavata sĂ€dhu. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja took us under his wing. He was the spiritual father we never had. I was overwhelmed by his compassion, honesty and simplicity. He would sit outside his hut chanting in the cool evening breeze. We were welcome to sit down and ask any questions. He would sometimes chastise us. Quoting ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ purport about the mind being like a jungle animal, he told me once, âSo, do not be a jungle animal.â However, his chastisements were done in such a sweet, compassionate, and loving way that they were so easy to take. Our evening darçanas sometimes turned into transcendental marriage counselling, describing beautiful stories of chaste ladies from çastra. These stories stuck with me throughout our thirty-six years of marriage and kept us together.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: Joining KÄñëa consciousness in 1978, while in the US Air Force stationed in the UK, I was able to get honourably discharged from military service. Over the next several years, going through the experience of having two âgurusâ who left the bhakti path forced me to cry and pray, which we
* Authorâs note: ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swamiâs japa would last four to six hours, in a day.
C hapter 1 I n that D I stant L an D
later learned from His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami (referred to here as Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja) was the process to receive the mercy of KÄñëa and His associates.
When I first joined the temple in London, one disciple of ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da named BhĂ€gavata dĂ€sa (now BhĂ€gavata MahĂ€rĂ€ja) suggested that I travel with him to Bhubaneswar to meet âGour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€jaâ. However, I was already committed to the local temple authorities and the local âguruâ, so I unfortunately declined the offer. Years later, when Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja heard this, he jokingly chastised me in a loving way and said, âYou should have listened to BhĂ€gavataâ.
Arriving in Bhubaneswar in April 1989 became the most significant time of my life, as Nruhari dÀsa, our Godbrother had informed Guru MahÀrÀja a little about us and that we were coming. Guru MahÀrÀja was so unlimitedly kind and could intuit really where we were at and seemed to understand everything we were going through. It was as if we were finally united with our long-lost father, the father that I had always wanted to have. When Guru MahÀrÀja spoke, it certainly did not seem like our first meeting, but we seemed to be speaking to someone who we previously knew.
As ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja developed a chronic leg disease*, his mobility became gradually more restricted; wherever he was in the temple would become the hub for spiritual discussions. At times, he made small efforts to walk, and on other occasions, he was carried to the temple on his seat. Yet, his extraordinary hari-kathĂ€ continued to anchor the life of the temple, drawing the attention of residents and visitors alike.
* This period, from 1986 to 1988, will be discussed in Volume Two of this series, when released.
C hapter t wo
During this period, in April and May 1989, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda SwĂ€mĂ© delivered two profound lectures on the glories of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, the beauty of KÄñëa, and how to attain the mercy of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. Excerpts from these lectures are presented below.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: This is postgraduate study, it is very, very deep philosophy. You need to develop some pure intelligence to understand it. In these verses from Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, the extraordinary beauty of KÄñëa is mentioned and it is stated that only RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé tastes and enjoys it. There is one significant point about KÄñëaâs beauty. Do you know it? Have you seen KÄñëa?
Devotee: No.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You must see Him. In order to do so you should develop special eyes, because you cannot see KÄñëa with these material eyes, premÀïjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena, santaĂč sadaiva hĂ„dayeñu vilokayanti. * That eye is required. There is one type of ointment known as premÀïjana, the ointment of love. If you smear that ointment on your eyes, then you can see that all-beautiful KÄñëa. Why donât you do it? Do you have that ointment? No, you do not. Why donât you get it? Go and purchase it from someone, somewhere! Go to that factory where that ointment is being manufactured.
*ĂrĂ© Brahma-saĂ hitĂ€ 5.38.
K Äñë A
Devotee: I have no qualification.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: It is not a question of qualification. There is a factory where that ointment is being manufactured. Go there and get it!
Devotee: Is it by hearing from you? The factory is âhearingâ?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, the factory is âhearingâ. You are in that factory right now. Then why donât you get it? You are a worker in the factory, arenât you? Still, you cannot get that factoryâs ointment. It is astonishing.
Devotee: It is not an ordinary factory.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, that is a fact. You should try to get that ointment. One significant point is that the extraordinary beauty of KÄñëa is not always the same. It is ever-changing, and at every moment it becomes newer, newer, and newer, new beauty, new beauty. This is wonderful. So, try to get that ointment and smear it on your eyes and then see this beauty. (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 4.249-255, Only RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé Relishes the Beauty of KÄñëa, 21 April 1989)
One question also arises: how can you know that it is newer, newer, and newer? We, ordinary people, cannot understand it. Who can understand it? Who can enjoy it? Who can see it?
Devotee 2: One who has the ointment of love âŠ
Devotee 3: One who has the vision, given by the ointment of bhakti.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, that is a fact. One who has smeared that ointment of love on his eyes can see it. But there is another point: he can see the all-beautiful KÄñëa. KÄñëa is all-beautiful, mĂ€dhuryakanilaya; He is the storehouse of all beauty. So, he can see this much, but he cannot see how KÄñëa is more and more beautiful, and differently
C hapter 2
the Glories of ĂrĂ©matĂ© rĂ€dhĂ€rĂ€nĂ©
beautiful at every moment, how He changes. He cannot see that. Then who can see it?
What I am saying is that if you can smear that ointment of love on your eyes you can see the all-beautiful KÄñëa, who is extraordinarily beautiful, who is the source of all beauty; but His beauty is ever new, it is changing every moment. You cannot see that changing beauty. Then who can see it?
Devotee 2: RÀdhÀrÀëé.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. Only RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé sees it, we cannot see it. This is a special quality of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. It is not possible in the case of others; it is only possible in Her case.
Do you know how beautiful you are? Can anyone know his own beauty? No, only other persons who can see you, know it. That is a fact. But if one stands before a mirror, then he can see the reflection of his beauty, canât he? Similarly, KÄñëaâs beauty is reflected. Where is it reflected?
RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs heart is like a mirror, and in that mirror KÄñëaâs beauty, which is ever new, is reflected. In that mirror setup in Her heart, it looks ever new, ever new, ever new. Only RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé knows that, no one else. This is the point. KÄñëa cannot see it, but now He tries to see it.
I gave that example previously of the sugar candy and the tongue. Generally, it is said that sugar-candy is very sweet, but the question arises, where is that sweetness? Is it in the sugar-candy or in the tongue? It is in neither of them. It is in the meeting of both. Similarly, the extraordinary beauty of KÄñëa, which is ever new, is not in KÄñëa. Where is it? Just like when the sugar-candy and the tongue unite then sweetness is tasted, similarly, when the all-beautiful KÄñëa and mĂ€danĂ€khya mahĂ€bhĂ€va-mayĂ©, ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, unite together, that beauty is expressed. That ever new beauty cannot be expressed separately; it is in the union of RĂ€dhĂ€ and KÄñëa. Therefore, that example is given of sugar-candy and the tongue.
by K Äñë A
KÄñëa is ever new and fresh. His beauty is not always the same; it is nava-navÀyamÀn, ever changing. So, to see or taste that beauty, prema-bhakti is required, not ordinary bhakti. That means, in the storehouse of that bhakta, prema must be there, and that prema should be ever increasing. Otherwise, one cannot see or enjoy this ever-increasing and changing beauty of KÄñëa. This is our Vaiñëava philosophy, a very, very deep philosophy.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The easiest path is to ask for the dust from the lotus feet of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. âWhen shall I get it and put that dust on my head? When will that day come when I will be a maidservant of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé?â
Do you pray for it? You have to pray, yes. That is the only prayer. âI will reside on the banks of the river YamunĂ€. When will that day come?â Because that is the favourite of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, the YamunĂ€ river. She would take Her bath in the YamunĂ€ river. If I shall stay there and get Her kind association, She may listen to my prayer.
âHe rĂ€dhe! O RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé! Please shower Your mercy on me. I am Your maidservant, dĂ€sĂ©.â Are you a maidservant of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé? Become one! Become soon a maidservant of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé otherwise you cannot get KÄñëa!
âO ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, rĂ€dhe! Please shower Your mercy on me, I am Your maidservant. I am Your dĂ€sĂ©, please accept me.â This is the prayer.â
Nruhari dĂ€sa: Often it is said that we cannot chant the name of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé first, because that is sahajiyĂ€.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No, no. KÄñëa is always with RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. KÄñëa is never without RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. He rĂ€dhe! means RĂ€dhe with KÄñëa. KÄñëa is always with RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé.
Nruhari dĂ€sa: We cannot chant âJaya RĂ€dhe, Jaya RĂ€dhe?â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Why not? It is glorifying ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé is never alone. She is always with KÄñëa, and Her mercy is
C hapter 2 the Glories of ĂrĂ©matĂ© rĂ€dhĂ€rĂ€nĂ©
required to approach KÄñëa. Therefore, we pray to ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. Therefore, we chant Hare KÄñëa, first Hare then KÄñëa. How can you say we are not chanting RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs name? Hare means RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, that is our kĂ©rtana, that is our prayer, that is our job, that is our remembrance, smaraĂ«a, everything, Hare KÄñëa, Hare KÄñëa, KÄñëa KÄñëa, Hare Hare. First, âO RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâ then, âO KÄñëa.â
Nruhari dĂ€sa: What is the best way to pray to ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Chanting Hare KÄñëa!
Nruhari dĂ€sa: Many people chant Hare KÄñëa, but they do not get the dust from RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs lotus feet.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Because they do not want it! They never develop a desire for it, so how can they get it? One should be very eager to get the mercy of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, the dust from Her lotus feet.
Nruhari dĂ€sa: Do we have to pray to the spiritual master, orâŠ.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Who is the spiritual master? What is his real form? The spiritual master is a girl companion of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. First approach the spiritual master then you can approach RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, then you can approach KÄñëa. Otherwise, it is not at all possible!*
âHareâ Means âO RÄdhÄrÄáčÄ«â
On 29 April 1989 our beloved Gurudeva spoke on MahĂ€prabhu and the mood of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé:
ââŠMahĂ€prabhu is KÄñëa Himself, however, He assumed the mood and bodily colour of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, and came as GaurÀÏga. Though He is KÄñëa Himself, He thinks Himself to be RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. As RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé was crying, feeling the pangs of separation from KÄñëa, MahĂ€prabhu was acting in the same way âŠâ
However, our beloved Gurudeva then made the following very pertinent point:
* ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 4.249-255 - Only RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé Relishes the Beauty of KÄñëa, 21 April 1989.
K Äñë A
ââŠYou cannot understand RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, therefore PrabhupĂ€da did not speak about RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. Now, you should make advancement to understand RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé and sing about RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâŠâ
Then our beloved Gurudeva said:
ââŠUnless we get the mercy of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, we cannot get KÄñëa* because KÄñëa is the property of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, Govindasarvasva. Govinda, KÄñëa, is everything for RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé... â
ââŠIf RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé showers Her mercy upon us, then we can get KÄñëa. Otherwise, it is not possible. When we chant âHare KÄñëaâ, âHareâ means âO RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâ. When addressing RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé or Hara, it becomes âHareâ - âO RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâ. First pray to RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, then to KÄñëa: therefore, we say âHare KÄñëaââŠâ
ââŠWe chant O Hare! O KÄñëa! O RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé! O KÄñëa!â and pray: âPlease accept me as a maidservant at Your lotus feet.â That is the purport of chanting âHare KÄñëaâ. Nothing else.â**
ââŠRĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé and the gopĂ©s feel the pangs of separation from KÄñëa, as if He is away. Why is it so? This feeling of separation is the highest stage of love. The intensity of love is greater then. If there is no feeling of separation, there will be no intensity of love. When they feel these pangs of separation from KÄñëa, that means that He is away from them outwardly. Outwardly, He is not with
* satyaĂ satyaĂ punaĂč satyaĂ satyaĂ eva punaĂč punaĂč bina rĂ€dhĂ€ prasĂ€dĂ€nĂ€m mat prasĂ€dam na vidyate
âIf one does not get the mercy of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé one cannot obtain the mercy of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa.â (Skanda PurÀëa)
**Also, in the ĂrĂ© TulasĂ© KĂ©rtana we sing:
ei nivedana dharo, sakhér anugata koro sevÀ-adhikÀra diye koro nija dÀsé
âI beg you to make me a follower of the cowherd damsels of Vraja. Please give me the privilege of devotional service and make me Your own maidservant.â
C hapter 2 the Glories of ĂrĂ©matĂ© rĂ€dhĂ€rĂ€nĂ©
RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé and the gopĂ©s but He is there in their heart. That means union is there in the heartâŠâ (Lecture on ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 4.260, Bhubaneswar â April 29, 1989)
On 5 May 1989, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda SwamĂ© spoke on rĂ€dhĂ€-prema and mahĂ€-bhĂ€va cintĂ€maĂ«i svarĂŒpa.
ââŠKÄñëa is the only giver of prema. My question is: what is the necessity of Him assuming the form of GaurÀÏga? Bhakti is the hidden treasure of all devotees. They all have this bhakta-bhĂ€va in their heart. All have this hidden treasure, bhakti, by the mercy of Gurudeva. Whose sentiments out of dĂ€sya, sakhya, vĂ€tsalya and mĂ€dhurya, will KÄñëa assume? KÄñëa says, âI have a guru in these loving affairs.* That is RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, rĂ€dhĂ€-prema.â Then that is the ultimate. RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé is the ultimate guru; KÄñëaâs guru...â
ââŠIn the Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu, RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ© has written about mahĂ€-bhĂ€va. This mahĂ€-bhĂ€va cintĂ€maĂ«i svarĂŒpa is ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé is bhÀëĂČĂ€rĂ©, the storekeeper of that mahĂ€-bhĂ€va. She is prema-bhakti mandĂ€kinĂ©. MandĂ€kinĂ© is the celestial river Ganges. If the flow of this prema-bhakti will be compared to that celestial Ganges, the source of that MandĂ€kinĂ© is ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. It comes from HerâŠ.â
ââŠKÄñëa has accepted RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé as His guru in these loving affairs. Therefore, He thought and decided that: âI must assume the sentiments and complexion of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, otherwise My desire will not be fulfilled.â So, He did it as GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhuâŠâ
* rĂ€dhikĂ€ra premaâguru, Ă€miâçiñya naöa sadĂ€ Ă€mĂ€ nĂ€nĂ€ nĂ„tye nĂ€cĂ€ya udbhaöa
âThe love of RĂ€dhikĂ€ is My teacher [guru], and I am Her dancing pupil [çiñya]. Her prema makes Me dance various novel dances.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 4.273)
K Äñë A
Then in the question-and-answer period Gurudeva was asked:
Devotee: There are many servants of Caitanya MahÀprabhu in different degrees of love. So, can we serve any one of them and get kÄñëa-prema?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: That person will give you what he has attained. How can he give you what he has not received? What do you want?
Devotee: The best thing.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The best thing. If he has not received the best, then how can he give you the best? Cent percent! If he has 25% or 50%, how can he give you cent percent? We want cent percent, complete, fully ripened! Not half ripened! What do you want a mango that is half-ripened or fully ripened? 25% ripe? Or 50% ripe? Or 75% ripe? Or cent percent ripe? That is the difference.
You can get kÄñëa-prema because MahĂ€prabhu has distributed it. If you can become very dear to MahĂ€prabhu, then you can have it, isnât it? So how can we become very dear to MahĂ€prabhu? That question is raised. So, what is your answer?
Devotee: By becoming the servant of the servant of the servant of MahÀprabhu.*
Then on 14 May 1989, in Bhubaneswar, devotees were asking Gurudeva about speaking and giving class, expressing their own lack of ability to give class, Gurudeva answered:
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: By constant reading and hearing, quoting authority, and you must pray to the spiritual master. By his mercy, you will get everything. Do not be afraid. When you are ordered to speak, you think of your spiritual master, NityĂ€nanda
*Lecture on Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 4.273, Bhubaneswar â May 5, 1989.
C hapter 2 the Glories of ĂrĂ©matĂ© rĂ€dhĂ€rĂ€nĂ©
Prabhu, and GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu. Do kĂ©rtana, then start speaking; They will prompt youâŠâ *
Thus, by the mercy of ĂrĂ©-guru, ĂrĂ© NityĂ€nanda ĂhĂ€kura, and ĂrĂ© GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu, a neophyte or aspirant on the path of bhakti may begin to repeat the words of his divine spiritual master and the previous Ă€cĂ€ryas. This practice is also confirmed by ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da and ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura in Chapters Fifteen and Sixteen of his Jaiva Dharma. Our beloved Gurudeva referred to the repeating of the words of ĂrĂ©-guru as guru-kĂ©rtana: what you have heard from your guru, you repeat.
And, of course, let us not forget ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâs famous words:
rĂ€dhikĂ€ra premaâguru, Ă€miâçiñya naöa
ââŠThe love of RĂ€dhikĂ€ is My teacher [guru], and I am Her dancing pupil [çiñya]âŠâ
(ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 4.273)
This well-known statement was frequently quoted by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, who often emphasised: ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhikĂ€ is KÄñëaâs guru. In his renowned publication Bhakti-naipuĂ«ya: The Last Limit of Bhakti, ** our beloved Gurudeva emphasises, on page 52: ââŠNo one can be a guru without RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâŠâ
* Authorâs comment: ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami also stated, ââŠIf you are asked to speak and choose not to, that can also be considered jĂ©va-hiĂ sanaâŠâ
** First published in 1994 by RĂ€ghava PaĂ«ĂČita dĂ€sa, who co-founded Gopal JĂ©u Publications with Gokula DĂ€sa dĂ€sa, under the direction of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
Question: Is ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé the original spiritual master?
Answer by ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura: ââŠĂrĂ© RĂ€dhikĂ€, who is the hlĂ€dinĂ© aspect of the Lordâs internal energy, is the original spiritual master of all devotees. She is even KÄñëaâs spiritual master. As Her disciple, KÄñëa learns how to dance from Her. Pure devotees belonging to rasas other than the mĂ€dhuryarasa accept ĂrĂ© NityĂ€nanda Prabhu as their original spiritual master, but ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhikĂ€ is the original spiritual master of the rasika devotees belonging to the mĂ€dhurya-rasaâŠâ (AmĂ„ta vani, The Spiritual Master, Question 11)
Excerpts from a darçana in Bhubaneswar on 6 May 1989
Arecurring theme in the hari-kathĂ€ of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami were the topics of ĂrĂ©-guru and Guru-tattva, which are the foundation of our GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava siddhĂ€nta. Or, in the words of our beloved Gurudeva, âGuru Tattva is the holiest of holy institutions in our GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava line.â As is explained below:
âIt is therefore the duty of every manâin every country, in every circumstance and at all timesâto approach a bona fide spiritual master, question him about devotional service and listen to him explain the process.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.122)
ĂrĂ© KÄñëa to SudĂ€mĂ€ BrĂ€hmaĂ«a: âI, the Soul of all beings, am not as satisfied by ritual worship, brahminical initiation, penances or self-discipline as I am by faithful service rendered to oneâs spiritual master.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 10.80.34)
âTherefore, any person who seriously desires real happiness must seek a bona fide spiritual master and take shelter of him by initiation. The qualification of the bona fide guru is that he has realised the conclusions of the scriptures by deliberation and is able
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
to convince others of these conclusions. Such great personalities, who have taken shelter of the Supreme Godhead, leaving aside all material considerations, should be understood to be a bona fide spiritual master.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 11.3.21)
ââŠKÄñëa is the first spiritual master, and when we become more interested, then we have to go to a physical spiritual master. That is enjoined in the next verseâŠâ (ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da, Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 4.34, 14 August 1966, New York.)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: When you make a great deal of advancement, by the mercy of KÄñëa, then you can understand what relationship you have with Him: çÀnta, dĂ€sya, sakhya, vatsalya or mĂ€dhurya. You will be able to understand this at that time, not now. You can realise it then, now try to see how you can make some progress on the path. If someone tells you now, âNruhari dĂ€sa, you are in sakhya-bhĂ€va with KÄñëa, you have the mood of a cowherd boyâ, then what will happen? Nothing, because you have not yet realised it. You should realise it personally, then you can establish yourself in that relationship. Then, you will be in that rĂ€sa. But your present position is not in that stage. You are still in a much lower stage.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: Does one have to be on the uttama-adhikĂ€rĂ© platform to realise what is his own rĂ€sa? ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, one has to be a pure devotee.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Is it premature for us to think of these things?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, we cannot think of it; it is inconceivable for us because we have not attained that stage. The first step is to understand that we are distinct from the body we inhabit. The second step is to understand that we are the eternal servants of KÄñëa. Our duty then is to accept a bona fide spiritual master and to be engaged in devotional service to KÄñëa under his guidance. That is our first business; then by a gradual process we can make advancement on this path and other realisations will come in due course of time.
Nruhari dĂ€sa: Many people ask, âDo you know your eternal relationship with KÄñëa?â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: In that case you say, âYes I know.â You should not say, ânoâ. If they say, âHave you seen KÄñëa?â Then you should say, âYes I have seen KÄñëa.â If they ask, âCan you make me see KÄñëa?â You should say, âYes, I will show you KÄñëa. But you cannot see Him now. You do not have the proper vision. You are blind in that respect. First you should develop that vision then you will be able to see Him.â Then if they ask you how to get that vision, you should tell them to approach a bona fide spiritual master, serve him, and adopt the regulative principles of sĂ€dhana-bhakti, such as chanting. There are so many things to be followed, it is a whole process; then one can develop such vision by the mercy of guru, not right now. You need an eye operation. The guru is like a physician who can remove the cataract covering your vision.
Devotee: When we preach, should we say that we see KÄñëa?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: We must say yes otherwise they will wonder why you are speaking about KÄñëa. You should tell them, âWhen you will get that vision you will also be able to see Him, so if you really want to see Him, come to the eye doctor, the guru.â
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: It is not so cheap. We need training. Nruhari dĂ€sa: ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da said that, if you want to see the king you have to go through the proper channel.
by K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, approach a bona fide spiritual master, then he can take you to KÄñëa.
Nruhari dÀsa: The relationship between man and woman is so strong, why?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: It is due to your attitude of enjoyment [purusa-abhimana], then from that mood strong attraction comes. MĂ€yĂ€ [illusion]* is working due to your attitude of enjoyment. You want to enjoy each other, Lord Kapiladeva says to His mother DevahĂŒti: âOh mother, see My mĂ€yĂ€-çakti in the form of a woman, it is so powerful. By one glance only, she can subdue a very great hero. A hero will bow down to her feet. For a man, woman is mĂ€yĂ€; and for a woman, man is mĂ€yĂ€. Both are mĂ€yĂ€ for each other. The only real object of attraction is KÄñëa, He is the only object of love. He is all-beautiful. His beauty far excels the beauty of crores of Cupids. Be attracted to KÄñëa! Is there any beauty in mĂ€yĂ€?** One who is attracted to KÄñëa will never be entrapped by mĂ€yĂ€; he will never develop attraction towards mĂ€yĂ€. If someone has developed the vision to see KÄñëa, he is not interested in mĂ€yĂ€. Therefore, when this question arises, âwhy do so-called gurus fall down?â The answer is because they are not real gurus, they have never developed attraction towards KÄñëa. One who really sees the beauty of KÄñëa, whose beauty excels that of thousands of cupids, he will never be attracted to mĂ€yĂ€. Such a person, such a guru can give you KÄñëa.
kÄñëa se tomĂ€ra, kÄñëa dite pĂ€ra, tomĂ€ra çakati Ă€che Ă€mi toâ kÀÏgĂ€la, âkÄñëaâ âkÄñëaâ baliâ, dhĂ€i tava pĂ€che pĂ€che
*MĂ€yĂ€: The external illusory energy of the Supreme Lord, DevĂ©-mĂ€yĂ€ who is responsible for binding the conditioned souls of the material world to repeated birth and death. ** On previous occasions ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami has stated that mĂ€yĂ€ is an ugly witch.
C
hapter 3 a CC ept a B ona F ide S piritual M a S ter
âKÄñëa is yours, therefore you are able to give Him to others. This is certainly within your power. I am indeed wretched and fallen, simply running after you crying, âKÄñëa! KÄñëa!ââ (ĂaraëÀgati, Song Eight, Verse Four, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura)
O Gurudeva, O Vaiñëava ĂhĂ€kura! You can give me KÄñëa because KÄñëa is yours, therefore I am running after you, begging you, âgive me KÄñëa.â
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: How can a disciple measure his progress?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Do not bother with this. A surrendered disciple thinks, âO Lord! I do not know whether I am doing good or bad. I am just serving my spiritual master.â That much is enough. Why are you bothering to measure yourself? âOh, now I have gone backwards.â This is not your business.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: So, this is how material desires go away?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. Thereby you receive some spiritual taste by serving the spiritual master, by serving constantly.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: Can the spiritual master know what is in the discipleâs heart?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, definitely.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Then the disciple should be ashamed?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, he should be afraid.
Nruhari dÀsa: If he is crooked?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: If he is crooked, yes. If he has a simple heart, he has no need to be afraid. Be simple! Because he [the guru] is my father, my well-wisher, he is there to make me good. I am a sinful soul doing bad things. I need correction. Welcome it, otherwise, I will shout âYou rascal Nruhari!â The guru inflicts discipline, punishment. Then you get mercy. If you cannot get the guruâs chastisement, then you cannot get mercy.
There is one story about this point in the Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, involving ĂrĂ© Advaita ĂcĂ€rya. MahĂ€prabhu would pay Him respect because He was in a superior position, being the godbrother of His spiritual master. He was like a spiritual master to Him, therefore MahĂ€prabhu would give Him respect, not chastising Him. However, Advaita ĂcĂ€rya Prabhu was thinking of Himself as MahĂ€prabhuâs servant, so He considered, âOh, He never chastises Me. How can I get mercy from Him? Oh! I know. I must make Him angry, thereby He will chastise Me.â So, one day Advaita Prabhu began to recite the scriptures but with a mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ© interpretation. When MahĂ€prabhu heard about it He became angry and went to ĂrĂ© Advaita ĂcĂ€ryaâs home and heavily chastised Him. At that time ĂrĂ© Advaita ĂcĂ€rya was very pleased: âOh now I am receiving mercy.â
Nruhari dĂ€sa: Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja, on the way here from VĂ„ndĂ€vana, I was with some devotees and they said, âOh, you accepted ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami as your guru? We heard so many things about him, how sweetly he treats his disciples.â They were saying that you are a very special spiritual master. So, I was very happy.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: So, we should want mercy, and it comes through chastisement?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Just follow as it is.
Nruhari dĂ€sa: What about ĂukrĂ€cĂ€rya?*
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: He was not a real guru. He was denying serving Viñëu, so such a guru should be rejected.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: So, if one accepts a bona fide spiritual master with full faith, but then he hears an instruction which is contrary to çÀstra, then âŠ
* ĂukrĂ€cĂ€rya: The spiritual master of the demons who is against the demigods. Bali MahĂ€rĂ€ja was his disciple whom he advised not to worship the Supreme Lord in His Viñëu form.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: In that case, you should approach such a spiritual master and humbly tell him, âOh my dear spiritual master, I see this improper thing. Will you please rectify yourself?â A real guru will accept and thank you and rectify himself. But if he does not accept, and says, âGet out you rascal! You do not know my lĂ©lĂ€?â He should be rejected.
Nruhari dĂ€sa: Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja, in the last letter that ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da wrote to you, in January 1977, he praised you very, very much and I could not understand: âHow can the spiritual master praise the disciple like that?â He said that, âGour Govinda Swami, you are such a nice sincere servant of Lord KÄñëa and I am much pleased and certainly your life will be successful.â* This is the last letter of ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da to you. I could not understand how ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da who was such a great soul, with a very sober character, could praise a disciple like that? So, I was thinking that maybe something, some secret is there.**
Nruhari dĂ€sa: Can you tell us about your relationship with ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: I have already told you many times, I never concocted anything, what my guru said I just did it, I just followed, this is the only thing I did. I never considered anything
* Authorâs note: Please see Appendix Eleven for full letter. As quoted by ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami. ââŠYou have got all blessings of KÄñëa. You are so nice faithful servant of KÄñëa, surely you will be successfulâŠâ
** Authorâs note: In 1977, in Bhubaneswar, there were numerous private meetings between ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da and ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami. These meetings were witnessed by several individuals who were present at the time but were not privy to the discussions. Thus, the content of their discussions remains unknown as there were no other individuals in the room, and no tape recordings were made. What was ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da preparing ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami for?
by K Äñë A
else. âIf Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja says like this, alright, I will do like that.â It is simple, very simple, just be simple.*
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: How to remain humble in front of the spiritual master? Like, if the spiritual master is pleased with you and praises you, how to be humble in such circumstances? ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The spiritual master sometimes praises you, sometimes slaps you. Whatever he does, just accept it. But if the spiritual master praises we think, âOh, this is not good for me. I may develop some pride. Let him slap me.â But he is so kind that he sometimes praises us also.
After the Kumbha-melĂ€, we started our journey to Orissa. First, we went to Calcutta, then we came here [Bhubaneswar]. So, I went ahead with another devotee and we brought PrabhupĂ€daâs car and the next day PrabhupĂ€da came by train. So, we went to the train station with his car and a garland, we had a kĂ©rtana to greet him. PrabhupĂ€da came and got into the car and sat in the back seat. He said, âCome Gour Govind, sit beside me.â He just called me, âCome.â But I was not moving, because I am shy, I was very shy, how can I sit beside my spiritual master? âNo, no. Sit here.â He told me like that. So, we three sat: PrabhupĂ€da, myself and Hari Ăauri. You see. He is so kind! He came here and stayed in that hut. There were no elaborate arrangements, nothing. It was like a jungle. And he said, âbring me electricityâ, because he used a dictaphone. So, I brought electricity, water supply, one tap, that I did, and this small hut. Nothing was there and PrabhupĂ€da stayed there. I requested PrabhupĂ€da to stay in the State Guest House, a nice building, but he said, âNo, no, I will not stay there. I will stay here.â So, he stayed here. He is so kind. He was old, but still he stayed here with no facility, nothing. That was in 1977, January and February, then he went to England after that. That was his last year on this planet. In November he passed away.
* Authorâs note: For the first meeting of ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da and ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami and subsequent association of these two great souls please see Always Embraced by KÄñëa, Volume One, Part One, Chapters 14, 15 &16. And, Always Embraced by KÄñëa, Volume One, Part Two, Chapters 1, 8, 9, 10 & 14.
Yes, anyhow, he is so kind to me. I am such a fallen soul. I have nothing. I am a poor fellow. There were no nice arrangements, but he accepted it gladly, you see. I was surprised. During his stay here, hundreds of people were coming every day and hearing his lecture and PrabhupĂ€da said to me at that time, âGour Govind, whoever comes must take prasĂ€da. Arrange that no one will go unfed. All should be fed.â I said, âYes PrabhupĂ€da.â But I had no money. I was thinking, âOh, PrabhupĂ€da said to feed everyone. What shall I do? How can I arrange food? Hundreds of people are coming here every day and all should be fed.â Miraculously it was done. I had no money but a charitable person came. He gave me money. It was a miracle.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: You were born in a devotee family?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, from birth, my family, my grandfather, they knew BhĂ€gavatam, the Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, the GĂ©tĂ€. All generations: we had GopĂ©nĂ€tha Deities.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da said the same thing. He was born in a Vaiñëava family.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, his father was a Vaiñëava.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: He wrote, âMy spiritual master was born in a Vaiñëava family and by divine arrangement we met.â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, the same thing, KÄñëaâs arrangement. *
*Authorâs note: Please see Volume One, Part One of this series, Chapters Fourteen and Fifteen for more information on this subject matter.
by K Äñë A
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: So how long is this place [Bhubaneswar Temple project] going to take to be finished?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You see it is not a question of time; it is a question of money. If money is there it will be finished within one year.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: How much money is required?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: For the temple portion, the construction, marble flooring, decoration, the installation of Deities, ten lakhs of rupees are required. Seven lakhs are needed for that portion only. We want to first install the Deities and complete that portion. Then we will open the temple.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Do you have many nÀma-haööas in Orissa?
Nruhari dÀsa: Guru MahÀrÀja said on one recording that there are nÀma-haööas in 200 villages.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Can we get some money from these nÀma-haööas, or are they very poor?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Nothing from them, only what they will get by selling books, by saĂŹkĂ©rtana. There is no other source of income. The Life-membership program is very disappointing also.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: We were talking about Lord Caitanya coming once in Kali-yuga.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: He is not appearing in every Kaliyuga. An aà ça is coming. Aà ça means plenary portion, portion of the portion.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Does that mean that in every DvÀparayuga there is a plenary portion of KÄñëa?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. And in every Kali-yuga, a portion of GaurÀÏga.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: And what is the mission of KÄñëa, the same?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, because KÄñëa is the avatĂ€ra of DvĂ€para-yuga and MahĂ€prabhu is the avatĂ€ra of Kali-yuga. A yugaavatĂ€ra comes in every yuga. KÄñëa is the source of all avatĂ€ras and GaurÀÏga is non-different from KÄñëa. When KÄñëa comes Himself, the dvĂ€para-yuga-avatĂ€ra is within Him and when GaurÀÏga comes Himself, the Kali-yuga avatĂ€ra is also within Him.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: What does this form of KÄñëa look like? It is not four-armed?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No mention is there.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: He does not speak Bhagavad-gétÀ?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No. KÄñëa Himself speaks it. He just establishes the yuga-dharma for the DvĂ€para-yuga; and then in Kali-yuga, the dharma is nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana and a portion of GaurÀÏga comes to establish it. He can never give prema. No prema, no love. Only GaurÀÏga gives prema. This is the difference between the portion of GaurÀÏga and the original form of GaurÀÏga.
Nruhari dÀsa: Guru MahÀrÀja when the portion of GaurÀÏga comes to establish the yuga-dharma [nÀma-saÏkértana], He does not give prema?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No.
Nruhari dÀsa: And the souls who achieve liberation, through that chanting, they do not go to Goloka VÄindÀvana?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Unless you get prema how can you go there?
K Äñë A
Nruhari dÀsa: So, those souls, what do they become after?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: If they follow the principles of yugadharma given by the aà ça, the portion of the Lord, they will be liberated. Liberation is not a difficult task. The most important requirement is going back home, back to Godhead. Liberation means freedom from the clutches of mĂ€yĂ€. Now you are caught up by mĂ€yĂ€, and when you are free from the clutches of mĂ€yĂ€ you are liberated. But to develop kÄñëa-prema is something else. It is beyond liberation. It is more than liberation.*
Nruhari dÀsa: Where do they go after this life? They achieve liberation?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: They may go to Vaikuëöha, to any of those spiritual planets. But unless they get kÄñëa-prema, they cannot go to KÄñëa-loka, Goloka VĂ„ndĂ€vana.
Devotee: MahÀrÀja, they may go to the brahmajyoti?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No. Brahmajyoti, if someone goes there, he will fall down. That is not a place to stay. That type of liberation is not liberation at all because from there you fall down again. What is the value of such liberation? ĂrĂ©la PrabhodĂ€nanda SarasvatĂ© says, âkaivalyaĂ narakĂ€yateâ. It means, âThe happiness of becoming one with the Supreme Lord, which is aspired for by the MĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ©s, is considered hellish.â
ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura writes, âO Lord, I do not want that liberation of merging into the Brahman effulgence. Give me the birth of a worm and I will serve You in that body; that is better
*Authorâs note: The five types of liberation as mentioned in the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam: âA pure devotee does not accept any kind of liberation â sĂ€lokya [living on the same planet as the Lord], sĂ€rñöi [having the same opulence as the Lord], sĂ€mĂ©pya [to be a personal associate of the Lord], sĂ€rĂŒpya [having the same bodily features as the Lord] or ekatva [oneness or merging into the effulgence of the Supreme Lord, is also called kaivalya] â even though they are offered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 3.29.13)
C hapter 3 a CC ept a B ona F ide S piritual M a S ter
than liberation in the Brahman effulgence. I do not want it. It is a hellish situation on the part of a devotee.â
Devotee: MahÀrÀja, are all the inhabitants of Vaikuëöha-loka liberated?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Definitely.
Devotee: But they do not have kÄñëa-prema?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: They have the opulence of KÄñëa aisvarya-bhava. Those who have mĂ€dhurya-rasa [sweetness] they go to kÄñëa-loka. Those who are in Vaikuëöha they are attached to opulence, aiçvarya, aiçvarya prakasa, like Rukmiëé, SatyabhĂ€mĂ€, the wives of KÄñëa. They are lakñmĂ©s, but they are in the mood of aiçvarya, opulence, they have no place in mĂ€dhurya-rasa as RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé and the gopĂ©s have.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: So, in the Vaikuëöha planets there is appreciation for KÄñëaâs opulence, and they understand that He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Viñëuâs opulence.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: So, in Goloka VÄndÀvana they have no awe and reverence?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No, no, no. They are like friends [sakhya-rasa], beloved [mĂ€dhurya-rasa], like that. They climb on the shoulders of KÄñëa. The cowherd boys are playing with KÄñëa a game where the winner is carried. So sometimes a cowherd boy wins and KÄñëa is defeated so KÄñëa carries that cowherd boy on His shoulder. This is a question of prema, pure love.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Is yoga-mÀyÀ only present in Goloka?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No. Yoga-mĂ€yĂ€ is present in the spiritual world. âSpiritual worldâ means a manifestation of yogamĂ€yĂ€, and âmaterial worldâ means manifestation of mahĂ€-mĂ€yĂ€.
K Äñë
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: How does yoga-mÀyÀ act in Vaikuëöha if there is awe and reverence?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yoga-mĂ€yĂ€ is everywhere, in all the Vaikuëöhas and in the topmost planet kÄñëa-loka. Everywhere the yoga-mĂ€yĂ€ potency is manifested, in the whole spiritual world. Here in this material world, Brahma-loka, where BrahmĂ€ resides, is the topmost planet. This earth planet is one of the middle planets; some are upper planets, and some are middle planets. There are fourteen planetary systems and Brahma-loka is the topmost planet. Similarly, there are innumerable planets in the spiritual world and kÄñëa-loka is the topmost planet and all those planets are a manifestation of yoga-mĂ€yĂ€.
Devotee: What is the relation between yoga-mÀyÀ and ÀtmÀ-mÀyÀ?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: It is the same; Ă€tmĂ€-mĂ€yĂ€ means KÄñëaâs own potency. That is yoga-mĂ€yĂ€. KÄñëa says that He comes through His Ă€tmĂ€-mĂ€yĂ€.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: What is the difference between the personality of yoga-mÀyÀ and mahÀ-mÀyÀ?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yoga-mĂ€yĂ€ is KÄñëaâs internal energy and mahĂ€-mĂ€yĂ€ is His external energy. They are different personalities.
Nruhari dÀsa: Material existence means mahÀ-mÀyÀ.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. She is [KÄñëaâs] external energy. She remains away from KÄñëa, she never comes in front of KÄñëa. She always remains behind Him.*
* As stated by Lord BrahmÀ:
vilajjamĂ€nayĂ€ yasya sthĂ€tum Ă©kña-pate âmuyĂ€
âMĂ€yĂ€ herself is ashamed to stand face to face with the Supreme Lord.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam, verse 2.5.13)
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: What type of living entity is she?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: She is DurgĂ€-devĂ©, the wife of Lord Ăiva.
Devotee: MahÀrÀja, is it better to be a servant of yoga-mÀyÀ than of mahÀ-mÀyÀ?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, we devotees, Vaiñëavas, are servants of yoga-mĂ€yĂ€.
Devotee: MahĂ€rĂ€ja, I once heard that ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da initiated a female disciple and gave her the name MahĂ€-mĂ€yĂ€ devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©; and the devotees were really surprised and ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da said, âYes, it is also one expansion.â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, mahĂ€-mĂ€yĂ€ is also a maidservant of KÄñëa, a KÄñëa dĂ€sĂ©, she is a VaiñëavĂ©. Lord Ăiva is a Vaiñëava and his wife DurgĂ€, BhavĂ€nĂ©, MahĂ€-mĂ€yĂ€, is also a VaiñëavĂ©. Lord Ăiva is KÄñëa dĂ€sa and DurgĂ€ is KÄñëa dĂ€sĂ©, so PrabhupĂ€da gave such name [to his disciple]. She [mĂ€yĂ€] is doing a thankless job. Unless she gives you lashes and more lashes, and more severe lashes, you cannot turn your face towards KÄñëa. Until you turn your face, she will be lashing you. Lashes, lashes, lashes to make you turn your face towards KÄñëa. She is doing good. You have all had lashes from her, therefore you have turned your face towards KÄñëa. Otherwise, why shall you leave mĂ€yĂ€? âMĂ€yĂ€ is very nice. I will enjoy her.â âAlright, you will enjoy me.â DurgĂ€-devĂ© has a trident and she then pushes this trident into you.
Nruhari dÀsa: That trident means the threefold miseries?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes.
RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa: Someone may argue and say, âIf KÄñëa really wants us to go back to the spiritual world, then why does He allow mĂ€yĂ€ to be so powerful, and to trap the living entities?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Those living entities wanted to enjoy mĂ€yĂ€, to lord it over her. KÄñëa has granted you minute independence. No one can force you. If you think, âI will go to
by K Äñë A
Bhubaneswarâ, then you come. But if you think, âWhy should I go to Bhubaneswar? I will go to VĂ„ndĂ€vana.â Alright, go. You have independence. Do you understand?
Nruhari dÀsa: Guru MahÀrÀja if this material world is a reflection of the spiritual world, that means every single type of activity which can be performed in this material world can be performed as well in the spiritual world?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: In the spiritual world, everything is in its own form, but here everything is in a perverted form; this is the difference. This material world is described in the Fifteenth chapter of Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€, as an upside-down banyan tree.
ĂŒrdhva-mĂŒlam adhaĂč-çÀkham açvatthaĂ prĂ€hur avyayam chandÀà si yasya parëÀni yas taĂ veda sa veda-vit
âThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: It is said that there is an imperishable banyan tree that has its roots upward and its branches down and whose leaves are the Vedic hymns. One who knows this tree is the knower of the Vedas.â (Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 15.1)
The roots are upward and the branches downward, this is the material world, ĂŒrdhva-mĂŒlam adhaĂč-çÀkham. Where will you find such a tree? You cannot find such a tree except in the reflection in the water of a tree standing on the bank of a lake or a river; there you find that the roots are up, and the branches are down; this is like a shadow. This material world is the shadow of the real world, the spiritual world.
Nruhari dÀsa: Guru MahÀrÀja, does that mean that in the spiritual world they are eating?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: What is here, that is there, everything is there because here it is a shadow of there. As you see, if I raise my hand, my shadow also raises its hand, doesnât it?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: There is a description in the çastra that once KÄñëa saw His own form, reflected in a pillar made of jewels, like in a mirror, better than in a mirror. Then He said, âWho is this very, very handsome young man? I have never seen such a handsome man. Who is this standing before Me? A feeling is creeping into My mind, a desire to embrace that handsome young man as RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé embraces Meâ,
Àpana-mÀdhurye hare ÀpanÀra mana ÀpanÀ Àpani cÀhe karite ÀliÏgana
âLord KÄñëaâs sweetness is so attractive that it steals away His own mind. Thus, He even wants to embrace Himself.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 8.148)
ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ© has written that verse in Lalita-mĂ€dhava. Then, as His friends were standing beside Him, He turned His face towards them and told them, âOh look at thatâ so that reflection also turned His face. âOh, it is Me!!â Then He could understand, âIt is My reflection, Oh, such beauty is in Meâ.
Upon seeing His own picture, KÄñëa lamented, âHow glorious this picture is! It is attracting Me just as it attracts RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé.â (Lalita-mĂ€dhava 8.91-92)
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: How is it that sometimes KÄñëa seems perplexed, like in the situation that you just gave and also in the case of AghÀsura.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Because that is KÄñëaâs desire. Then He came as GaurÀÏga to enjoy His own beauty.
K Äñë A
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Why is it, like when He watches the cowherd boys going into the mouth of the AghÀsura demon and He becomes perplexed, He is bewildered for a few minutes what to do?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: That is His lĂ©lĂ€.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Yoga-mÀyÀ?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Whatever lĂ©lĂ€ is manifested, it is through His Yoga-mĂ€yĂ€ potency. That is His lĂ©lĂ€ because when He comes here, He comes as if He is an ordinary human being. Those who are devotees know, whereas the non-devotees cannot understand this.
avajĂ€nanti mÀà mĂŒĂČhĂ€
mĂ€nuñéà tanum Àçritam paraĂ bhĂ€vam ajĂ€nanto mama bhĂŒta-maheçvaram
âFools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My transcendental nature and My supreme dominion over all that be.â (Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 9.11)
The mĂŒĂČhĂ€s, the rascals, think that He is an ordinary human being; they do not know that He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they are bewildered.
Devotee: MahĂ€rĂ€ja, in the KÄñëa Book, it is said that His friends are worried and that the devotees say, âOh KÄñëa will have no chance in a fight against this demon.â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Mother YaçodĂ€ says, âHe may be God for you but for me He is my son. I have prepared so many nice dishes, who will eat? KÄñëa went to Mathura, so, on whose head shall I put the peacock feather?â She is crying. KÄñëa is everywhere, this is jĂŻĂ€na. âIf KÄñëa is supreme for you, for me He is my son.â This is the work of Yoga-mĂ€yĂ€. âHe has sucked my breast.â Also,
C hapter 3 a CC ept a B ona F ide S piritual M a S ter
MahĂ€rĂ€ja ParĂ©kñit told Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ©, âYaçodĂ€ MĂ€tĂ€ is so fortunate that the Lord sucked her breast.â
çrĂ©-rĂ€jovĂ€ca nandaĂč kim akarod brahman çreya evaĂ mahodayam yaçodĂ€ ca mahĂ€-bhĂ€gĂ€ papau yasyĂ€Ăč stanaĂ hariĂč
Having heard of the great fortune of Mother YaçodĂ€, ParĂ©kñit MahĂ€rĂ€ja inquired from Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ©: âO learned brĂ€hmaĂ«a, Mother YaçodĂ€âs breast milk was sucked by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. What past auspicious activities did she and Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja perform to achieve such perfection in ecstatic love?â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 10.8.46)
Nruhari dĂ€sa: Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja, it is said that if the living entities are pleased it means that KÄñëa is pleased with them, but people do not believe that. They say, âIf KÄñëa is pleased why are so many people suffering?â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Because KÄñëa is not pleased.
Nruhari dĂ€sa: They say that âSome people have happiness and others are suffering, so why are not all living entities treated equally?â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Because those who are suffering have forgotten KÄñëa.â They are not giving pleasure to KÄñëa; therefore, they are suffering. One who gives pleasure to KÄñëa is happy.
Nruhari dÀsa: So, if some are happy and some are not happy that means that this happiness is only the result of their karma, not real happiness?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: It may not be the result of karma, but eternal happiness. Spiritual pleasure is something different from
K Äñë A
material pleasure. Material pleasure may not last long, whereas spiritual pleasure is eternal. One may be suffering but he is getting pleasure like that devotee in Caitanya-lĂ©lĂ€ (Kolaveca ĂrĂ©dhara). He sells banana leaves and banana flowers and MahĂ€prĂ€bhu comes to him every day, plays and steals his banana leaves and he gets pleasure out of it. Mahaprabhu told him, âAsk a boon from Me. I will grant you whatever you ask.â Then he asked, âNo. I do not want wealth. I only want that NimĂ€i, who used to play with me.â We may think, âOh he was such a poor man! He must have been very unhappy!â But it is not the case.
Raguëatha Bhaööa dÀsa: Are the associates all from the spiritual world?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, when He comes, they come to help the Lord enact His pastimes. Even drunkards like JagĂ€i and MĂ€dhĂ€i who were very sinful were very fortunate to be born at that time to see the Lord.
Devotees come with the Lord and also some of them come with the dear devotees to help Him to spread His mission. We should think, âI am a conditioned soul blessed by PrabhupĂ€da.â If you think, âI am a liberated soul,â everything will be finished; you cannot be tÄëÀd api sunĂ©cena. You should think yourself to be such a sinful person. âI could not get it, but now by his mercy I will go back home back to Godhead.â If we think we are a liberated soul, then we will be finished.
Nruhari dÀsa: Guru MahÀrÀja, in Goloka Vrindavan Lord KÄñëa performs His pastimes eternally on one hand with the cowherd boys and on the other with the gopés, so what is the difference between the gopés and the cowherd boys?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The cowherd boys are in sakya-rĂ€sa, friendship, and the gopĂ©s are in mĂ€dhurya-rĂ€sa, different rasas.
C hapter 3 a CC ept a B ona F ide S piritual M a S ter
Nruhari dÀsa: The conditioned souls of the marginal energy are trying their best to go back home to Godhead, to KÄñëa-loka. What is their form in the spiritual world?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You see, every living entity has his relationship. It may be in çÀnta, dĂ€sya, sakhya, vĂ€tsalya, mĂ€dhurya. Every living entity here has forgotten it. When by the mercy of the spiritual master you can make some advancement, then you can understand and realise what it is.
On 17 May 1989, Gurudeva spoke eloquently on the glories of MahÀprabhu:
AnĂ€dir Ă€dir govindaĂč sarva-kĂ€raĂ«a-kĂ€raĂ«am â as the Brahma-saĂ hita declares: âGovinda is the cause of all causes.â He is the source of every manifestation. Thus, even this material world originates from Govinda. Very elevated devotees, mahĂ€-bhĂ€gavatas, such as PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja, never see and think this material world as a material manifestation. Rather, they see that it is also related to KÄñëa. They never see anything as mĂ€yĂ€. They have developed such vision.
Most people are materialistic, visaya-loka. If you preach to them, does it mean you risk becoming materialistic yourself? No! MahĂ€prabhu says: âGo to anyone and preach My message. You will not be influenced by the materialistic ideas or thoughts of others.â MahĂ€prabhu has given this assurance. He helps and protects the devotees who preach His message.
âBe fearless and go everywhere in the world to preach MahĂ€prabhuâs message; thereby MahĂ€prabhu will be very much pleased. You will very easily get the mercy of ĂrĂ©mĂ€n MahĂ€prabhu. He wants to bestow it upon you. You will always be protected from all dangers, especially of being influenced by the materialistic thoughts of the materialists. MahĂ€prabhu will protect you.â
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
âAdbhuta-vadanya, adbhuta-karunya, adbhuta-audarya â MahĂ€prabhu is wonderfully munificent, wonderfully merciful, wonderfully magnanimous. He has such a magnanimous heart. So, if someone is very fortunate and follows the order of ĂrĂ©mĂ€n MahĂ€prabhu, becomes His dear devotee, he very easily receives His mercy and becomes fearless. They will be fearless, unshaken by any circumstance.â
âOut of mercy, KÄñëa came down here to this material world as Gauranga and distributed bhakti-çrĂ©, this prema-nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana. The word
âçrĂ©â has different meanings. It means opulence and also means beauty.
âĂrĂ©â is the hidden wealth of kÄñëa-bhakti. Therefore, RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ© has said: sva-bhakti-çriyam.*â (Excerpts from a lecture on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.7.55, Bhubaneswar, 17 May 1989)
MahÄprabhuâs
tattva-vastuâkÄñëa, kÄñëa-bhakti, prema-rĂŒpa nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtanaâsaba Ă€nanda-svarĂŒpa
âThe Absolute Truth is ĂrĂ© KÄñëa, and loving devotion to ĂrĂ©
KÄñëa exhibited in pure love is achieved through congregational chanting of the holy name, which is the essence of all bliss.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 1.96)
dui hetu avatariâ laĂŻĂ€ bhakta-gaĂ«a Ă€pane Ă€svĂ€de prema-nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana
* anarpita-caréà cirĂ€t karuĂ«ayĂ€vatĂ©rĂ«aĂč kalau samarpayitum unnatojjvala-rasÀà sva-bhakti-çriyam hariĂč puraöa-sundara-dyuti-kadamba-sandĂ©pitaĂč sadĂ€ hĂ„daya-kandare sphuratu vaĂč çacĂ©-nandanaĂč
âMay that Lord, who is known as the son of Srimati Sacidevi, be transcendentally situated in the innermost chambers of your heart. Resplendent with the radiance of molten gold, He has appeared in the Age of Kali by His causeless mercy to bestow what no incarnation ever offered before: the most sublime and radiant spiritual knowledge of the mellow taste of His service.â (This verse is the second of the first act of VidagdhaMadhava, Also quoted ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 1.4)
C
hapter 3 a CC ept a B ona F ide S piritual M a S ter
âThus, with two intentions the Lord appeared with His devotees and tasted the nectar of prema with the congregational chanting of the holy name.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 4.39)
abhidheya-nĂ€ma âbhaktiâ, âpremaââprayojana puruñÀrtha-çiromaĂ«i prema mahĂ€-dhana
âDevotional service, or sense activity for the satisfaction of the Lord, is called abhidheya because it can develop oneâs original love of Godhead [prema], which is the goal of life. This goal is the living entityâs topmost interest and greatest wealth. Thus, one attains the platform of transcendental loving service unto the Lord.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 20.125)
dĂ€ridrya-nÀça, bhava-kñaya,âpremera âphalaâ naya prema-sukha-bhogaâmukhya prayojana haya
âThe goal of love of Godhead [prema] is not to become materially rich or free from material bondage. The real goal is to be situated in devotional service to the Lord and to enjoy transcendental bliss.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 20.142)
veda-çÀstre kahe sambandha, abhidheya, prayojana kÄñëa, kÄñëa-bhakti, prema, âtina mahĂ€-dhana
âIn the Vedic literatures, KÄñëa is the central point of attraction, and His service is our activity. To attain the platform of love of KÄñëa [prema] is lifeâs ultimate goal. Therefore, KÄñëa [sambandha], KÄñëaâs service [abhidheya] and love of KÄñëa [prayojana] are the three great riches of life.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 20.143)
tÀra madhye sarva-çreñöha nÀma-saÏkértana niraparÀdhe nÀma laile pÀya prema-dhana
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
âOf the nine processes of devotional service, the most important is to always chant the holy name of the Lord. If one does so, avoiding the ten kinds of offences, one very easily obtains the most valuable love of Godhead [prema].â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Antya-lĂ©lĂ€ 4.71)
premĂ€veçe mahĂ€prabhura gara-gara mana nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana kariâ karena jĂ€garaĂ«a
âĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu stayed awake all night, chanting the Hare KÄñëa mahĂ€-mantra, His mind overwhelmed by spiritual ecstasy [prema-Ă€veçe].â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Antya-lĂ©lĂ€ 19.57)
unaĂč ati-utkaëöhĂ€, dainya ha-ila udgama kÄñëa-öhÀïi mĂ€ge prema-nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana
âNatural humility and eagerness then awoke in Lord ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu. He prayed to KÄñëa to be able to chant the mahĂ€-mantra in ecstatic love [prema-nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana].â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Antya-lĂ©lĂ€ 20.35)
C hapter F our
On NĂ„siĂ ha-caturdaçé, Friday, 19 May 1989, RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa, his wife YaçasvinĂ©-devĂ© dĂ€sĂ© and a Bengali devotee JaĂČa Bharata dĂ€sa, took initiation from His Divine Grace. RaguĂ«atha Bhaööa dĂ€sa was given hari-nĂ€ma-dĂ©kñÀ and mantra-dĂ©kñÀ; his wife and JaĂČa Bharata dĂ€sa were given hari-nĂ€ma-dĂ©kñÀ. That day everyone fasted until dusk, at 6.41 pm, which was then followed by EkĂ€daçé prasĂ€da. On a later occasion His Divine Grace spoke very wonderfully on this subject matter. The following are excerpts from this lecture.
Náčsiáčha-caturdaĆÄ«
Lord Náčsiáčhadevaâs Appearance Day by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami.1
vÀg-éçÀ yasya vadane lakñmér yasya ca vakñasi yasyÀste hÄdaye saà vit taà nÄñià ham ahaà bhaje
K Äñë A
âI worship Lord NĂ„siĂ ha, within whose mouth reside the great masters of eloquence, upon whose chest resides the goddess of fortune, and within whose heart resides the divine potency of consciousness.â (Prayer by ĂrĂ©la ĂrĂ©dhara SvĂ€mĂ©)
avatĂ€rĂ€ hy asaĂŹkhyeyĂ€ hareĂč sattva-nidher dvijĂ€Ăč yathĂ€vidĂ€sinaĂč kulyĂ€Ăč sarasaĂč syuĂč sahasraçaĂč
âO brĂ€hmaĂ«as, the incarnations of the Lord are innumerable, like rivulets flowing from inexhaustible sources of water.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 1.3.26)
matsyÀçva-kacchapa-nĂ„siĂ ha-varĂ€ha-haĂ sarĂ€janya-vipra-vibudheñu kĂ„tĂ€vatĂ€raĂč tvaĂ pĂ€si nas tri-bhuvanaĂ ca yathĂ€dhuneça bhĂ€raĂ bhuvo hara yadĂŒttama vandanaĂ te (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 10.2.40)
This is a prayer offered by the demigods to the Supreme Lord in the prison house of Kaà sa when KÄñëa was about to appear from the womb of Devaké.
âO best of the Yadu dynasty, You have appeared in many, many incarnations: Matsya â the fish incarnation; KĂŒrma â the tortoise incarnation; VarĂ€ha â the boar incarnation; HayagrĂ©va â the horse incarnation; NĂ„siĂ ha, HaĂ sa, VĂ€mana, BalarĂ€ma, RĂ€macandra, Buddha, Kalki, etc. They are all lĂ©lĂ€-avatĂ€ras. You assume all these various lĂ©lĂ€-avatĂ€ras, and appear here in this material world to annihilate the demons, those who are great burdens on Mother Earth. Thereby You lessen her burden. Therefore, we all offer our obeisances to You repeatedly.â
C hapter 4 the appearanCe of Lord nÄsià hadeva
In Laghu-bhĂ€gavatĂ€mĂ„ta [5.16], ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ© has said, parĂ€vastha avatĂ€ra çaĂČ-guĂ«yaĂ paripĂŒritam
There are six types of opulence: all opulence, all strength, all fame, all beauty, all knowledge, and detachment or renunciation. In the three parĂ€vastha-avatĂ€ras - NĂ„siĂ ha, RĂ€macandra and KÄñëa - these six types of opulence are completely full. Although these three are parĂ€vastha-avatĂ€ra, still KÄñëa is BhagavĂ€n. In LaghubhĂ€gavatĂ€mĂ„ta, quoting the statements of BilvamaĂŹgala ĂhĂ€kura, ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ© Prabhu says:
santv avatĂ€rĂ€ bahavaĂč puçkara-nĂ€bhasya sarvato-bhadrĂ€Ăč kÄñëÀd anyaĂč ko vĂ€ latĂ€sv api premado bhavati (Laghu-bhĂ€gavatĂ€mĂ„ta 5.37)
As there are many, many all-auspicious avatĂ€ras, still KÄñëa is BhagavĂ€n who even gives prema to a creeper. Out of the three parĂ€vastha-avatĂ€ras only KÄñëa gives prema. That is a special characteristic of kÄñëa-avatĂ€ra. RĂ€ma and NĂ„siĂ ha killed many demons, but none of them obtained mukti. They were born again as demons or great atheists. However, those who were killed by KÄñëa or those who were killed on the battlefield of Kurukñetra; seeing KÄñëa, all obtained mukti. This is the special characteristic of KÄñëa, though all three are parĂ€vastha-avatĂ€ra. KÄñëa is very beautiful, and the source of all beauty. He is mĂ€dhuryaka-nilaya, a very sweet and magnanimous mĂŒrti. He is beautiful and sweet, and simultaneously magnanimous.
K Äñë A
Somehow think of KÄñëa; absorb your mind in Him. KÄñëa is the object of love. If someone develops love for KÄñëa, then he can always think of Him, because He is the only object of love, He is the most beloved. Otherwise, how can the stupid mind think of someone, unless one is the most beloved? KÄñëa is the most beloved, the only object of love, so develop love for KÄñëa and then you will think of KÄñëa constantly, day and night, for 24 hours. Some demons, especially Kaà sa, were very much afraid of KÄñëa. Kaà sa was day and night thinking of KÄñëa, but that was only because of fear. Therefore, Kaà sa is known as bhaya-avatÀra, an incarnation of fear. However, somehow those who thought of KÄñëa all obtained mukti-patha.
NĂ„siĂ ha avatĂ€ra comes in the CĂ€kñuña-manvantara after KĂŒrma avatĂ€ra. You will find this in the Seventh Canto of the BhĂ€gavatam, in the section of NĂ„siĂ ha avatĂ€ra. We will read from that chapter.
yas tvayĂ€ manda-bhĂ€gyokto mad-anyo jagad-éçvaraĂč kvĂ€sau yadi sa sarvatra kasmĂ€t stambhe na dÄçyate
âO most unfortunate PrahlĂ€da, you have always described a Supreme Being other than me, a Supreme Being who is above everything, who is the controller of everyone, and who is all-pervading. But where is He? If He is everywhere, then why is He not present before me in this pillar?â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.8.12)
HiraĂ«yakaçipu the father of PrahlĂ€da publicly declared that he was BhagavĂ€n. âWho is BhagavĂ€n? I am BhagavĂ€n. Is He BhagavĂ€n
C hapter 4
the appearanCe of Lord nÄsià hadeva
and better than me?â PrahlĂ€da said, âNo, BhagavĂ€n is BhagavĂ€n. No one will be equal to Him, and no one will be greater than Him. He is all pervading.â Then his father asked, âIs He there?â
His son PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja was a Vaiñëava. HiraĂ«yakaçipu employed ĂaĂ«ĂČa and Amarka, two teachers, to teach PrahlĂ€da politics, crookedness, all nasty things, how to debate and rule. Sama, dĂ€na, veda, and daĂ«ĂČa-nĂ©teĂč [law and order] are the principles of the ruling class. Sometimes they pass by someone and give him some charity; thereby they bring him under their control. Sometimes they inflict some punishment to subdue. Or sometimes they debate, and two parties fight, and the third party is the winning party. Sama, dĂ€na, veda, daĂ«ĂČa-nĂ©teĂč is politics of a political party. Thus, HiraĂ«yakaçipu appointed the two teachers ĂaĂ«ĂČa and Amarka to teach this to his son PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja, but PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja was a Vaiñëava from birth. When he was in his motherâs womb, he had the opportunity to hear from NĂ€rada Muni, a sĂ€dhu, and therefore he was a Vaiñëava from his very birth.
When he was a mere boy, he spoke about the Supreme Lord. He taught bhakti to all his classmates, who were demon boys. Then, it was noticed, âOh, all the demon boys are becoming viñëu-bhaktas. This is dangerous. What is this?â Therefore, these two teachers, ĂaĂ«ĂČa and Amarka, reported it to HiraĂ«yakaçipu, otherwise they would be beheaded. âWe are teaching him, but this boy is not accepting our lessons. He is always thinking about Lord Viñëu, and by doing this all the demoniac boys are now becoming viñëubhaktas.â
HiraĂ«yakaçipu called his son, allowed him to sit on his lap, patted him, and asked, âWhat have you learned, my boy?â When PrahlĂ€da spoke about Lord Viñëu and KÄñëa, HiraĂ«yakaçipu became very angry, âWhat is this? Who is that Supreme Lord Viñëu? I am the Lord, is He greater than me?â PrahlĂ€da replied, âThe Supreme Lord is supreme, no one is greater than Him and no one is equal to Him. He is all-pervading. You had better surrender
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
unto Him.â HiraĂ«yakaçipu became even angrier, âWhat is that? Is He greater than me? He is all-pervading. Is He everywhere? Is He here in this pillar?
so âhaĂ vikatthamĂ€nasya
çiraĂč kĂ€yĂ€d dharĂ€mi te gopĂ€yeta haris tvĂ€dya yas te çaraĂ«am Ă©psitam
âBecause you are speaking so much nonsense, I shall now sever your head from your body. Now let me see your most worshippable God come to protect you. I want to see it.â
(ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.8.14)
The time of devastation has come. These demoniac persons should be killed. Definitely! Let NĂ„siĂ hadeva appear and kill all these demoniac personalities! Then there will be peace in the world; otherwise, there will not be peace. This time has come. This is NĂ„siĂ hadevaâs mercy. Yes, all the demons should be killed now, or else it will rain unexpectedly and untimely for a long time. All crops will be destroyed, and then there will be no more food grains available. Such are the symptoms of devastation.
satyaĂ vidhĂ€tuĂ nija-bhĂ„tya-bhÀñitaĂ vyĂ€ptiĂ ca bhĂŒteñv akhileñu cĂ€tmanaĂč adÄçyatĂ€tyadbhuta-rĂŒpam udvahan stambhe sabhĂ€yÀà na mĂ„gaĂ na mĂ€nuñam
âTo prove that the statement of His servant PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja was substantial â in other words, to prove that the Supreme Lord is present everywhere, even within the pillar of an assembly
C hapter 4
the appearanCe of Lord nÄsià hadeva
hall â the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, exhibited a wonderful form never before seen. The form was neither that of a man nor that of a lion. Thus, the Lord appeared in His wonderful form in the assembly hall.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.8.17)
It was a wonderful form. How can one understand the Supreme Lord? He can assume any form, as He likes. His eyes were reddish; He was immense, effulgent, with ferociously strong teeth â sharp as a razor. His nostrils and mouth appeared as big as mountain caves. His body was touching the sky and the hairs on His body were as white as the moonshine. His arms were very long, appearing like swords to the soldiers. HiraĂ«yakaçipu thought, âWhat is this wonderful form? The Lord has appeared to kill me, but who can kill me? I am the Lord.â Thinking like that he lifted his club, then there was fierce fighting between HiraĂ«yakaçipu and Lord NĂ„siĂ hadeva.
viñvak sphurantaĂ grahaëÀturaĂ harir vyĂ€lo yathĂ€khuĂ kuliçÀkñata-tvacam dvĂ€ry ĂŒrum Ă€patya dadĂ€ra lĂ©layĂ€ nakhair yathĂ€hiĂ garuĂČo mahĂ€-viñam
âAs a snake captures a mouse or GaruĂČa captures a very venomous snake, Lord NĂ„siĂ hadeva captured HiraĂ«yakaçipu, who could not be pierced even by the thunderbolt of King Indra. As HiraĂ«yakaçipu moved his limbs here, there and all around, very much afflicted at being captured, Lord NĂ„siĂ hadeva placed the demon on His lap, supporting him with His thighs and in the doorway of the assembly hall the Lord very easily tore the demon to pieces with the nails of His hand.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.8.29)
HiraĂ«yakaçipu had received a boon, because he had pleased Brahma. When he asked for immortality Lord Brahma said, âI am
by K Äñë A
not immortal, I will die. So how can I grant you this boon?â Then, finding a way around it, the demon said, âMay I not be killed by any demigod, or human being, or any animal, nor by any weapon. May I not be killed during the day-time or at night, or in or out-side the room. May I not be killed on the land, in water, or in the sky.â Thus, in a roundabout way, immortality was seemingly granted to him. When Brahma granted him this boon HiraĂ«yakaçipu thought, âYes, now I am immortal!â
However, what is impossible for the Supreme Lord? So, He appeared in such a wonderful form. He was neither a human being, nor a lion â wonderful! He killed him with His pointed nails â çilÀöaĂŹka-nakhĂ€laye, not with any weapon and He put him on His lap, not on land, water, or the sky; not inside or outside, but on the threshold. He did not kill him during daytime or night-time, but at the conjunction of both. When He killed him, NĂ„siĂ hadevaâs mane became stained with blood and HiraĂ«yakaçipuâs intestines appeared like a flower garland on the chest of NĂ„siĂ hadeva. It seemed as if a lion had killed an elephant. Many of HiraĂ«yakaçipuâs soldiers came out to fight against the Lord, but He tore them apart with His sharp nails.
âLord NĂ„siĂ hadevaâs mouth and mane were sprinkled with drops of blood, and His fierce eyes, full of anger, were impossible to look at. Licking the edge of His mouth with His tongue, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NĂ„siĂ hadeva, decorated with a garland of intestines taken from HiraĂ«yakaçipuâs abdomen, resembled a lion that has just killed an elephant.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.8.30)
âThe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had many, many arms, first uprooted HiraĂ«yakaçipuâs heart and then threw him aside and turned toward the demonâs soldiers. These soldiers had
hapter 4
the appearanCe of Lord nÄsià hadeva
come in thousands to fight with Him with raised weapons and were very faithful followers of HiraĂ«yakaçipu, but Lord NĂ„siĂ hadeva killed all of them merely with the ends of His nails.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.8.31)
âThe hair on NĂ„siĂ hadevaâs head shook the clouds and scattered them here and there, His glaring eyes stole the effulgence of the luminaries in the sky, and His breathing agitated the seas and oceans. Because of His roaring, all the elephants in the world began to cry in fear.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.8.32)
âAirplanes were thrown into outer space and the upper planetary system by the hair on NĂ„siĂ hadevaâs head. Because of the pressure of the Lordâs lotus feet, the earth appeared to slip from its position, and all the hills and mountains sprang up due to His intolerable force. Because of the Lordâs bodily effulgence, both the sky and all directions diminished in their natural illumination.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.8.33)
âManifesting a full effulgence and a fearsome countenance, Lord NĂ„siĂ ha, being very angry and finding no contestant to face His power and opulence, then sat down in the assembly hall on the excellent throne of the king. Because of fear and obedience, no one could come forward to serve the Lord directly.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.8.34)
âHiraĂ«yakaçipu had been exactly like a fever of meningitis in the head of the three worlds. Thus, when the wives of the demigods in the heavenly planets saw that the great demon had been killed by the personal hands of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, their faces blossomed in great joy. The wives of the demigods again and again showered flowers from heaven upon Lord NĂ„siĂ hadeva like rain.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.8.35)
âAt that time, the airplanes of the demigods, who desired to see the activities of the Supreme Lord, NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a, crowded the sky. The demigods began beating drums and kettledrums, and upon
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
hearing them the angelic women began to dance, while the chiefs of the Gandharvas sang sweetly.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.8.36)
âMy dear King Yudhiñöhira, the demigods then approached the Lord. They were headed by Lord BrahmĂ€, King Indra and Lord Ăiva and included great saintly persons and the residents of PitĂ„loka, Siddhaloka, VidyĂ€dhara-loka and the planet of the snakes. The Manus approached, and so did the chiefs of various other planets. The angelic dancers approached, as did the Gandharvas, the CĂ€raĂ«as, the Yakñas, the inhabitants of Kinnaraloka, the VetĂ€las, the inhabitants of Kimpuruña-loka, and the personal servants of Viñëu like Sunanda and Kumuda. All of them came near the Lord, who glowed with intense light. They individually offered their obeisances and prayers, their hands folded at their heads.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.8.37-39)
âLord BrahmĂ€ prayed: My Lord, You are unlimited, and You possess unending potencies. No one can estimate or calculate Your prowess and wonderful influence, for Your actions are never polluted by the material energy. Through the material qualities, You very easily create the universe, maintain it and again annihilate it, yet You remain the same, without deterioration. I therefore offer my respectful obeisances unto You.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.8.40)
NĂ„siĂ hadeva was so angry that no one dared approach Him. Even LakñmĂ©devĂ© could not approach Him. At last, BrahmĂ€ persuaded PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja to go and pacify Him. Then PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja went there fearlessly. All were afraid but PrahlĂ€da was not at all afraid of the Lord, because he is a dear devotee. He fell flat at the lotus feet of NĂ„siĂ hadeva, and then NĂ„siĂ hadeva put His lotus-like hand on PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs head. Immediately he received the mercy of transcendental knowledge. Then PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja offered many prayers.
PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja prayed: âHow is it possible for me, who has been born in a family of asuras, to offer suitable prayers to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead? Even until now, all the demigods, headed by Lord BrahmĂ€, and all the saintly persons could not satisfy the Lord by streams of excellent words, although such persons are very qualified, being in the mode of goodness. Then what is to be said of me? I am not at all qualified.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.9.8)
PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja continued: âOne may possess wealth, an aristocratic family, beauty, austerity, education, sensory expertise, lustre, influence, physical strength, diligence, intelligence and mystic yogic power, but I think that even by all these qualifications one cannot satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, one can satisfy the Lord simply by devotional service. Gajendra did this, and thus the Lord was satisfied with him.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.9.9)
âIf a brĂ€hmaĂ«a has all twelve of the brahminical qualifications [as they are stated in the book called Sanat-sujĂ€ta] but is not a devotee and is averse to the lotus feet of the Lord, he is certainly lower than a devotee who is a dog-eater but who has dedicated everythingâmind, words, activities, wealth and lifeâto the Supreme Lord. Such a devotee is better than such a brĂ€hmaĂ«a because the devotee can purify his whole family, whereas the socalled brĂ€hmaĂ«a in a position of false prestige cannot purify even himself.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.10)
âThe Supreme Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always fully satisfied in Himself. Therefore, when something is offered to Him, the offering, by the Lordâs mercy, is for the benefit of the devotee, for the Lord does not need service from anyone. To give an example, if oneâs face is decorated, the reflection of oneâs face in a mirror is also seen to be decorated.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.11)
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
âTherefore, although I was born in a demoniac family, I may without a doubt offer prayers to the Lord with full endeavour, as far as my intelligence allows. Anyone who has been forced by ignorance to enter the material world may be purified of material life if he offers prayers to the Lord and hears the Lordâs glories.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.12)
Even LakñmĂ©devĂ©, who is sitting on the chest of the Lord, cannot receive the highest mercy. It is very difficult on Her part, but a dear devotee of the Lord very easily receives such mercy of the Lord. The Lord has equal vision samaĂč sarveñu bhĂŒteñu [Bg. 18.54] â âHe is equally disposed toward every living entity. Na me dveñyo âsti na priyaĂč [Bg. 9.29] â I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all, but a bhakta is very dear to Me. Ye bhajanti tu mÀà bhaktyĂ€ [Bg. 9.29] â those who do My bhajana with bhakti, are in Me, I am in them.â Though He is impartial, He is very partial towards His devotees.
These are all prayers by PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja and there is one specific prayer, tad yaccha manyum asuraç ca hatas tvayĂ€dya modeta sĂ€dhur api vÄçcika-sarpa-hatyĂ€ lokÀç ca nirvĂ„tim itĂ€Ăč pratiyanti sarve rĂŒpaĂ nĂ„siĂ ha vibhayĂ€ya janĂ€Ăč smaranti
âMy Lord NĂ„siĂ hadeva, please, therefore, cease Your anger now that my father, the great demon HiraĂ«yakaçipu, has been killed. Since even saintly persons take pleasure in the killing of a scorpion or a snake, all the worlds have achieved great satisfaction because of the death of this demon. Now they are confident of their happiness, and they will always remember Your auspicious
C hapter 4
the appearanCe of Lord nÄsià hadeva
incarnation in order to be free from fear.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.14)
Yes, scorpions and snakes should be killed. Saintly persons kill them and get pleasure. SĂ€dhus never kill other living entities. This has been said in this verse. We should always offer this prayer, namaste narasiĂ hĂ€ya, to be free from fear. NĂ„siĂ hadeva kills all inauspiciousness that comes in the path of devotion; therefore, we offer NĂ„siĂ ha-praëÀma. When we start a journey, we also offer NĂ„siĂ ha-praëÀma, so that there will be no fear, no obstructions, and no fearful conditions. NĂ„siĂ hadeva comes and destroys it. Therefore, we always offer NĂ„siĂ ha-praëÀma and it has been said in this verse that, âdevotees will always remember You, they will offer You prayers and will be free from all sorts of fear.â
tasmĂ€d amĂŒs tanu-bhĂ„tĂ€m aham Àçiño âjĂŻa Ă€yuĂč çriyaĂ vibhavam aindriyam Ă€viriĂŻcyĂ€t necchĂ€mi te vilulitĂ€n uruvikrameĂ«a kĂ€lĂ€tmanopanaya mÀà nija-bhĂ„tya-pĂ€rçvam
âMy dear Lord, now I have complete experience concerning the worldly opulence, mystic powers, longevity and other material pleasures enjoyed by all living entities, from Lord BrahmĂ€ down to the ant. As powerful time, You destroy them all. Therefore, because of my experience, I do not wish to possess them. My dear Lord, I request You to place me in touch with Your pure devotee and let me serve him as a sincere servant.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.24)
When NÄsià hadeva offered PrahlÀda mukti, he refused. Why he refused is stated in the following prayer,
lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
prĂ€yeĂ«a deva munayaĂč sva-vimukti-kĂ€mĂ€ maunaĂ caranti vijane na parĂ€rtha-niñöhĂ€Ăč
naitĂ€n vihĂ€ya kĂ„paëÀn vimumukña eko nĂ€nyaĂ tvad asya çaraĂ«aĂ bhramato ânupaçye
âMy dear Lord NĂ„siĂ hadeva, I see that there are many saintly persons indeed, but they are interested only in their own deliverance. Not caring for the big cities and towns, they go to the HimĂ€layas or the forest to meditate with vows of silence [maunavrata]. They are not interested in delivering others. As for me, however, I do not wish to be liberated alone, leaving aside all these poor fools and rascals. I know that without KÄñëa consciousness, without taking shelter of Your lotus feet, one cannot be happy. Therefore, I wish to bring them back to shelter at Your lotus feet.â
(ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.44)
The munis and sages are only interested in their own deliverance. They go to the HimÀlayan Mountains in search of a solitary place to do sÀdhana, and there they undergo many severe austerities and penances. So, who thinks of delivering the living entities, the mlecchas and yavanas, those who are in the hellish planets? Western countries mean hellish planets. The sÀdhu thinks of the suffering conditioned souls and goes there to preach and inculcate KÄñëa consciousness unto those mlecchas, yavanas, and demons. Only a Vaiñëava like PrahlÀda MahÀrÀja can do this, otherwise no one can do it. A Vaiñëava, whose heart is so compassionate and so merciful, has love for all living entities, even for the worms in the stool. He thinks even about their deliverance.
There is another prayer in ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam,
tat te ârhattama namaĂč stuti-karma-pĂŒjĂ€Ăč karma smĂ„tiç caraĂ«ayoĂč çravaĂ«aĂ kathĂ€yĂ€m
C hapter 4 the appearanCe of Lord nÄsià hadeva
saĂ sevayĂ€ tvayi vineti ñaĂČ-aĂŹgayĂ€ kiĂ bhaktiĂ janaĂč paramahaĂ sa-gatau labheta
âTherefore, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, the best of all persons to whom prayers are offered, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You because without rendering six kinds of devotional service unto You â offering prayers, dedicating all the results of activities, worshipping You, working on Your behalf, always remembering Your lotus feet and hearing about Your glories â who can achieve that which is meant for the paramahaĂ sas?â
(ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.50)
Then PrahlÀda MahÀrÀja says,
nĂ€nyathĂ€ te âkhila-guro ghaöeta karuëÀtmanaĂč yas ta Àçiña ÀçÀste na sa bhĂ„tyaĂč sa vai vaĂ«ik
âOtherwise, O my Lord, O supreme instructor of the entire world, You are so kind to Your devotee that You could not induce him to do something unbeneficial for him. On the other hand, one who desires some material benefit in exchange for devotional service cannot be Your pure devotee. Indeed, he is no better than a merchant who wants profit in exchange for service.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.10.4)
Yes, one who does business with the Lord is no better than a merchant â âI give you this, if you give me that.â
ahaĂ tv akĂ€mas tvad-bhaktas tvaĂ ca svĂ€my anapÀçrayaĂč nĂ€nyathehĂ€vayor artho rĂ€ja-sevakayor iva
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
âO my Lord, I am Your unmotivated servant, and You are my eternal master. There is no need of our being anything other than master and servant. You are naturally my master, and I am naturally Your servant. We have no other relationship.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 7.10.6)
yadi dÀsyasi me kÀmÀn varÀàs tvaà varadarñabha kÀmÀnÀà hÄdy asaà rohaà bhavatas tu vÄëe varam
âO my Lord, best of the givers of benediction, if You at all want to bestow a desirable benediction upon me, then I pray from Your Lordship that within the core of my heart there be no material desires.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.10.7)
Offer this prayer, and if the Lord grants this boon, then material desires will be gone. This is the prayer that all should offer. We have so many lusty desires. Who will root them out? Therefore, everyone should offer prayers at the lotus feet of the Lord from the core of their heart. âIf You want to give me a boon, please take away all lusty desires so that never at any time, in any condition, under any circumstance, they will crop up in my heart.â When NĂ„siĂ hadeva was ready to give him any blessing he desired, PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja asked for this boon.
Then PrahlÀda offered the following three prayers, varaà varaya etat te varadeçÀn maheçvara yad anindat pitÀ me tvÀm avidvÀàs teja aiçvaram
C hapter 4
the appearanCe of Lord nÄsià hadeva
viddhĂ€marñÀçayaĂč sĂ€kñÀt sarva-loka-guruĂ prabhum
bhrÀtÄ-heti mÄñÀ-dÄñöis tvad-bhakte mayi cÀghavÀn
tasmĂ€t pitĂ€ me pĂŒyeta durantĂ€d dustarĂ€d aghĂ€t pĂŒtas te âpÀÏga-saĂ dÄñöas tadĂ€ kĂ„paĂ«a-vatsala
PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja said: âO Supreme Lord, because You are so merciful to the fallen souls, I ask You for only one benediction. I know that my father, at the time of his death, had already been purified by Your glance upon him, but because of his ignorance of Your beautiful power and supremacy, he was unnecessarily angry at You, falsely thinking that You were the killer of his brother. Thus, he directly blasphemed Your Lordship, the spiritual master of all living beings, and committed heavily sinful activities directed against me, Your devotee. I wish that he be excused for these sinful activities.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.10.15-17)
PrahlÀda prays for his father and therefore his father was excused. Then what did the Lord say?
triĂč-saptabhiĂč pitĂ€ pĂŒtaĂč pitĂ„bhiĂč saha te ânagha yat sĂ€dho âsya kule jĂ€to bhavĂ€n vai kula-pĂ€vanaĂč
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: âMy dear PrahlĂ€da, O most pure, O great saintly person, your father has been purified, along with twenty-one forefathers in your family. Because you were born in this family, the entire dynasty has been purified.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.10.18)
by K Äñë A
If a Vaiñëava like PrahlÀda MahÀrÀja takes birth in any family, twenty-one generations will be delivered. If a son becomes a Vaiñëava, what he can do! If you want a son, then procreate a son like PrahlÀda. Otherwise, why will you procreate a child? The hogs procreate hundreds of children, and all eat stool. It is nonsense. If you want to have a son, procreate a son like PrahlÀda, then his father is glorified, and his mother is glorified. He is a real father, and she is a real mother. Otherwise, they are not a real father and mother; rather they are like hog and she-hog only engaged in sexual enjoyment, nothing else. Then you are procreating all nasty children, hog-like children who eat stool*. Why would you produce such children? There is no need. If you want to be married, then marry and produce a Vaiñëava son like PrahlÀda. Then the father and mother will be glorified. Otherwise, it is condemned.
These are some of the many prayers of PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja. We should offer such prayers to the Supreme Lord. Especially on this auspicious day we should offer these prayers to JagannĂ€tha, who has assumed the NĂ„siĂ ha form: âPlease give me this boon, on this auspicious day of Your appearance, that no material desire, lusty desire will arise in my heart. Please take away these lusty desires from me.â
vaiçÀkhasya caturdaçyÀà -çuklĂ€yÀà çrĂ© nĂ„kesarĂ©jatas tad asyam tatpĂŒjot-çavam kurvĂ©ta savrataĂ (Hari-bhakti-vilĂ€sa)**
Today is the 14th day of the bright fortnight in the month of VaiçÀkha. On this auspicious day, tithi NÄsià hadeva appears. Therefore, on this auspicious tithi all the devotees observe it by fasting and offering prayers to NÄsià hadeva.
* This was ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs expression for âenjoying sense-gratificationâ. **By ĂrĂ©la SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ© quoted from the Padma PurÀëa.
C hapter 4
the appearanCe of Lord nÄsià hadeva
prahlÀda-kleça nÀçÀyaya hi puëya caturdaçé
pĂŒjĂ€yet tatra yatnena hareĂč prahlĂ€dam agrataĂč
On this tithi, this day, before offering worship to NÄsià hadeva, you should first offer worship to PrahlÀda MahÀrÀja, His dear devotee. Worship of His devotee is superior to the direct worship of the Lord. The Lord appeared in order to protect PrahlÀda MahÀrÀja from the persecution of his demoniac father Hiraëyakaçipu. So, first of all we should offer worship to him, then we offer worship to NÄsià hadeva. This is the correct process. It is required that you fast on this day. This is the vrata; fasting. You may take a little prasÀdam, anukalpa, as on ekÀdaçé.
In the NÄsià ha PurÀëa it is mentioned that PrahlÀda MahÀrÀja asked NÄsià hadeva how he had developed bhakti towards Him. In answer NÄsià hadeva said:
âIn ancient days, in AvantĂ©, there was a brĂ€hmaĂ«a named Vasu Sharma. He was a paĂ«ĂČita who knew the Vedas very well. He had a devoted and chaste wife named Sushila who was endowed with all good qualities. She was celebrated for her devotion towards her husband. Vasu Sharma and Sushila gave birth to five sons. Four sons were naturally well behaved, learned, and obedient to their father, but the youngest son named Vasudeva, was an exception.â NĂ„siĂ hadeva pointed to PrahlĂ€da, âYour name was Vasudeva. You had a bad character and were addicted to associating with prostitutes. One day you quarelled and fought with a prostitute. That night both of you fasted because of this quarrelling and fighting. Fortunately, the day that you both fasted was My appearance day. Therefore, both of you received the
A
K Äñë A
auspicious result of fasting on My appearance day.â That is why we should fast today. âYou were born as the son of HiraĂ«yakaçipu, my dear devotee PrahlĂ€da, and that prostitute took birth as a heavenly prostitute, an apsarĂ€, an angel in a heavenly planet, and she obtained so much material enjoyment there. After that she became My devotee, and now, you are a very dear devotee of Mine also, though born in a demoniac family. Observing My vrata, BrahmĂ€ is endowed with creative potency. BrahmĂ€ observes this vrata, nĂ„siĂ ha-caturdaçé-vrata, and Ăiva also observes this vrata. Observing this vrata, on My appearance day, ĂivajĂ© obtained such great strength and potency that he was able to kill the demon TripurĂ€sura. Those who observe My vrata on My appearance day, whatever desire they have, they present to Me, I immediately grant it to them.â
NÄsià hadeva is very merciful today, so offer this prayer:
âPlease give me this boon, O all-merciful NĂ„siĂ hadeva, on this auspicious day of Your appearance, that not at any time, in any condition, under any circumstance will material desires arise in my heart. Please grant me this boon. I ask only for this boon. As I develop pure devotion towards You, please grant me this.â
This is the only prayer you offer. All of you should offer this prayer. So many lusty desires you have. NÄsià hadeva is very merciful today so He will definitely grant that boon to you. The Lord is unlimited and His kathÀ is unlimited. I hope all of you develop pure devotion to the Lord and let all obstacles and inauspiciousness on the path of devotion be annihilated by Lord NÄsià hadeva.
C hapter F ive
DÄ«na Bandhu dÄsa Returns to Bhubaneswar
Braja devé dÀsé: His Divine Grace had sent a telegram to
DĂ©na Bandhu prabhu, saying he may bring his wife and child to Bhubaneswar for initiation. KÄñëa arranged all the money we needed for travelling and donations for ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva and for the temple project.
DĂ©na Bandhu dĂ€sa flew back to Australia and within three months returned to Bhubaneswar, two weeks before JanmÀñöamĂ©, 10 August 1989, with his wife and baby son, to associate again with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami and so that his wife could take initiation. She had listened to recordings of lectures he had made while there and was most impressed. Her previous guru had fallen from grace, and she was praying for a bona fide personality. Upon listening to the lectures of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, she became strongly inspired and desired to go and see him â to experience first-hand his hari-kathĂ€* and to take initiation from him.
*Hari-kathĂ€: Words describing ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâs pastimes.
K Äñë A
Braja devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©: When we arrived at the temple, we went into Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs room and spoke with him and at that initial darçana with him, he expressed the desire to preach in Australia. He also asked me why I was not wearing any bangles*. I asked what kind I should wear, glass or gold, to which he answered, âAccording to your husbandâs capacityâ.
Braja devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©: Hari-prasĂ€da, our son, was nine months old. He was the âdarlingâ of the temple and was getting so much affection, often being carried by the local devotees (though he was nine months old and walking by then).
Then on 16 August 1989, Gurudeva spoke on the bona fide hearing process:
ââŠVaiñëavas are those who know the real truth. They come under the hearing process from the disciplic succession. They are formed by the hearing process, this çrotĂ€ parampara. All çÀstras, Vedic literatures, all mahĂ€janas, say that one who is intelligent should hear from a real mahĂ€jana [dharmasya tattvaĂ nihitaĂ guhĂ€yÀà mahĂ€jano yena gataĂč sa panthĂ€Ăč (MahĂ€bhĂ€rata, Vana-parva 313.117)] from a devotee who is coming under a bona fide disciplic succession, çrota-pantaĂč...â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.23)
tarko âpratiñöhaĂč çrutayo vibhinnĂ€ nĂ€sĂ€v Äñir yasya mataĂ na bhinnam dharmasya tattvaĂ nihitaĂ guhĂ€yÀà mahĂ€jano yena gataĂč sa panthĂ€Ăč
ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu continued, âDry arguments are inconclusive. A great personality whose opinion does not differ
* Authorâs comment: In Vedic culture, ladies wear bangles as a sign of marriage. In Bengal and Orissa married ladies traditionally wear on each arm bangles made of coral or red glass, conch shell and gold. The resonating of these ornaments striking each other serves to signal the womanâs presence. [This understanding was confirmed by the ĂcĂ€rya from ĂrĂ© RaĂŹgam and his secretary ĂrĂ© Badri NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a RĂ€mĂ€nuja dĂ€sa.]
Also, I recall that Gurudeva said that the gold bangles were a store of wealth (the poor manâs bank) so that widows could use them to help maintain themselves after their husbandâs demise.
C
hapter 5
hidden in the heart of a Self-realiSed perSon
from others is not considered a great sage. Simply by studying the Vedas, which are variegated, one cannot come to the right path by which religious principles are understood. The solid truth of religious principles is hidden in the heart of an unadulterated, selfrealised person. Consequently, as the çÀstras confirm, one should accept whatever progressive path the mahĂ€janas advocate.â (This is a verse spoken by Yudhiñöhira MahĂ€rĂ€ja in the MahĂ€bhĂ€rata, Vana-pĂ€rva 313.117)
Also, on 19 August 1989, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami spoke on why one should not offend a sĂ€dhu (a great saintly person):
âHe who insults a sage, slanders the sage, speaks ill of a sage, offends the lotus feet of a sage, is never tolerated by KÄñëa; the sage tolerates. Is he not the one who has the patience of Dhruva? Yes, so he tolerates. KÄñëa cannot tolerate it. Sages can tolerate, KÄñëa cannot tolerate.â 1
Then, on 22 August 1989, our beloved Gurudeva spoke on vairÀgya:
ââŠVairĂ€gya means neither attachment to this material world, nor detachment from it. Then what is that? MahĂ€prabhu has said: in whatever condition, whatever stage of life one may be, let him stay there. But he should understand the aim of his life and how to achieve it. If one cannot achieve the aim of his life, then what is the necessity of going to a HimĂ€layan mountain cave and doing this pĂŒraka, â recaka, ⥠kumbhaka, § prÀëÀyĂ€ma¶ sĂ€dhana there? One must think it over very seriously. Wherever you are, either
â The prÀëÀyĂ€ma-yogĂ© practices breathing the opposite way until the currents of breath are neutralised into pĂŒraka.
⥠Offering the exhaled breath into the inhaled breath is called recaka
§ By practice of kumbhaka-yoga, one can increase the duration of life for perfection in spiritual realisation.
¶ This system of yoga for controlling the breathing process is called prÀëÀyÀma, and it is practiced in the haöha-yoga system along with different sitting postures.
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
at home or in the forest just say, âHariâ. Be eager enough, very much interested, develop great interest in listening to hari-kathĂ€ from bona fide authorities. If you just do this with rapt attention, with great interest, automatically and eventually your attachment to this so-called saĂ sĂ€ra will go away. That is real vairĂ€gya. This is what MahĂ€prabhu was teachingâŠ
ââŠNowadays we see in this world that most people cannot understand the purport of the word vairĂ€gya. Many think that this vairĂ€gya means something like an apathetic mood. But ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu has come here to make us understand what the real purport of vairagya is. He did not come here as an ordinary preacher. He showered His mercy on one and all, on all living entities here in this material world. But up until now, most of the human population cannot understand it. Conditioned souls have attachment for this saĂ sĂ€ra, the material world, and anyhow, if they become disgusted or develop some repulsion towards it, they think: this is vairĂ€gya. But this is not real vairĂ€gya or the actual purport of the vairĂ€gya that ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu has taughtâŠâ
In the same lecture, Gurudeva spoke on the order of ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu to give KÄñëa to everyone:
âIn Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€, KÄñëa has given one restriction while instructing Arjuna about the message of GĂ©tĂ€, His own message. He says, âDo not speak this tattva, this message to abhaktĂ€ya nĂ€tapaskĂ€ya, to those who are not devotees and those who have not undergone any penance or austerity, Ă€tapaskĂ€ya.â That means: it should be spoken only to the devotees. However, when He came as ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu, He wiped out that restriction: yĂ€re dekha, tĂ€re kaha âkÄñëaâ-upadeça Ă€mĂ€ra Ă€jĂŻĂ€ya guru haĂŻĂ€ tĂ€raâ ei deça
MahĂ€prabhu gave this instruction: âWhoever you meet, you tell him about KÄñëa His message and His instructions.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 7.128)
C
hapter 5
hidden in the heart of a Self-realiSed perSon
The heart of someone who is fortunate enough to hear the transcendental sound vibration of the chanting of the Holy Name of the Lord by ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu or His dear devotees, will be cleansed, and only then he can understand this truth or tattva. Otherwise, it is not possible to understand it. Therefore, Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu and His followers, the Vaiñëavas, are very, very merciful persons. They always feel pity for the bewildered souls here.
ââŠOn the part of conditioned souls, this tattva relating to this Supreme Absolute Truth, KÄñëa, cannot be understood unless one is cleansed of the dirt accumulated in the heart. That means that unless the heart is purified, one cannot understand this truthâŠâ (Excerpts from a lecture on ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ verse 5.90, Bhubaneswar)
Two days later it was JanmÀñöamĂ©, 24 August 1989. Braja devi dasi took initiation (hari-nĂ€ma-dĂ©kñÀ)* from ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad Gour Govinda Swami and her son, Hari-prasĂ€da, had his name-giving ceremony and his first hair-cutting ceremony. JanmÀñöamĂ© is a particularly special festival celebrated in Vaiñëava Temples all over the world and especially in ĂrĂ© VĂ„ndĂ€vana-dhĂ€ma.
Braja devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©: When I went to ask Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja for initiation he told me that on that day I should fast, not even drink water, and wear a new sari and petticoat. The fire sacrifice was in the middle of the day for initiation and the name-giving ceremony of Hari-prasĂ€da. The local barber came for the hair cutting. Hari-prasĂ€daâs head was covered with blood, as he was wriggling around. I was like a crazy mother thinking, âWhat are you doing to my son?â I was angry, but when I looked at Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja, he just looked at me with great love and I was immediately pacified.
*Authorâs note: In the words of our beloved ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva and of ĂrĂ©la A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da: The first ceremony is hari-nĂ€ma-dĂ©kñÀ, and then the second ceremony is mantra-dĂ©kñÀ (or bestowing of GĂ€yatrĂ© mantra).
A
K Äñë A
Then we sat down for the fire yajïa, and Guru MahÀrÀja told me to cover my head. After the initiation and hair cutting ceremony my husband paid for the feast and also gave a donation to Guru MahÀrÀja.
Braja devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©: After initiation, especially as we were fasting all day and with the baby, I felt totally out of this world â sober and fixed. I just felt spiritually surcharged after initiation. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja gave me the experience that only a mahĂ€-bhĂ€gavata can give. It was like nothing I had ever experienced before. My previous initiation was more like a Sunday feast or a party. What I experienced from Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was very serious and powerful. We took EkĂ€daçé prasĂ€da after midnight. What an experience I had just had!
âOh
DĂ©na Bandhu dĂ€sa: Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja came out at about 5-5.30pm to give the JanmÀñöamĂ© lecture. He began to speak at around 6.30 pm. I was really excited to hear him speak, and I had my tape recorder. He spoke for nearly five hours on KÄñëa in Oriya, interspersed with bhajans, quoting verses and bursting into song. At about 11.50 pm he stopped and asked me, âDĂ©na Bandhu, you want that I should speak in English?â and I answered, âYes!â Then he said, âWell, but now there is no time. The Lord is coming, and we have to go and greet Him.â I was devastated, âOh no! No English?â Then he turned to me and said, âTomorrow I will speak something for you.â
The next day he called us to his room and Gurudeva spoke kÄñëa-tattva just for us for one to one and half hours. Gurudeva was very, very personal.
By ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami
In the first three chapters of the Tenth Canto of the ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam there is a description of the appearance of BhagavĂ€n ĂrĂ© KÄñëa. This morning, we read the English translation by our revered spiritual master, ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad A. C. BhaktivedĂ€nta Swami PrabhupĂ€da.
In Hari-vaà ça, there is also a description of KÄñëaâs appearance and in GopĂ€la-campĂŒ, written by ĂrĂ© JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ©, there is another description of KÄñëaâs appearance. I will be reciting GopĂ€la-campĂŒ, and I have to speak in two languages, first in Oriya then in English, in this way I will go on. Therefore, I request one and all to sit patiently, quietly and hear with concentrated attention because the hearing of this transcendental lĂ©lĂ€-kĂ€hÀëé of BhagavĂ€n KÄñëa is all-auspicious. The BhĂ€gavatam (1.2.17) describes:
çÄëvatÀà sva-kathĂ€Ăč kÄñëaĂč puĂ«ya-çravaĂ«a-kĂ©rtanaĂč hĂ„dy antaĂč stho hy abhadrÀëi vidhunoti suhĂ„t satĂ€m
K Äñë A
âĂrĂ© KÄñëa, the Personality of Godhead, who is the ParamĂ€tmĂ€ in everyoneâs heart and the benefactor of the truthful devotee, cleanses desire for material enjoyment from the heart of the devotee who has developed the urge to hear His messages, which are in themselves virtuous when properly heard and chanted.â
The BhĂ€gavata has said that to hear this transcendental lĂ©lĂ€-kĂ€hÀëé of BhagavĂ€n KÄñëa is all-auspicious. If you hear with full faith and concentrated attention, all the material contamination in your heart will be purified.There is no other means. For this reason, BhagavĂ€n ĂrĂ© KÄñëa descends here, though BhagavĂ€n KÄñëa has His eternal abode in the spiritual sky, known as sac-cid-Ă€nandamaya-dhĂ€ma, a dhĂ€ma that is sanmaya, cinmaya, and Ă€nandamaya â full of eternality, full of knowledge, and full of bliss. He is always there, completely absorbed in transcendental lĂ©lĂ€, especially in rĂ€sa-lĂ©lĂ€ He enjoys and relishes the mellow. Why will He come to this material world which is not His abode? It is completely opposite to that transcendental sac-cid-Ă€nandamaya-dhĂ€ma. This material world is asat-, acit-, and nirĂ€nanda-mĂ€yĂ€ â it is temporary, full of ignorance and misery. Why will He come here? What business does He have coming here? He comes because He is suhĂ„daĂ sarva-bhĂŒtĂ€nÀà â the only well-wishing friend of all living entities. He has said this in the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€. From time immemorial you have forgotten KÄñëa and have been under the clutches of mĂ€yĂ€, however KÄñëa has not forgotten you. He is your well-wishing friend. He always runs behind you. He is there in your heart as ParamĂ€tmĂ€. He never deserts you. He also descends in many incarnations to this material world along with His dhĂ€ma and His associates and He manifests transcendental pastimes. The purpose for His coming is so that His lĂ©lĂ€-kĂ€hÀëés will be recorded in books, and His dear devotees, the Vaiñëava mahĂ€janas will come, recite, speak and preach these pastimes. KÄñëaâs pastimes should be heard, read, deliberated, and meditated upon. Thereby you will achieve peace and bliss. Your heart will be cleansed and then you will be able to understand your constitutional position. You are the eternal servant of the Lord, KÄñëa is your eternal master. KÄñëa therefore descends here for krĂ©ĂČĂ€rtha; to play with His dear devotees, to relish His lĂ©lĂ€-rasa, the mellow of transcendental lĂ©lĂ€. In addition, He also gives you an opportunity to relish
C hapter 6 the appearanCe of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa
these pastimes. Moreover, He also comes here for sĂ€dhu-saĂ rakñaĂ«a, to protect His dear devotees. These are the purposes of KÄñëaâs coming to this material world.
So now I will read from GopĂ€la-campĂŒ, this is in a nice song. I want you to follow it with me.
In GopĂ€la-campĂŒ it is described that there were two poets named Snigdha-kaëöha and Madhu-kaëöha* who daily sang songs in the assembly of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja. One day they started singing about how NandarĂ€ja begot a son. NandarĂ€ja performed many sacrifices to beget a son, but still no son was born. The residents of VrajabhĂŒmi, who were all his friends, also took up a vrata, (vow) and offered worship so that Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja could have a son. Still no son was coming. YaçomatĂ©, the wife of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja, became very distressed. She gave up eating and was always sitting, hanging her head down and only shedding tears.
Seeing the condition of his wife, Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja became very distressed and consoled her in various ways, saying, âWhatever is the will of Providence, that will take place.â
His wife YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ said, âMy dear husband, I will tell what I have thought of in my heart. I have performed many sacrifices and have taken
* Footnote: Snigdha-kaëöha means affection-laden voice, and madhu-kaëöha means honey-laden voice. In Chapter Eight, of GopĂ€la-campĂŒ it is mentioned that Snigdha-kaëöha and Madhu-kaëöha were previously the two sons of Kuvera, NalakĂŒvara and MaĂ«igrĂ©va, who because of their degraded behaviour were cursed by ĂrĂ© NĂ€rada to become twin arjuna trees near the house of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja in Gokula. To deliver them, ĂrĂ© KÄñëa dragged the heavy grinding mortar toward the extremely large arjuna trees. The grinding mortar became lodged between the trees. As soon as ĂrĂ© KÄñëa tugged at the grinding mortar with some force, the two trees were completely uprooted. At once, they began falling over and finally struck the ground, producing a deafening crash.
Then, from within the ancient trees, two divine personalities emerged. They circumambulated ĂrĂ© KÄñëa and submitted prayers in glorification of Him. By ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâs causeless mercy, they resided in Goloka VĂ„ndĂ€vana from that point onward. They became the famous reciters, Madhu-kaëöha and Snigdha-kaëöha. Thus, as ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâs special associates, they eternally narrate His unlimited pastimes in the assembly of ĂrĂ© Nanda BĂ€bĂ€ and the VrajavĂ€sĂ©s.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K
Äñë
A
up many vows (vrata), but I have not performed the dvĂ€daçé-paramavrata.â
Hearing this, Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja became very happy and said, âYes, very good. We have not performed this vrata. So, we must do it.â
Nanda MahÀrÀja called his priest who described everything to him about the procedures, rules and regulations to perform this dvÀdaçé-vrata.
Then Madhu-kaëöha continued singing:
Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja and YaçomatĂ©-rÀëé accepted this vrata and observed it for one year. At the end of the vrata Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja had a very nice dream. Lord Hari Himself being very much pleased said, âYour desire will soon be fulfilled. In every kalpa I come as your son, and in this kalpa I will also come as your son. I will manifest My babyhood lĂ©lĂ€ in your gĂ„ha, home. Every day, seeing My babyhood lĂ©lĂ€, you will be very happy.â
After seeing this wonderful dream, Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs sleep broke. It was morning and the birds were chirping. He decided to take bath in the YamunĂ€ along with his wife YaçomatĂ©, and he took much wealth with him to give in charity. All of the demigods, munis, and Äñis came in the guise of beggars to receive charity from him. Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja and YaçomatĂ© completed their bath and then started giving charity to them. Everyone became very pleased and satisfied to receive charity from him. They all loudly shouted, âNanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja ki jaya! YaçomatĂ©-rÀëé ki jaya!â
Then Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja returned home and offered worship to BhagavĂ€n Viñëu. After finishing his nitya-karma â daily activities, he came to his assembly hall, and offered respect to all the worshippable personalities, respected gurus and brĂ€hmaĂ«as.
After that, again Snigdha-kaëöha asked, âWhat happened then?â Then he continued singing.
C hapter 6 the appearanCe of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa
Just then the gatekeeper came and informed Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja that a tapasvĂ©nĂ©, a brahmacĂ€riëé had come, and with her was a brahmacĂ€rĂ©. Hearing this, Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja stood up to welcome and offer them nice seats. He washed their feet and offered worship to them. YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ began crying at the feet of that brahmacĂ€riëé. The ascetic took YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ onto her lap and, placing her hand on YaçodĂ€âs head, blessed her, saying, ââMy dear queen, very soon a nice son will come and take birth.â Hearing this, all the gopas and gopĂ©s said, âNandarÀëé ki jaya!â
Hearing this, Upananda became very joyful and said, âThis Gokula vana will be a mahĂ€-tĂ©rtha.â Hearing this prophecy all of the inhabitants of VrajabhĂŒmi became joyous. They all came forward and offered daĂ«ĂČavat-praëÀmas at the feet of that yoginĂ©, brahmacĂ€rinĂ©. They built a kuöir, a cottage for her and she stayed there.
Then Snigdha-kaëöha asked, âMy dear brother Madhu-kaëöha, now tell how KÄñëa came to the womb of YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€.â Madhukaëöha then spoke about this confidential truth.
Nanda and his wife YaçomatĂ© observed dvĂ€daçé-vrata continuously for one year. Then, on mĂ€gha-mĂ€sa, kÄñëa-pratipata, the first day of the dark fortnight of the month of MĂ€gha, that night Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja had another wonderful dream. He saw a baby, nĂ©la-varĂ«a â a blue complexioned child, moving in the sky, and he also saw a girl with a golden-hued bodily complexion. The two of Them entered into Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs heart and stayed there blissfully. Then They came out of the heart of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja and entered into the womb of Yaçoda-mĂ€tĂ€. Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja saw all this in his dream. In this way, YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ became pregnant. Hearing this, all the gopas and gopĂ©s became very blissful and happy. Every day there were mahotsavas, grand festivals.
K Äñë A
Nanda MahÀrÀja gave much charity to the brÀhmaëas and Vaiñëavas. Also, some goddesses were coming there every day. Day and night, so many were coming and going, no one could count them.
By the eighth month of pregnancy, an astrologer said, âIn this month the child will take birth, on a most auspicious tithi.â When this BhĂ€dra-kÄñëÀñöamĂ©, the eighth day of the dark fortnight of the month of BhĂ€dra came, the nurse said, âThe child will be born today,â and the maternity home was prepared.
Immediately the maternity home was prepared and decorated abundantly with flower garlands. Expert nurses came to take care of the mother and child. In the heavenly planets all of the demigods became very joyful. Indradeva was showering rain. On that day, the VrajavÀsés and the demigods in the heavenly planets, everyone everywhere was joyful and blissfully drowning in an ocean of happiness. The Supreme Lord was about to take birth.
Kichu niçi saba gopé jÀgiyÀ rahila, kÄñëera mÀyÀ pare nidra-gata haila, all the gopés kept awake for some of the night but fell asleep due to the influence of kÄñëera mÀyÀ. When the child took birth, everyone was sleeping. Even YaçodÀ-mÀtÀ was asleep. Without any pain, YaçodÀ-mÀtÀ gave birth to KÄñëa, the Supreme Personality, that putra-ratna, a son like an invaluable gem, nélamaëi.
Exactly at the same time that YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ gave birth to baby KÄñëa in VĂ„ndĂ€vana, in the MathurĂ€ prison house of Kamsa, DevakĂ© also gave birth to a child. The picture and description is in the Tenth Canto of the BhĂ€gavatam. Lord Hari appeared in MathurĂ€ in a four-handed form. There was a beautiful crown on His head and with His four hands He was holding a çaĂŹkha, cakra, gadĂ€, and padma â a conchshell, disk, club and lotus. Kanaka-
C hapter 6 the appearanCe of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa
kuĂ«ĂČala-karĂ«a â there were golden earrings on His two ears, and a bright effulgence was coming out of His body. Although it was a dark and cloudy night, everything was illuminated by the effulgence coming from the body of Lord Hari.
Seeing this wonderful child, DevakĂ© paid obeisances with folded hands and offered prayers. Vasudeva immediately took bath. How could he take bath in the prison house? He did so by meditation within his mind, manasĂ€-snĂ€na. Also, in his mind he observed a grand festival for the birthday of Lord Hari and gave away innumerable cows in charity to the brĂ€hmaĂ«as and Vaiñëavas. He also offered prayers to Lord NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a. Then NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a told him, âImmediately take Me to Vraja-Gokula and put Me on the lap of YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€.â
Hearing this, Vasudeva was very, very happy and was able to leave the prison house immediately by the wonderful will of Lord Hari. Those who were guarding the prison all fell asleep. All of the strong iron doors and shackles miraculously opened, and Vasudeva was free to leave. Exactly at the same time when Vasudeva was leaving the prison of Kamsa, YaçodÀ-mÀtÀ gave birth to a second child, a daughter.
When Vasudeva came to the bank of the YamunĂ€, he saw there was a great flood. The water was very high, and all of the land was inundated. He thought, âHow can I cross?â
As Vasudeva was thinking how to cross, just then he saw MahĂ€mĂ€yĂ€ in the form of a she-jackal crossing the YamunĂ€ river. Vasudeva followed her. Finally, he came to the quarters of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja. There he put his son on the lap of YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ and took YaçodĂ€âs daughter with him.
Hearing this, Snigdha-kaëöha said, âWhat is this? Yaçoda-mĂ€tĂ€ gave birth to one son and one daughter, and Vasudeva took the daughter. Where is the son?â
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
Madhu-kaëöha said, âThis is a very confidential matter. The daughter YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ gave birth to was SĂ€kñÀt YogamĂ€yĂ€. By her potency, YogamĂ€yĂ€ kept nanda-putra, the son of Nanda hidden, and Vasudeva could not see Him. He only saw the daughter.â
The son of Nanda and Yaçoda, Nanda-nandana, YaçodĂ€nandana, is svayaĂ bhagavĂ€n, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead â ete cÀà ça-kalĂ€Ăč puĂ saĂč kÄñëas tu bhagavĂ€n svayam. Nanda-nandana-kÄñëa, YaçodĂ€-nandana-kÄñëa is svayaĂ bhagavĂ€n, and all avatĂ€ras are His plenary portions or portions of His plenary portions, aà ça and kalĂ€.
When svayam bhagavÀn kÄñëa comes, all of His portions and portions of portions, aà ça and kalÀ, come. All are present in Him. The son of Vasudeva is VÀsudeva, four-handed form. VÀsudeva is the plenary portion of KÄñëa. When Vasudeva put his son in the lap of YaçodÀ, that VÀsudeva entered into KÄñëa. VÀsudeva is the plenary portion of KÄñëa. Just as all rivers flow down to enter into the ocean, similarly all the plenary portions and portions of the plenary portions of the Lord all come and enter into aà çé, that is svayam bhagavÀn, the original Lord. This is the activity of YogamÀyÀ, therefore Vasudeva could not understand any of this. They were completely unknown to him.
PrÄbhava-PrakÄĆa and Vaibhava-VilÄsa
In the Hari-vaà ça (2.4.11) there is a description of how simultaneously Lord Hari took birth in two places:
garbha kĂ€le tv asaĂ pĂŒrĂ«e añöame mĂ€si te striyau devakĂ© ca yaçodĂ€ ca suñubĂ€te samaĂ tadĂ€
In the eighth month of pregnancy, which is considered asaĂ pĂŒrĂ«a, incomplete, because generally it is ten months, YaçodĂ€ and DevakĂ© both gave birth to Lord Hari.
Just after that, YaçodÀ gave birth to a daughter. She is known as YogamÀyÀ. MahÀmÀyÀ was also born with YogamÀyÀ. Vasudeva
C hapter 6 the appearanCe of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa
took MahĂ€mĂ€yĂ€. YogamĂ€yĂ€ stayed in VrajabhĂŒmi. Vasudeva took MahĂ€mĂ€yĂ€ and handed her over to KaĂ sa. It was declared that from this eighth pregnancy, a daughter had come, not a son. KaĂ sa was cheated. YaçodĂ€-nandana, the son of YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ is svayam bhagavĂ€n, Lord Hari. From the womb of DevakĂ© came the four-handed form VĂ€sudeva, who is a prĂ€bhava-prakÀça of KÄñëa.
Lord KÄñëa has two types of expansions, prĂ€bhava-prakÀça and vaibhava-vilĂ€sa. In the temporary category of prĂ€bhava come the incarnations MohinĂ©, HaĂ sa and Ăukla. In the eternal category comes Dhanvantari, à ñabha, VyĂ€sa, DattĂ€treya, Kapila, etc. The vaibhava-prakÀça are partially powerful. In this category comes Kurma, Matsya, Nara-NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a à ñi, VarĂ€ha, HayagrĂ©va, PÄçnigarbha, Baladeva, YajĂŻa, Vibhu, Satyasena, Hari, Vaikuëöha, Ajita, VĂ€mana, Sarvabhauma, à ñabha, Viñvaksena, Dharmasetu, SudĂ€mĂ€, Yogeçvara, BĂ„hadbhĂ€nu, etc.
Madhu-kaëöha then said, âWhen YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ gave birth to KÄñëa, all were asleep. Everyone slept through the whole night. Then in the morning Lord Hari started crying. Everyone woke up. YaçomatĂ© also woke and saw her nice son.
Upon seeing Him, wonderful and beautiful, mother YaçodÀ completely drowned in an ocean of blissfulness. She could not think what to do. She was shedding tears of bliss and love. The new-born child was there in her lap and YaçodÀ was very blissfully looking at Him.
YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€âs voice was faltering in joy. She could not speak anything and was simply shedding tears of love. Up until that day she had only looked at the sons of others. Today she was looking at her own son. Tears poured from her eyes and milk flowed from her breasts. Her whole sĂ€rĂ© became completely soaked. Again, and again YaçodĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ looked at the beautiful moon-like face of her son. All the nurses, gopas, and gopĂ©s awoke, hearing the crying sound of the new-born child. Everyone came and said, âOh, it is not a daughter, it is a son! YaçodĂ€ has given birth to a son!â
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
Everyone was very jubilant. It was as if all of VrajabhĂŒmi had drowned in an ocean of blissfulness. All the gopas and gopĂ©s came running to Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs quarters to see YaçodĂ€âs newly born son. The demigods were dancing in the heavenly planets, beating drums and singing, âhari hari hari-bolo! hari-bolo! hari-bolo! haribolo!â The fourteen planetary systems resounded with the sound of âhari-boloâ.
In the heavenly planets the deva-nĂ€rĂ©s â the wives of the demigods, were showering flowers. All of the gopas and gopĂ©s were dancing blissfully, embracing one another with love and affection. They were all drowning in an ocean of happiness.
Immediately Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja took bath according to Vedic rites. Then he performed the jĂ€ta-karma-saĂ skĂ€ra â the purificatory ceremony for childbirth. BrĂ€hmaĂ«as came and uttered svastivĂ€cana, prayers for auspiciousness. Many musicians came playing varieties of musical instruments. The sound of drums, kettledrums, and other musical instruments resounded throughout all of the three planetary systems.
The three planetary systems were completely filled with supreme happiness, mahÀ-Ànanda. PÄthivé-devé, Mother Earth had been deeply overwhelmed with distress by the asuras. Now the demons were to be killed and PÄthivé-devé would be relieved of her heavy burden. All of the sÀdhus, Vaiñëavas, dvijas and brÀhmaëas were happy.
When Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja came, all the gopas and gopĂ©s said, âNanda come, come and see your beautiful son. Tava gĂ„he udaya haiyĂ€che kata çaçi â it is as if innumerable moons have arisen in your house. O Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja, eteka divase janma haila sakala, manera
C hapter 6 the appearanCe of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa
Ă€nande dekha vadana kamala â you have achieved perfection in this birth after a long time. Many long years have gone past. Come and see the beautiful lotus-like face of your son.â
The news spread throughout Gokula, VrajabhĂŒmi. All of the gopas and gopĂ©s came running to Nandaâs quarters â nandera mandire gayĂ€lĂ€ Ă€ila dhĂ€iyĂ€, hĂ€te lĂ€ĂČi kÀÏdhe bhĂ€ra â all the gopas had sticks in their hands and they were carrying kÀÏdhe bhĂ€ra â a stick with bags on both ends on their shoulders. As they were coming, they were dancing. Sabe bole ânandaghoña baĂČa bhĂ€gya pĂŒra tava gĂ„he nĂ€hi Ă€ra Ă€nandera Ă€ra.â Everyone was saying, âO Nanda, you have such excellent good fortune. Ah! Today there is an ocean of bliss in your house.â
NĂ€caya hariñe nanda putra mukha chahiyĂ€ cau-dige goyĂ€la nĂ€ce karatali diyĂ€, seeing the beautiful lotus-like face of his son, Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja too was blissfully dancing. In all directions all of the cowherd men and inhabitants of Gokula were clapping their hands, rejoicing and dancing. In the heavenly planets the demigods were dancing. In the nether planet, PĂ€tĂ€la, the snakes were dancing. In the inner quarters, YaçodĂ€rÀëé was dancing. Ăiva was dancing, BrahmĂ€ was dancing, and Indra was dancing. Everyone was dancing and full of bliss.
Dahi haridra Ă€ne Ă€ra gorocana duâbĂ€hu pasĂ€ri Ă€se Ă€ire aĂŹgana, all of the cowherd men came bringing auspicious presentations of yoghurt, turmeric, and gorocanĂ€ â a yellow dye. YadunĂ€tha dĂ€sa bole çuno nandarÀëé kata punya kareâ tumi pĂ€ilĂ€ nĂ©lamaĂ«i, YadunĂ€tha dĂ€sa who composed this poem said, âO NandarÀëé, O wife of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja, you have acquired all good fortune and auspiciousness, for today you have obtained NĂ©lamaĂ«i, the blue gem KÄñëa as your child.1
Part One
The very next day, 25 August 1989, was ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€daâs divine appearance festival â ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. Dina Bandhu dĂ€sa and Braja devĂ© dĂ€sĂ© were present for this festival, as well as thousands of Oriyas.
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ is the worship of the compiler of the Vedas, ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva, on his appearance day, and worship of all bona fide spiritual masters as the representatives of ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva, on their appearance days.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: It is stated here that VyĂ€sapĂŒjĂ€ means âguru-pĂŒjĂ€â through the agency of VyĂ€sadeva. Since VyĂ€sadeva is the original guru of all who follow the Vedic
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K
principles, worship of the spiritual master through the agency of VyĂ€sadeva is called VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€.
ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da introduced the ceremony of VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ in our line on his 50th birthday. From that day, it has been observed every year. On his 52nd birth anniversary, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura
PrabhupĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja gave a lecture on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, describing the meaning of VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. He said, âVyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ means the pĂŒjĂ€ of all the gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€ryas.â From this statement we can understand the purport of VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. It is not only the pĂŒjĂ€ of VyĂ€sadeva, or of KÄñëa, or of Gaurasundara, or of oneâs guru. That is not real VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ means the pĂŒjĂ€ of all the pure gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€ryas. That is real VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€.
In this bhaktivinoda-dhĂ€ra â the line of ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura â we find a mantra for VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€:
çrĂ© dĂ€modara svarĂŒpa, çrĂ© rĂŒpa, çrĂ© sanĂ€tana, çrĂ© ragunĂ€tha, çrĂ© jĂ©va, bhaööa yuga, çrĂ© kÄñëa dĂ€sa kavirĂ€jĂ€di, çrĂ©mad bhaktivinoda, çrĂ©mad gaurakiçora dĂ€sa, çrĂ©mad bhaktisiddhĂ€nta sarasvate, çrĂ©mad bhaktivedĂ€nta svĂ€mĂ© padÀÏka sarvebhyo gurave namaĂč
âI offer my obeisances to the footprints of all the gurus, ĂrĂ©la SvarĂŒpa DĂ€modara GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GoswĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha DĂ€sa GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la GopĂ€la Bhaööa GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha Bhaööa GosvĂ€mĂ©, and the devotees beginning with ĂrĂ©la KÄñëadĂ€s KavirĂ€ja GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, ĂrĂ©la Gaura Kiçora dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ©, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da, and ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da.â
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ means the worship of all of these gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€ryas.1
100
C hapter 7 ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - part 1
ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva (VyĂ€sa) is the literary incarnation of God, and the greatest philosopher of ancient times. He was the son of ParÀçara Muni, and the compiler of the original Vedic scriptures, including the eighteen PurÀëas, VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra, the MahĂ€bhĂ€rata, which includes the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ or GĂ©tĂ€ Upaniñad and the ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam - MahĂ€-PurÀëa. He played a most fundamental role in guiding the dear devotees of Lord KÄñëa, the PÀëĂČavas, during crucial times. He bestowed the vision of the battle of Kurukñetra to SaĂŻjaya so that he could relate it to DhĂ„tarÀñöra. In the BhagavadgĂ©tĂ€, SaĂŻjaya explains that everything is due to the mercy of his spiritual master ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva.
saĂŻjaya uvĂ€ca ity ahaĂ vĂ€sudevasya pĂ€rthasya ca mahĂ€tmanaĂč saĂ vĂ€dam imam açrauñam adbhutaĂ roma-harñaĂ«am
âSaĂŻjaya said: Thus, have I heard the conversation of two great souls, KÄñëa and Arjuna. And so wonderful is that message that my hair is standing on end.â
vyĂ€sa-prasĂ€dĂ€c chrutavĂ€n etad guhyam ahaĂ param yogaĂ yogeçvarĂ€t kÄñëÀt sĂ€kñÀt kathayataĂč svayam
âBy the mercy of VyĂ€sa, I have heard these most confidential talks directly from the master of all mysticism, KÄñëa, who was speaking personally to Arjuna.â
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
rĂ€jan saĂ smĂ„tya saĂ smĂ„tya saĂ vĂ€dam imam adbhutam keçavĂ€rjunayoĂč puĂ«yaĂ hÄñyĂ€mi ca muhur muhuĂč
âO King, as I repeatedly recall this wondrous and holy dialogue between KÄñëa and Arjuna, I take pleasure, being thrilled at every moment.â
tac ca saĂ smĂ„tya saĂ smĂ„tya rĂŒpam aty-adbhutaĂ hareĂč vismayo me mahĂ€n rĂ€jan hÄñyĂ€mi ca punaĂč punaĂč
âO King, as I remember the wonderful form of Lord KÄñëa, I am struck with wonder more and more, and I rejoice again and again.â
yatra yogeçvaraĂč kÄñëo yatra pĂ€rtho dhanur-dharaĂč tatra çrĂ©r vijayo bhĂŒtir dhruvĂ€ nĂ©tir matir mama
âWherever there is KÄñëa, the master of all mystics, and wherever there is Arjuna, the supreme archer, there will also certainly be opulence, victory, extraordinary power, and morality. That is my opinion.â (Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 18.74-78)
ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva is the son of ParÀçara Muni and SatyavatĂ©devĂ©, an empowered (çaktyĂ€veça) avatĂ€ra of God who rendered the original transcendental Vedic çabda-brahman into written texts some 5,000 years ago. He is also known as VedavyĂ€sa, BĂ€darĂ€yaĂ«a and DvaipĂ€yana.
VedavyÀsa appears at the end of every DvÀpara-yuga and proceeds to divide the Veda into relevant portions and to disseminate that
C hapter 7 ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - part 1
knowledge. In the present era, or manvantara there have been twenty-eight Divya-yugas and, there are twenty-eight individuals who have held the title of Veda VyÀsa.
In the KĂŒrma PurÀëa and Viñëu PurÀëa there is a list of twenty-eight VyĂ€sasâ appearing, so far, in one manvantara. One manvantara is 71 milleniums or 71 divya-yugas. The four yugas âSatya, TretĂ€, DvĂ€para and Kali â taken together constitute one millennium or divya-yuga. Twenty-seven of these VyĂ€sadevas are considered pure, powerful brĂ€hmaĂ«as, however the VyĂ€sa who has most recently appeared in the last DvĂ€para-yuga, is a çaktyĂ€veça, a partial incarnation of the Supreme Lord Himself.
The sad-guru (bona fide spiritual master) represents ĂrĂ©la Vyasadeva and may sit on the VyĂ€sĂ€sana, the seat of VyĂ€sa, as his earnest representative.
The qualification to sit on the VyĂ€sĂ€sana is that one must know the ñaĂČ-darçanas (six essential philosophies) and be able to refute the five atheistic ones, and to understand and present the one theistic philosophy as presented by ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva as VedĂ€ntadarçana. This has later been properly elucidated by the legacy of Vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€ryas, such as ĂrĂ©la MadhvĂ€cĂ€rya, ĂrĂ©la RĂ€mĂ€nujĂ€cĂ€rya, ĂrĂ© Viñëu SvĂ€mĂ© and ĂrĂ© NimbĂ€rka ĂcĂ€rya.
ĂrĂ©la RĂ€mĂ€nujĂ€cĂ€rya wrote a commentary on the VedĂ€ntasĂŒtra which is entitled ĂrĂ©-bhÀñya. The commentary of ĂrĂ©la MadhvĂ€cĂ€rya is known as PĂŒrĂ«aprajĂŻa-bhÀñya, ĂrĂ© Viñëu SvĂ€mĂ©âs commentary is titled SarvajĂŻa-bhÀñya and the commentary of ĂrĂ© NimbĂ€rka ĂcĂ€rya is titled PĂ€rijĂ€ta-saurabha-bhÀñya. Then, when the great GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava ĂcĂ€rya ĂrĂ©la Baladeva VidyĂ€bhĂŒĂ±aĂ«a appeared, he wrote a commentary on the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra entitled Govinda-bhÀñya.
K Äñë A
The ñaĂČ-darçana or the six different schools of philosophy, in India are:
1. MĂ©mÀà sĂ€ (sometimes called PĂŒrva MĂ©mÀà sĂ€ or Karma-mĂ©mÀà sĂ€) â propounded by Jaimini à ñi.
2. SÀÏkhya - propounded by Kapila à ñi.
3. NyÀya - propounded by Gautama à ñi.
4. Vaiçeñika - propounded by KaëÀda à ñi.
5. Yoga or mysticism - propounded by Pataïjali à ñi.
6. VedĂ€nta (Brahma-mĂ©mÀà sĂ€ or UttarĂ€ MĂ©mÀà sĂ€) â propounded by the great sage VedavyĂ€sa (ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva).*
The last mentioned VedĂ€nta-darçana was presented by ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva in the form of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra after a thorough refutation of all other five darçanas and therefore this VedĂ€ntasĂŒtra is accepted by all Vedic scholars, and no one is recognised as bona fide who has no interpretation of this VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra. The five varying philosophies entirely reject the predominance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and strive to establish their own ontological theories. However, ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva wrote the VedĂ€ntasĂŒtra and, taking the essence of all Vedic literature, established the supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All five of the philosophers mentioned above understand the ultimate reality as impersonal, without material qualities, and they believe that when the Personality of Godhead appears, He is a material construct only and conditioned by the material qualities.
* ââŠThere is no doubt that philosophical literature originated in India. Although there are many kinds of philosophies, they are grossly divided into six categories. These six categories of philosophy are known in India as ñaĂČ-darçana. These six philosophies are also widely respected in Greece. Through intensive research, Garbe, who was a professor in Greece, has recently ascertained that Aristotle was the disciple of Gautamaâs philosophy of NyĂ€ya, Thelis was the disciple of KaëÀdaâs philosophy of Vaiçeñika, Socrates was the disciple of Jaiminiâs MĂ©mÀà sĂ€, Plato was the disciple of VyĂ€sadevaâs VedĂ€nta, Pythagoras was the disciple of Kapilaâs SÀÏkhya, and Zino was the disciple of PataĂŻjaliâs yogaâŠâ (ĂrĂ© Bhaktivinoda Vani Vaibhava, Part 32, section 13, from the ĂrĂ© Sajjana-toñaëé 7/1)
C hapter 7 ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - part 1
1. SÀÏkhya - atheistic SÀÏkhya explains the evolution of natural elements from subtle to gross.
Atheistic sÀÏkhya philosophers like Kapila analyse the material elements very scrutinisingly;** they thereby conclude that the union of a female principle, prakÄti, material nature and a male principle, puruña, or consciousness is the cause of everything. They do not accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the cause of all causes (sarva-kÀraëa-kÀraëam).***
2. Yoga - PataĂŻjaliâs yoga describes the eightfold method of meditation, añöÀÏga-yoga sometimes known as rĂ€ja-yoga.
Philosophers following the precepts of PataĂŻjali perform acts of physical and subtle purification through yoga practice and imagine a form of the Absolute Truth within many forms. That is their process of self-realisation.
3. NyÀya - sets forth the techniques of logic.
This philosophy suggests that there is one Creator, however He is indifferent. You must try to develop your rational faculties and live according to reason in all your conduct. Only through this thinking can you navigate the world. Be a good logician, and then with the power of reason you will be able to achieve liberation.
** SÀÏkhya litteraly means âto countâ.
*** éçvaraĂč paramaĂč kÄñëaĂč sac-cid-Ă€nanda-vigrahaĂč anĂ€dir Ă€dir govindaĂč sarva-kĂ€raĂ«a-kĂ€raĂ«am
âThere are many personalities possessing the qualities of BhagavĂ€n, but KÄñëa is the supreme because none can excel Him. He is the Supreme Person, and His body is eternal, full of knowledge and bliss. He is the primeval Lord Govinda and the cause of all causes.â (Brahma-saĂ hitĂ€ 5.1)
A
K Äñë A
4. Vaiçeñika - considers the basic metaphysical categories of reality.
The atomic theory. According to Kanada, everything is made of atoms. Kana means atomic particle. Innumerable atomic particles have combined at random and produced the world, with no necessity of any reason, rhyme or consciousness. Although originally NyĂ€ya and Vaiçeñika were two different systems, with the passing of time they amalgamed, so much so that ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinode ĂhĂ€kura calls their two founders âlogicians philosophersâ.
5. Karma-mémÀà sÀ - establishes the standard tools of scriptural interpretation.
The MémÀà saka philosophers, following the principles of Jaimini, stress fruitive activity and claim that if there is a God, He must be under the laws of fruitive activity. In other words, if one performs his duties adequately in the material world, God is obliged to give one the desired result, due to the overarching laws of cause and effect. According to these philosophers, there is no need to become a devotee of God. If one strictly follows moral principles, one will be recognised by the Lord, who will then give the desired reward.
6. VedĂ€nta - only the VedĂ€nta (vedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra) of BĂ€darĂ€yaĂ«a VyĂ€sa is free of the four defects common to all the conditioned souls: imperfect senses, illusion, cheating tendency, error, and even then, it must be properly explained by the bona fide Vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€ryas.
VedĂ€nta: the ultimate conclusion of Vedic philosophy is the philosophy of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra of ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva. It contains a conclusive summary of Vedic philosophical knowledge and shows that ĂrĂ© KÄñëa is the final goal of all philosophical research. VedĂ€nta literally means âthe final conclusion of Vedic thoughtâ. It is seen as the final degree of Vedic education and traditionally the reserved domain of the sannyĂ€sĂ©s (members of the renounced
C hapter 7 ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - part 1
order) and scholars (paĂ«ĂČitas). Mastery of the texts of the Upaniñads is achieved in the light of the aphorisms of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra of Veda VyĂ€sadeva which explain them.
The bonafide commentary of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra was written by ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva himself and is entitled ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam or PĂ€ramahaĂ sa-saĂ hitĂ€.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami had stated many times that to sit on the VyĂ€sĂ€sana, one must know the six philosophers, their philosophies (as quoted above) and how to defeat them. The five atheistic philosophies are numbered 1-5 above. The representative of VyĂ€sadeva must be able to comprehensively establish and present the philosophy as revealed by ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva in his VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra.
ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GoswĂ€mĂ© has compiled the sat-sandarbas (six philosophical expositions of reality). In his Tattva-sandarba he has written that the best çastra for this age of Kali is the ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam for the following reasons:
1. It fully reveals the intrinsic meaning of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra.
yei sĂŒtre yei Ă„k-viñaya-vacana bhĂ€gavate sei Ă„k çloke nibandhana
âIn the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra, the purport of all Vedic knowledge is explained, and in ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam the same purport has been explained in eighteen thousand verses.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.99)
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
2. It fully illuminates the GÀyatré mantra.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami would chant these verses, amongst many others, prior to speaking on the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, as a glorification of this wonderful scripture:
artho âyaĂ brahma-sĂŒtrˑˈ bhĂ€ratĂ€rtha vinirĂ«ayaĂč gĂ€yatrĂ©-bhÀñya-rĂŒpo âsau vedĂ€rtha-paribÄà hitaĂč
âThe meaning of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtras, the full purport of the MahĂ€bhĂ€rata, the commentary on Brahma-gĂ€yatrĂ©, and the fully expanded knowledge of the Vedas are all present in the ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam.â (GaruĂČa PurÀëa)
cÀri-veda-upaniñade yata kichu haya tÀra artha laïÀ vyÀsa karilÀ saïcaya
âVyĂ€sadeva collected whatever Vedic conclusions were in the four Vedas and 108 Upaniñads and placed them in the aphorisms of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra. (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.98)
3. It is apauruñeya çabda or of super-human origin.
4. It is easily accessible in 12 Cantos, 335 Chapters and 18,000 verses.
sarva-vedetihÀsÀnÀà sÀraà sÀraà samuddhÄtam
âThe essence of all Vedic literature and all histories has been collected in the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 24.145)
5. It is fully in line with the gauĂČĂ©ya-siddhĂ€nta, the philosophy held by the GauĂČĂ©ya Vaisnavas.
C
hapter 7 ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - part 1
sarva-vedĂ€nta-sĂ€raĂ hi çrĂ©-bhĂ€gavatam iñyate tad-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-tĂ„ptasya nĂ€nyatra syĂ€d ratiĂč kvacit
âThe ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam is declared to be the essence of all the VedĂ€nta philosophy. One who has felt satisfaction from its nectarean mellow will never be attracted to any other literature.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 12.13.15)
kÄñëa-bhakti-rasa-svarĂŒpaâ çrĂ©-bhĂ€gavata tĂ€te veda-çÀstra haite parama mahattva
âThe ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam gives direct information of the mellow derived from service to KÄñëa. Therefore the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam is above all other Vedic literatures.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.150)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Those who have developed a taste for this nectarean juice, for the mellow coming out from ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam, to such rasika-bhaktas, * we say; muhur aho rasikĂ€ bhuvi bhĂ€vukĂ€Ăč, with a microphone, âCome, come, come!â Again and again, we call them, âTaste this nectar! Taste this nectar! It is not available anywhere else.â
It is not like what you get in the liquor shop. But you are going to the liquor shop. âTwenty-four hours open, cold wine, come and drink, dance and dine.â People are rushing there, giving money. Only mad fellows are rushing there, to eat stool. No money is required, not even a dollar. We are giving this nectar free of cost. âCome, come and drink it. Drink, dance and dine with us!â We are advertising, putting up a big signboard. But how many are coming? Who has developed a taste for it? Most have developed a taste for liquor, taste for stool, no taste for nectar.
* See Appendix Twelve for further information on this subject matter.
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
Even if you offer them good fortune, still they will not accept it. Most unfortunate wretches. We offer you a very good fortune, but by not accepting it, you are a most unfortunate wretch. This is a very sorry state of affairs.â
The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam is the bona fide commentary on the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra: pĂŒrnaĂč so âyam atiçayaĂč purÀëÀnÀà sĂ€ma-rĂŒpaĂč sĂ€kñÀd bhagavatoditaĂč dvĂ€daça-skandha-yukto âyam
çata-viccheda-saĂ yutaĂč grantho âñöÀdaça-sĂ€hasraà çrĂ©-bhĂ€gavatĂ€bhidhaĂč
âThis PurÀëa is perfectly complete. It is the SĂ€ma Veda among the PurÀëas, spoken directly by an incarnation of the Supreme Lord [ĂrĂ©la Vyasadeva]. This work, consisting of twelve cantos, hundreds of chapters, and eighteen thousand verses, is called the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam.â (GaruĂČa PurÀëa)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: âThe ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam is sarvavedĂ€nta-sĂ€ra, the essence of all Vedas, all VedĂ€ntas, all Upaniñads. One who develops taste for this ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam will never aspire for any other çÀstra. This ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam is the commentary on the Brahma-sĂŒtra. The purport of the MahĂ€bharata is also given here. It is a commentary on the GĂ€yatrĂ© mantra, and it is an expansion of the VedĂ€nta. The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam begins with the GĂ€yatrĂ© mantra - gĂ€yatrĂ©ra arthe ei grantha-Ă€rambhana.â1
C hapter e ight
Excerpts from a lecture by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami1 yĂ€ni veda-vidÀà çreñöho bhagavĂ€n bĂ€darĂ€yaĂ«aĂč anye ca munayaĂč sĂŒta parĂ€vara-vido viduĂč
âBeing the eldest learned VedĂ€ntist, O SĂŒta GosvĂ€mĂ©, you are acquainted with the knowledge of VyĂ€sadeva, who is an incarnation of Godhead, and you also know other sages who are fully versed in all kinds of physical and metaphysical knowledge.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 1.1.7)
The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam is a natural commentary on the Brahma-sĂŒtra, or BĂ€darĂ€yaĂ«i VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtras. It is called natural because VyĂ€sadeva is the author of both the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtras and the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, which are the essence of all Vedic literatures. Besides VyĂ€sadeva, there are other sages who are the authors of six different philosophical systems, namely Gautama, KaëÀda, Kapila, PataĂŻjali, Jaimini and AñöÀvakra. Theism is explained completely in the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra, whereas in other systems of philosophical speculations, practically no mention is given of the ultimate cause of all causes. One can sit on the vyĂ€sĂ€sana only after being conversant in all systems of philosophy so that one can present
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
fully the theistic views of the BhĂ€gavatam in defiance of all other systems. ĂrĂ©la SĂŒta GosvĂ€mĂ© was the proper teacher, and therefore the sages at NaimiñÀraĂ«ya gave him an elevated position on the vyĂ€sĂ€sana. ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva is designated herein as the Personality of Godhead because he is an authorised empowered incarnation of the Lord. (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 1.1.7 purport)
The sages of NaimiñÀraĂ«ya, headed by Saunaka, requested SĂŒta GosvĂ€mĂ© to speak about the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, because he was acquainted with the knowledge of VyĂ€sadeva and also with the philosophies of other sages. This is a characteristic of an Ă€cĂ€rya: He can defeat all the philosophies and establish the true philosophical conclusion, bhakti-siddhĂ€nta. The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam was compiled by VyĂ€sadeva, in ĂamyĂ€prĂ€sa Àçrama. He gave it to his son, Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ©, who was the first person who spoke it in public, on the bank of the Ganges. This is the BhĂ€gavatamâs prathama prakÀça, the first time the BhĂ€gavatam publicly appeared.
sarva-vedĂ€nta-sĂ€raĂ hi çrĂ©-bhĂ€gavatam iñyate tad-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-tĂ„ptasya nĂ€nyatra syĂ€d ratiĂč kvacit (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 12.13.15)
âThe BhĂ€gavatam is the essence of all Vedic literature. One who develops taste for it will never aspire for any other literature.â
The word âvedaâ comes from the Sanskrit root or dhĂ€tu âvidâ which means âto knowâ. One definition of the Veda is, âvedayati dharmaĂ iti vedaĂč, what describes the true, eternal dharma, the bhĂ€gavata-dharmaâ. It is said, âniçvĂ€sa saha vÀëé, the Veda comes from the breathing of the Supreme Lord.â The Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ comes directly from His lips, so it is called GĂ©topaniñad, the essence
of all the Vedas. ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© gives another definition in his Tattva-Sandarbha: AnĂ€di-siddha-sarva-puruña-paramparĂ€susarvalaukikĂ€laukika-jĂŻĂ€na-nidĂ€natvĂ€d aprĂ€kĂ„ta-vacana-lakñaĂ«o vedaĂč. The meaning is the following: AnĂ€dir Ă€dir govindaĂč sarva-kĂ€raĂ«akĂ€raĂ«am. Govinda is anĂ€di, and sarva Ă€dir, He is the beginning of everything although He Himself has no beginning. âAnĂ€di siddhaâ: as KÄñëa is anĂ€di, without beginning, the Veda is also anĂ€di, you cannot trace its beginning. You cannot say that it first appeared at a particular date or time. There are so-called paĂ«ĂČits, learned scholars, who say, âvaidika yuga, purva vaidika yuga, The Vedic age, and the age before the Vedic age.â What is the age before the Veda? The Veda is eternal, as KÄñëa is eternal. Therefore, how can you say, âThe Vedic age, and the age before the Vedic ageâ? This is such a bogus statement! Was the eternal Veda not there during that time?
ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© has also said, âparampĂ€rasu, The Veda comes down by disciplic succession, paramparĂ€.â This is stressed upon: a bona fide disciplic succession. And also, âsarva-laukikĂ€laukikajĂŻĂ€na-nidĂ€natvĂ€d, the Veda contains everything, all kinds of jĂŻĂ€na, both laukika and alaukika-jĂŻĂ€na, transcendental knowledge and material knowledge.â
The Hearing Process
There are two types of consideration: apĂ€ra-vicĂ€ra and tattvavicĂ€ra, the apparent consideration and the absolute consideration. All our discussions and philosophy are based on tattva-vicĂ€ra, not on apĂ€ra-vicĂ€ra. Therefore, if you accept the absolute consideration, then you will find that ultimately nothing is material, because everything comes from that Supreme Lord KÄñëa. Both sat and asat. Subsequently the Veda contains everything, laukika-jĂŻĂ€na and alaukika-jĂŻĂ€na. Therefore, ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© has stated: aprĂ€kĂ„tavacana â what is found in the Veda are not material words. When anything is related to KÄñëa, it becomes transcendental.
by K Äñë A
The Veda contains transcendental words that descend through the bona fide disciplic succession, by the hearing process, çrotÀpÀrampara. Therefore, one of the names of the Veda is çruti, what is being received by hearing; çruti-karëa, you have to hear this Veda from a bona fide ÀcÀrya. The ChÀndogya Upaniñada (6.14.2) states, ÀcÀryavÀn puruño veda, one who has heard from a bona fide ÀcÀrya knows everything. That ÀcÀrya has heard from his ÀcÀrya, and that ÀcÀrya has heard from his ÀcÀrya. In this way, if you go up and up, you will reach KÄñëa. He is the original ÀcÀrya. Vande kÄñëa jagatguru, KÄñëa is the original guru of the Vedas.
In the MahĂ€bhĂ€rata it is described that the Dharma Baka* asked Yudhiñöhira MahĂ€rĂ€ja four questions. One of them was âKa panthĂ€, which is the proper path?â To this he answered,
tarko âpratiñöhaĂč çrutayo vibhinnĂ€ nĂ€sĂ€v Äñir yasya mataĂ na bhinnam dharmasya tattvaĂ nihitaĂ guhĂ€yÀà mahĂ€jano yena gataĂč sa panthĂ€Ăč**
âBy logic or argument, you cannot establish the Vedic truth. If you add it to this Vedic knowledge, then it will become different and different. No one can establish himself as a philosopher unless he presents an original opinion. The truth about the Veda-dharma
* The Dharma Baka upĂ€khyĂ€na is a story from the epic MahĂ€bhĂ€rata about a questionand-answer dialogue between Yudhiñöhira MahĂ€rĂ€ja and a Yakña (who was really YamarĂ€ja disguised as a very big crane; âbakaâ means crane). The story is set in the Vana Parva, when the PÀëĂČavas were spending their twelve years of exile in the forest. In the story, Yudhiñöhira hears a voice that tells him that the pool belongs to a Yakña and that he must answer the Yakñaâs questions before touching the water otherwise he will die like his brothers, who were lying next to the pool. Yudhiñöhira answers the Yakñaâs questions without bias, demonstrating his sense of dharma and justice. The Yakña is pleased with Yudhiñöhiraâs answers and grants him the lives of all of his brothers.
**MahĂ€bhĂ€rata, Vana-parva 313.117, quoted ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 17.186.
is contained in the heart of the mahĂ€janas. They have shown the path, and we have to tread that path.â
ĂrĂ©la Rupa GosvĂ€mĂ© has written something similar in his Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu: âacintyĂ€ khalu ye bhĂ€vĂ€ nĂ€ tÀà s tarkena yojaye, do not add any of your material logic and argument to that which is inconceivable. It cannot be established by tĂ€rkika-mata, philosophical opinions, logic and argument.â Material logic is not true logic. That which is acintyĂ€, inconceivable, is the Supreme Truth. Haris-tv-ekaĂ tattvaĂ , Lord Hari is the Supreme Truth, parama-tattva, no one else. He is acintya, inconceivable.
KÄñëa, from whom the Veda comes, has said, âvedaiç ca sarvair aham eva vedyam, In all the Vedas I am to be knownâ (Bg. 15.15). One who knows KÄñëa knows the Veda, because He is the one to be known through all the Vedas. However, these so-called philosophers: Gautama, KaëÀda, Kapila, PataĂŻjali, Jaimini and AñöÀvakra do not speak about KÄñëa. Therefore, it is said, ânĂ€nĂ€ muni nĂ€nĂ€ mata yata mata tata pathĂ€, many munis have many opinions. Consequently, there are as many philosophies as there are philosophers.â The philosophies of these munis are all tĂ€rkika, they are based on material logic and argument. To establish oneself as a muni, or philosopher, one must present something new, something that no one else has said. For example, those who wish to earn a doctorate PhD in the universities must submit a written thesis, or sandarbha, on some subject. It will be examined by the university board of scholars, and they will give their opinion, âYes, this is something new. It has not been presented previously.â He is then awarded a doctorate by the university. Otherwise, he cannot receive one.
Srila PrabhupĂ€da has just given a hint here, âBesides VyĂ€sadeva there are other sages who are authors of six different philosophical
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
systems. Gautama, KaëÀda, Kapila, PataĂŻjali, Jaimini and AñöÀvakra.â They are six famous philosophers, but the CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta states, tĂ€te chaya darçana haite âtattvaâ nĂ€hi jĂ€ni âmahĂ€janaâ yei kahe, sei âsatyaâ mĂ€ni
âBy studying the six philosophical theories, one cannot reach the Absolute Truth. It is therefore our duty to follow the path of the mahĂ€janas, the authorities. Whatever they say should be accepted as the Supreme Truth.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta Madhya 25.56)
These philosophers do not know the Supreme Truth because their philosophy is based on materialistic logic and argument, tÀrkika-mata. The words of a mahÀjana are to be accepted. MahÀjana means a sÀdhu who is completely surrendered unto the lotus feet of KÄñëa.
parama kĂ€raĂ«a éçvare keha nĂ€hi mĂ€ne sva-sva-mata sthĂ€pe para-matera khaĂ«ĂČane
âOf the six philosophers mentioned, none of them accept the Supreme Lord; they are always busy refuting the philosophical theories of others and establishing their own.â(Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.55)
çrĂ©-kÄñëa-caitanya-vÀëé-amĂ„tera dhĂ€ra tiĂŹho ye kahaye vastu, sei âtattvaâ-sĂ€ra
âThe words of ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu are a shower of nectar. Whatever He concludes to be the ultimate truth is indeed the summum bonum of all spiritual knowledge.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.58)
ĂrĂ©la JagadĂ€nanda Pandit has written,
kali-yuge sĂ€dhu pĂ€oyĂ€ duñkara jĂ€niyĂ€ sĂ€dhu-guru-rĂŒpe kÄñëa Ă€ila nadĂ©yĂ€
âIn Kali-yuga it is very difficult to find a genuine sĂ€dhu. Therefore KÄñëa appeared as a sĂ€dhu-guru, taking birth in Nadia.â (Prema-vivarta)
ĂrĂ© KÄñëa Caitanya, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is KÄñëa Himself, from whom the Veda comes, came as an Ă€cĂ€rya, an ideal Ă€cĂ€rya. When He travelled through India, He defeated all these bogus philosophies and established the true philosophy, bhakti-siddhĂ€nta, the most sublime philosophy, acintyĂ€-bhedĂ€bhedatattva, and we accept that. The niñkiĂŻcana mahĂ€janas who know this bhakti-tattva are the real, bona fide sĂ€dhus and real Ă€cĂ€ryas. Others are not. Indeed, these six philosophers are all pracaĂ«ĂČa nĂ€stika, very great atheists. They are not theists at all. They are great logicians, who are very expert in putting their own logic and argument forward.
To understand the philosophies of Gautama, KaëÀda, Kapila, Pataïjali, Jaimini and AñöÀvakra, an extensive explanation will be needed. I will only summarise their philosophies so that you know something about them, because unless you understand them you cannot defeat them.
Gautamaâs philosophy is known a nyĂ€ya-darçana. He bases everything on material logic, which, we have seen, is defective. Not one of these philosophers will ever say that KÄñëa is the Supreme Personality, the cause of all causes.
KaëÀdaâs philosophy is known as vaiçeñika-darçana. He says that paramÀëu, the atom, is the cause of creation, and only speaks about this paramĂ€nu-vada, his atomic, materialistic theory.
by K Äñë A
There are two Kapilas: one, the son of Kardama Muni, is an incarnation of Godhead, and the other one is an atheist. His philosophy is known as sÀÏkhya-darçana. He does not accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He says that prĂ€kĂ„ti, material nature, is the cause of this creation. KÄñëa has said, âmayĂ€dhyakñeĂ«a prakĂ„tiĂč sĂŒyate sa-carĂ€caram, the material nature works under My superintendence.â She never works independently, however, Kapila says it is the cause of this creation. He never accepts and says that the cause is the Supreme Lord.
PataĂŻjaliâs philosophy is known as yoga-darçana, which is based on añöÀÏga-yoga with its different stages of yama, niyama, Ă€sana, prÀëÀyĂ€ma, pratyĂ€hĂ€ra, dhĂ€raëÀ, dhyĂ€na and samĂ€dhi. When they meditate, on whom do they meditate? They say that in the beginning you cannot meditate on the impersonal. So, to facilitate the meditation, one just imagines a form of the Lord, Ăçvara, but ultimately the Lord is formless, nirviçeña. He is not saviçeña, full of varieties. Therefore, it is imaginative. Their goal is to merge into the body of Ăçvara, éçvara-sĂ€yujya.
Jaiminiâs philosophy is known as karma-mimÀà sĂ€, whereas VedavyĂ€saâs VedĂ€nta is uttara mimÀà sĂ€. Jaimini does not accept Ăçvara, the Supreme Personality of Godhead either. He only speaks about karma and concludes that if we act properly, then the results are bound to come; they will come automatically. In the GĂ©tĂ€ (2.47)
KÄñëa, has said, âkarmaĂ«y evĂ€dhikĂ€ras te mĂ€ phaleñu kadĂ€cana, You have to act, but you have no right to the result of your work.â The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the giver. He will give the result. You are not the giver. It is up to Him, but Jaiminiâs karma mimÀà sĂ€ philosophy does not accept this. He concludes that, âI will do this work, and I will get this result.â
AñöÀvakra is an impersonalist. He says that nirviçeña-brahma, the impersonal Brahman, is the cause of the creation. He will never say that KÄñëa is the cause.
VyĂ€sadeva defeated all these philosophies and wrote the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra. Therefore, MahĂ€prabhu has said,
jĂ©vera nistĂ€ra lĂ€giâ sĂŒtra kaila vyĂ€sa mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€di-bhÀñya çunile haya sarva-nÀça
âĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva presented the Vedic literature for the deliverance of the conditioned souls, but if one hears the commentary of ĂaĂŹkarĂ€cĂ€rya everything is spoiled.â (CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 6.169)
In the previous yugas there was no need for books, because peopleâs memories were so sharp that after hearing something once, they could remember it. They never forgot anything, but in Kali-yuga people have short memory. Therefore, books are needed now.
prĂ€yeëÀlpĂ€yuñaĂč sabhya kalĂ€v asmin yuge janĂ€Ăč mandĂ€Ăč sumanda-matayo manda-bhĂ€gyĂ€ hy upadrutĂ€Ăč
âO learned one, in this iron age of Kali men have but short lives. They are quarrelsome, lazy, misguided, unlucky and, above all, always disturbed.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 1.1.10)
In Kali-yuga, which is the most degraded, sinful age, everything is bad: memory, merit, intelligence, oneâs fortune, and there are many kinds of disturbances. If you hear, you forget. As soon as you leave the room, if you are asked what you have just heard, you will not be able to completely recollect it. Therefore, in Kaliyuga books are needed. VyĂ€sadeva wrote everything down on the instruction of his guru NĂ€rada Muni, so he is the bona fide
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
authority. He wrote that one who knows the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, the essence of all Vedic literature, knows everything.
VyÀsadeva wrote the four Vedas, then the Brahmanas, the Saà hitÀs, the Upaniñadas, and then the PurÀëas. His last contribution is the BhÀgavata, the MahÀ-purÀëa, known as Paramahaà sa-saà hitÀ, which is the essence all the Vedic literature.
cÀri-veda-upaniñade yata kichu haya tÀra artha laïÀ vyÀsa karilÀ saïcaya.
âVyĂ€sadeva collected whatever Vedic conclusions were in the four Vedas and 108 Upaniñads and placed them in the aphorisms of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.98)
ataeva brahma-sĂŒtrera bhÀñya-çrĂ©-bhĂ€gavata bhĂ€gavata-çloka, upaniñat kahe âekaâ mata
âTherefore it is to be concluded that the Brahma-sĂŒtra is explained vividly in the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam. Also, what is explained in the verses of the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam has the same purport as that which is explained in the Upaniñads.â (CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.100)
yei sĂŒtra-kartĂ€, se yadi karaye vyĂ€khyĂ€na tabe sĂŒtrera mĂŒla artha lokera haya jĂŻĂ€na
âIf the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra is explained by VyĂ€sadeva himself, who has written it, its original meaning can be understood by the people in general. (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.93)
ataeva bhĂ€gavata-sĂŒtrera âarthaâ-rĂŒpa nija-kĂ„ta sĂŒtrera nija-âbhÀñyaâ-svarĂŒpa
âĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam gives the actual meaning of the VedĂ€ntasĂŒtra. The author of the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra is VyĂ€sadeva, and he himself has explained those aphorisms in the form of the ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.142)
ataeva bhĂ€gavata karaha vicĂ€ra ihĂ€ haite pĂ€be sĂŒtra-çrutira artha-sĂ€ra
âĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu advised PrakÀçÀnanda SarasvatĂ©, âStudy the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam very scrutinisingly. Then you will understand the actual meaning of the Brahma-sĂŒtra.â (CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.153)
yei sĂŒtre yei Ă„k-viñaya-vacana bhĂ€gavate sei Ă„k çloke nibandhana
âIn the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra, the purport of all Vedic knowledge is explained, and in the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam the same purport has been explained in eighteen thousand verses.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.99)
Because VyĂ€sadeva is the compiler of the Brahma-sĂŒtra or VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra and has given its commentary, the ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam, it is called the natural commentary. If the compiler of the sutra gives a commentary, that is the natural commentary, and it can be understood. Otherwise, you cannot understand the imaginative commentaries given by nĂ€stika philosophers like Gautama, KaëÀda, Kapila, PataĂŻjali, Jaimini and AñöÀvakra.
yĂ€ha, bhĂ€gavata paĂČa vaiñëavera sthĂ€ne ekĂ€nta Àçraya kara caitanya-caraĂ«e
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
âIf you want to understand the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, you must approach a self-realised Vaiñëava and hear from him. You can do this when you have completely taken shelter of the lotus feet of ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Antya-lĂ©lĂ€ 5.131)
It is stated in the Caitanya-bhĂ€gavata, yena rĂŒpa matsya-kĂŒrma-Ă€di avatĂ€ra Ă€virbhĂ€va-tirobhĂ€va yena tĂ€â-sabĂ€ra ei mata bhĂ€gavata kĂ€ro kĂ„ta naya Ă€virbhĂ€va tirobhĂ€va Ă€panei haya (Antya-khaĂ«ĂČa 3.510-511)
âAs KÄñëa and His different incarnations appear and disappear, similarly the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam appears and disappears. It is not written by anyone.â
Then how can it be said that VyĂ€sadeva wrote the ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam and that it appears as KÄñëa and His incarnations appear? How do They appear? By accepting a father and mother. Similarly, when the BhĂ€gavatam appears, He accepts VyĂ€sadeva as His father and mother. This is the tattva here. The ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam is kÄñëa-tulya bhĂ€gavata vibhu, sarvÀçraya, it is as good as KÄñëa.
ĂrĂ©la PrabhodĂ€nanda SarasvĂ€tĂ©pĂ€da states in CaitanyacandrĂ€mĂ„ta (125), kĂ€laĂčkalir balina indriya-vairi-vargĂ€Ăč çrĂ©-bhakti-mĂ€rga iha kaëöaka-koöi-ruddhaĂč
C hapter 8 p aramahaà sa - saà hitÀ
hĂ€ hĂ€ kva yĂ€mi vikalaĂč kim ahaĂ karomi caitanya-candra yadi nĂ€dya kĂ„pÀà karoñi âThis is the quarreling age. The senses, which are our enemies, are now very powerful, and millions of thorns choke the path of pure bhakti. I am quite at a loss to know what I shall do or where I shall go, unless Caitanya-candra shows mercy unto me.â
This age of Kali is a most dangerous and most degraded age. The senses are very strong. It is very difficult to control them. This bhaktimĂ€rga is beset with innumerable impediments and obstructions. What are they? Karma, jĂŻĂ€na, yoga, karma-kÀëĂČa, jĂŻĂ€na-kÀëĂČa, kutarka, vitaĂ«ĂČĂ€ and phalgu-vairĂ€gya. All these types of materialistic logics and arguments are rampant. The best philosophers only do vitaĂ«ĂČĂ€, nothing else. (Merely trying to defeat oneâs opponent is called vitaĂ«ĂČĂ€, counter-argument). This creates such a hindrance to establishing the çuddhĂ€-bhakti-mĂ€rga, the path of pure bhakti.
Those who are gaura-prĂ©ya-jana, dear devotees of ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu, have given the following ten tattvas, dasa-mula. These are the ten most essential teachings of Lord Caitanya. That is satya, truth, and therefore we should accept it.
1. ĂmnĂ€yaĂč: the Vedic knowledge that comes from KÄñëa and is received through the system of guru-paramparĂ€, disciplic succession.
2. Haris-tv-ekaà tattvaà : Lord Hari, or KÄñëa, is the Supreme Truth, param-tattva.
3. Sarva-çaktimĂ€n: ĂrĂ© KÄñëa is the possessor of all potency.
K Äñë A
4. Akhila-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu: ĂrĂ© KÄñëa is the ocean of all mellows of loving service.
5. VibhinnÀà ça-tattva: the jévas, both, mukta (liberated) and baddha (conditioned), are His eternally separated parts and parcels.
6. TaöasthÀ: the jévas are taöasthÀ, marginal, subject to the control and covering of mÀyÀ.
7. Mukta-jévas: due to the jéva being a marginal entity, there is the issue of abuse and proper use of their minute independence. When they abuse it, they are entrapped by mÀyÀ and become conditioned souls. When they make the proper use of it, then they become liberated souls. Thus, there are both conditioned souls and liberated souls.
8. Acintya-bhedÀbheda-tattva: Lord Hari is the chief cause of whatever is seen in this cosmic manifestation. It is the manifestation of His external, illusory energy. Therefore this is known as the illusory world, which is simultaneously different and non-different from the Supreme Lord.
9. ĂuddhĂ€-bhakti: pure devotion is the only sĂ€dhana to attain perfection.
10. KÄñëa-prema: préti, love, is sÀdhya, the ultimate attainment.
ĂrĂ© Baladeva VidyĂ€bhĂŒĂ±aĂ«a wrote the Govinda-bhÀñya because there was no commentary on the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra for the GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëavas. Thereby he protected their prestige. In PrameyaratnĂ€valĂ©, he has said, quoting the Padma PurÀëa,
sampradĂ€ya vihĂ©nĂ€ ye mantrĂ€s te niñphalĂ€ matĂ€Ăč ataĂč kalau bhaviñyanti catvĂ€raĂč sampradĂ€yinaĂč
çrĂ©-brahma-rudra-sanakĂ€ vaiñëavĂ€Ăč kñiti-pĂ€vanĂ€Ăč catvĂ€ras te kalau bhĂ€vyĂ€ hy utkale puruñottamĂ€t
âUnless one is initiated by a bona-fide spiritual master in the disciplic succession, the mantra he may have received will be without any effect. For this reason, four Vaiñëava disciplic successions, inaugurated by LakñmĂ©-devĂ©, Lord BrahmĂ€, Lord Ăiva, and Sanaka-kumĂ€ra, will appear in the holy place of JagannĂ€tha PurĂ© in Orissa and purify the entire earth during the age of Kali.â (Padma PurÀëa)
In Kali-yuga there are four bona fide sampradĂ€yas: The ĂrĂ©sampradĂ€ya coming from ĂrĂ© LakñmĂ©ji, of which the Ă€cĂ€rya is RĂ€mĂ€nujĂ€cĂ€rya, and that is therefore also known as the RĂ€mĂ€nujĂ€cĂ€rya-sampradĂ€ya. The BrahmĂ€-sampradĂ€ya coming from BrahmĂ€, the Ă€cĂ€rya is MadhvĂ€cĂ€rya, and that is also known as the Brahma-madhva-sampradĂ€ya. ViñëusvĂ€mĂ© is the Ă€cĂ€rya of the Rudra-sampradĂ€ya, which is also known as the ViñëusvĂ€mĂ©sampradĂ€ya. NimbĂ€rkĂ€cĂ€rya is the Ă€cĂ€rya of the Sanaka-KumĂ€rasampradĂ€ya, also known as the NimbĂ€rka-sampradĂ€ya. These four sampradĂ€yas are Vaiñëava sampradĂ€yas. In the philosophy of these four Ă€cĂ€ryas, although they are all Vaiñëavas who definitely have established bhakti-tattva, you will find that there is some little difference regarding dvaita and advaita. Their philosophies are known as çuddhĂ€dvaita (purified monism), çuddha-dvaita (purified dualism), viçiñöÀdvaita (specific monism), and dvaitĂ€dvaita (monism and dualism). MadhvĂ€cĂ€rya completely dismissed advaita-vada. He said there is no advaita, only dvaita. With great force he
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
established dvaita-vÀda, and completely disregarded advaita-vÀda. You might have seen his image where he is holding up one hand and his index and second finger are raised straight, indicating only dvaita, two, not one, not advaita. However, that is not the full true philosophy. Neither complete dvaita, nor complete advaita is the true philosophy.
MahÀprabhu said that the last part of this verse, catvÀras te kalau bhÀvyÀ hy utkale puruñottamÀt, is the most important: In Utkala, Puruñottama-kñetra, JagannÀtha Puré, the philosophy of these four ÀcÀryas will be combined, their essence will emerge and from there it will spread throughout the whole world. VyÀsadeva prophesied this 5,000 years ago, and it manifested 539 years ago when MahÀprabhu was present.
When ĂrĂ© Caitanya went to JagannĂ€tha PurĂ© after accepting sannyĂ€sa, He met Sarvabhauma BhaötĂ€cĂ€rya, a stalwart and learned scholar, who is BĂ„haspati-avatĂ€ra. He was a follower of ĂaĂŹkarĂ€cĂ€rya in nirviçeña-brahma-vĂ€da, his mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€da philosophy, and he was teaching it. When they met in JagannĂ€tha PurĂ©-dhĂ€ma, they had a discussion on the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra. MahĂ€prabhu spoke first about acintya-bhedĂ€bheda-tattva, the most sublime truth.
If you go to the MĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ©s and listen to their philosophy you will be completely doomed; your bhakti-vĂ„tti will be destroyed, because they do not accept bhakti. They stress the statements âso âham, I am thatâ and âtat tvam asi, you are thatâ. That means, âyou are that Brahman, I am that Brahman, everything is Brahmanâ. This is ĂaĂŹkarĂ€cĂ€ryaâs philosophy. ĂaĂŹkarĂ€ has said that this âtat tvam asiâ is mahĂ€-vĂ€kya, the principal Vedic mantra but MahĂ€prabhu countered this by saying, âpraĂ«avaâ se mahĂ€vĂ€kya â vedera nidĂ€na,
âThe Vedic sound vibration oĂ kĂ€ra, the principal word in the Vedic literatures, is the basis of all Vedic vibrations.â [Cc Ădi 7.128] PraĂ«ava, oĂ kĂ€ra is the mahĂ€-vĂ€kya. You are saying that tat tvam asi is the mahĂ€-vĂ€kya, but it is prĂ€deçika vĂ€kya, subsidiary, it is gauĂ«a, secondary, so why do you say that?â
They were saying, âBrahma, Brahma, Brahma.â But MahĂ€prabhu said, âWhat is that Brahma? He said,
veda-purÀëe kahe brahma-nirĂŒpaĂ«a sei brahma â bĂ„had-vastu, éçvara-lakñaĂ«a
âAll the Vedas and literature that strictly follows the Vedic principles explain that the Supreme Brahman is the Absolute Truth, the greatest of all, and a feature of the Supreme Lord.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 6.139)
brahma-çabde kahe pĂŒrĂ«a svayaĂ bhagavĂ€n svayaĂ bhagavĂ€n kÄñëa,â çÀstrera pramÀëa
âThe word âBrahmanâ indicates the complete Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is ĂrĂ© KÄñëa. That is the verdict of all Vedic literature.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 6.147)
MadhvĂ€cĂ€rya also condemned this âtat tvam asiâ. He said that âtat tvam asiâ means that you are tat, Him. However, the true form is not âtat tvam asiâ but âtasya tvam asiâ . âTasyaâ means âHisâ: âyou are Hisâ, not âyou are Himâ. âYou are Hisâ means that you are the servant of the Lord.
MahĂ€prabhu said, âThat Brahman is parabrahma, the Supreme Brahman, Ăçvara. Here âBrahmaâ indicates svayaĂ bhagavĂ€n kÄñëa.
A lw A ys E
mbr
A c
E d by K Äñë A
When Veda states âBrahmaâ, it indicates KÄñëa. You are not He, you are His. You are KÄñëaâs, you are not KÄñëa. MahĂ€prabhu defeated them in this way. Those, who are followers of ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu and the Vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€ryas should do the same. They should understand the correct philosophy, and they should also understand what the bogus philosophies are.
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs Intention
Devotee: ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da mentions in the purport that the Ă€cĂ€rya has to know.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Try to understand what ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da meant. Many say, âEverything is in his books.â Why has he mentioned this? Can you defeat the other philosophies? ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da has given you a hint to just arouse your inquisitiveness. Therefore, I say that what PrabhupĂ€da has written needs further explanation. He has given a very short purport on this verse, but so many points are there. He is inspiring you to inquire and understand. Otherwise, you cannot defeat the other philosophies and establish the true bhakti-siddhĂ€nta. Those philosophers are expert in creating çabda-buk, word jugglery, just to bewilder you. You cannot defeat them. They are so expert. You cannot debate with them unless you have correct knowledge, true knowledge.
Devotee: Why has ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da only given short purports to some verses?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Because you have to inquire. He has just given a hint, giving one or two sentences. You should inquire. âHow can I know this?â How can you understand if you do not inquire? You must find such a person who knows and inquire from him. This inquiry is tattva-jijĂŻĂ€sa. Then you will get everything,
definitely. He has just tried to inspire you, to stir your inquiry. Why didnât he explain it all? Because that is your part, to inquire. The guru does that, otherwise the disciple will be passive. The guru wants to make you active.
Devotee: To inquire more and more?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, to inquire more and more, to go deeper and deeper and deeper. For instance, it is said that when Ajamila was passing away there were three YamadĂŒtĂ€s and four ViñëudĂŒtĂ€s. PrabhupĂ€da did not explain. He left it up to you to inquire why did three YamadĂŒtĂ€s and four ViñëudĂŒtĂ€s appear there. But you have never inquired.
Can you say why it is so? Srila ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura has written that AjĂ€mila committed sin by kaya-mana-vĂ€kya, body, mind and speech, so three YamadĂŒtĂ€s came; but he uttered NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a, nĂ€-rĂ€-ya-Ă«a, four syllables, so four ViñëudĂŒtĂ€s came. You have seen the illustration, but you have never inquired about the meaning. You are not inquisitive, so how can you understand PrabhupĂ€da? âOh yes, we understand.â How can you understand what PrabhupĂ€daâs intention is? His intention is that you should inquire more, and more, and go deeper and deeper into the philosophy. Then you will be fixed and unshakeable. Then you can defeat other philosophies. Otherwise, how can you? That is ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs intention. Therefore, sometimes he gives very short purports. He left it for you to inquire about.
Devotee: You say that in each letter of the BhÀgavatam there is much nectar...
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes.
Devotee: PrabhupÀda may have given a hint in his description of AUM. He said there are three letters, A-U-M. He said that
K Äñë A
A is KÄñëa, U is RÀdhÀrÀëé, and M is the jéva. So, can the same principle be applied to all letters of the BhÀgavatam?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. Prati-çloke prati-akñare nĂ€nĂ€ artha kaya. [Cc Madhya 24.318] For example, when Sarvabhauma BhaööÀcĂ€rya explained the âĂ€tmĂ€rĂ€maâ verse in nine different ways, he gave a scholarly explanation, showing his scholarly prowess. MahĂ€prabhu then said, âThere is another purport to this verse.â Then He explained it in eighteen completely new ways, without touching Sarvabhauma BhaööÀcĂ€ryaâs explanations at all. And when SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ© asked Him about that Ă€tmĂ€rĂ€ma verse, He explained it to him in still further different ways, in sixty-four ways, explaining the meaning of each letter and each word.
Ă€tmĂ€rĂ€mÀç ca munayo nirgranthĂ€ apy urukrame kurvanty ahaitukéà bhaktim ittham-bhĂŒta-guĂ«o hariĂč
âAll different varieties of Ă€tmĂ€rĂ€mas [those who take pleasure in Ă€tmĂ€, or spirit self], especially those established on the path of self-realisation, though freed from all kinds of material bondage, desire to render unalloyed devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead. This means that the Lord possesses transcendental qualities and therefore can attract everyone, including liberated souls.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 1.7.10)
Devotee: I am just beginning to read the books. You suggest that one should analyse the verse and purport, but if one is in the beginning stages of reading ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam then how does one actually analyse?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You may read, but it is better to hear from a bona fide authority, a Vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€rya. This is most important. Merely by reading you cannot understand everything.
Your doubts will not be cleared. So it is better to hear. Hearing is very potent.
Devotee 2: What about the actual flow? For example, while reading the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, should one spend time analysing each verse and purport, going step by step, or should one skip through it very quickly to get an idea, to get an appreciation, and then go back and analyse? What would you recommend?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: PrabhupĂ€da has written the verse, given the word-for-word meaning, the translation and the purport. So read PrabhupĂ€daâs books. But I do not think you can understand. BhaktyĂ€ bhĂ€gavataĂ grĂ€hyaĂ , you can understand the Bhagavatam only through bhakti. Your material knowledge, learning, scholarship, merit, or intelligence cannot help you. Develop bhakti. Therefore, we say, ekĂ€nta Àçraya kara caitanya-caraĂ«e, take shelter completely of the lotus feet of Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu. Take shelter of a gauraprĂ©ya-jana, a dear devotee of GaurÀÏga, a Vaiñëava, then it will be easy for you. That is the process. The GĂ©tĂ€ (4.34) says,
tad viddhi praĂ«ipĂ€tena paripraçena sevayĂ€ upadekñyanti te jĂŻĂ€naĂ jĂŻĂ€ninas tattva-darçinaĂč
Approach such a person, an Ă€cĂ€rya. Completely surrender unto him. âĂiñyas te âhaà çÀdhi, I become your çiñya. Please accept me as your disciple. I accept you as my guru.â Then serve him, please him, and humbly inquire, paripraçna, about tattva-jĂŻĂ€na. This is the process. By his mercy you can understand. It will be revealed to you. It is a question of revelation and realisation. This is the only process.
C hapter n ine
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami has carefully revealed what are the qualifications of a bona fide spiritual master according to çÀstra and the Ă€cĂ€ryas:
1. The bona fide sĂ€dhu-guru is bhĂ€gavata-kĂ„pĂ€-mĂŒrti, mĂŒrti-mĂ€n kÄñëaprasĂ€da, kÄñëa-kĂ„pĂ€-çrĂ© mĂŒrti â the embodiment of the mercy of BhagavĂ€n transmitting çabda-brahma. The faithful and serious disciples and followers who have taken shelter of that guru receive his mercy. By the mercy of that guru the disciples receive the tattvajĂŻĂ€na he imparts.
2. The spiritual master must be svarĂŒpa-çakti-puñöa-parikĂ€ra â an eternal associate of the Lord, nourished and empowered by the internal energy of the Lord.
3. The spiritual master is mukunda-prestha â very dear to Lord Mukunda, the Supreme Lord who gives liberation from the pangs of material bondage.
Äñë
4. The spiritual master is gaura-priya-jana â very dear to ĂrĂ© GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu.
5. The spiritual master is nityĂ€nanda-prakash, a direct manifestation of Lord NityĂ€nanda. Lord NityĂ€nanda is guru-tattva-naipuĂ«ya â the last limit of guru-tattva, and kĂ„pĂ€-naipuĂ«ya â the last limit of mercy.
6. The spiritual master is rĂ€dhĂ€-priyĂ€-dĂ€sĂ© â an intimate maidservant of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, rĂ€dhĂ€-priyĂ€-sakhi â an intimate girl companion of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé.
7. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami also said: The bona fide spiritual master must be a premi-bhakta, a premika-bhakta. One must have prema to give prema, you cannot give what you do not have. And the goal is prema.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami stated that:
ââŠthe minimum standard to be a guru is that when he is chanting japa, the only thought that comes to his mind is of KÄñëaâŠâ
Also, on the topic of ĂrĂ© Guru, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami stated the following:
ââŠOne must be an uttama-adhikĂ€rĂ©, * otherwise why should he be guru? He will be a cheater. Also, if one cannot find an uttama-adhikĂ€rĂ© as guru, he may accept a madhyama-adhikĂ€rĂ©â or a kaniñöha-adhikĂ€ré⥠for the time being, but as soon as a uttamaadhikĂ€rĂ© is available, he should go because others cannot lead you to the last extent as they have not gone there. They are only half
* Uttama-adhikÀré: a mahÀ-bhÀgavata, or a topmost devotee.
â Madhyama-adhikĂ€rĂ©: an intermediate devotee; who has strong faith, however his understanding of the çastra or the revealed scriptures, is not complete.
⥠Kaniñöha-adhikÀré: a neophyte devotee; he has weak faith and his understanding of the çastra or the revealed scriptures, is very weak.
Authorâs note: the madhyama-adhikĂ€rĂ© and the kaniñöha-adhikĂ€rĂ© are both considered on the sĂ€dhaka level.
C
hapter 9 ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - part 2
way or 45% of the way. How can they lead you to the last extent towards the lotus feet of KÄñëa? One should be very eager to get an uttama-adhikĂ€rĂ© guru. KÄñëa can make that arrangement if you are really eager. KÄñëa is there in your heart as ParamĂ€tma. He knows your heart and how eager you are to get a real teacher. Otherwise, KÄñëa will give you a cheater and you will be cheatedâŠâ (From a lecture on ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 7.47, Bhubaneswar, 2 August 1990)
JayĂ€ntakĂ„d dĂ€sa (now BV ĂuddhĂ€dvaitĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja): We celebrate with great reverence and gratitude the appearance day of ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da, who translated the major works of VedavyĂ€sa and prolifically commented on them. It can be said that he has done in the English language what Veda-vyĂ€sa did in the sacred Sanskrit language. He appeared the day after ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâs appearance, JanmÀñöamĂ©, and one can understand from his taking birth right after the Lord that his mission is to spread His teachings and glories.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami speaks on the glories of His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da:
We should understand that a Vaiñëava never dies. A Vaiñëava has no birth and no death, he is unlike any ordinary jéva. As the Supreme Lord appears for some time then disappears, so too does His dear devotee, Vaiñëava ThÀkura.
na karma-bandhanaĂ janma vaiñëavĂ€nÀà ca vidyate viñëur anucaratvaĂ hi mokñam Ă€hur manéñiĂ«aĂč
âA Vaiñëava does not take birth under the jurisdiction of karmic law. His birth and disappearance are transcendental. The wise have declared that the servants of Viñëu are eternally
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
engaged in the liberated service of the Lord and hence are free from the laws of material nature.â (Hari-bhakti-vilĂ€sa, 10.113)
The Vaiñëavas have no birth, nor death â no bondage of karma. They are the dear servants of Lord Viñëu; therefore, they are not ordinary human beings. They never take birth, and they never die as ordinary human beings. If one thinks that they take birth and die like ordinary human beings, he is committing a great aparĂ€dha, offence.
Vaiñëavas appear and disappear in the same way the Supreme Lord and His innumerable incarnations appear and disappear. The appearance and disappearance days of a Vaiñëava are as auspicious as the appearance day of the Supreme Lord. These days give us an opportunity to glorify such a devotee. A Vaiñëava is always to be glorified. He has left indestructible fame and glory here. His fame is not only chanted in the material world, but also in the spiritual world. His glories are chanted everywhere. One who glorifies such a Vaiñëava gets the mercy of that Vaiñëava, and his good fortune arises.
ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami, the Founder-ĂcĂ€rya of the International Society for KÄñëa Consciousness, fulfilled the desires of ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu. ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu had this desire:
pÄthivéte Àche yata nagarÀdi grÀma sarvatra pracÀra haibe mora nÀma
âMy name will be chanted and preached throughout the world, in all towns and villages, all corners of the world.â (CaitanyabhĂ€gavata)
9 ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - part 2
This was the prophecy MahĂ€prabhu gave five hundred years ago, that has been fulfilled by (our revered spiritual master), ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da. No one else was able to do something so wonderfully miraculous. KÄñëa-çakti vinĂ€ nahe tĂ€ra pravartana, without the assistance of kÄñëa-çakti no one can do that through oneâs own effort. We should understand that ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da was completely empowered by guru, the previous Ă€cĂ€ryas and GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu Himself, how else could he fulfill the desires of ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu?
Gurudeva speaks kÄñëa-kathĂ€, and through your ears you see guru [çruta-Ă©kñita â seen through the ear; panthaĂč â the path (SB. 3.9.11)], not through your eyes. Through the ear, through vÀëé, he makes KÄñëa enter into you. The form of KÄñëa comes later. First you have to hear. First His holy name comes, hare kÄñëa hare kÄñëa kÄñëa kÄñëa hare hare, hare rĂ€ma hare rĂ€ma rĂ€ma rĂ€ma hare hare. Uttering this mahĂ€-mantra, putting it into our ears, this is the first shower of ĂrĂ© Guruâs causeless mercy. The result is immediate. The çabda-brahma, the word, the holy name in the form of the mahĂ€mantra descends. That mantra frees us from our mano-dharma, mental concoctions.
There are many gurus prepared to give mantra. They have made a profession of giving mantra. They are professional mantra gurus, mantra-vyavasĂ€yĂ©, they are always ready to give mantra. âCome here. Give me a hundred dollars; I will give you KÄñëa immediately.â This is vyavasĂ€yĂ©, this is their business; however, what mantra can they give? The mantras they give are not real mantras, only words by letters from the alphabet. They want praëÀma and praëÀmĂ©, they want to be worshipped and to receive money â hundreds of dollars. They cannot give you KÄñëa. You should understand this.
K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da is not a mantra-daööa-guru. He is kÄñëa-daööaguru, the guru who came to give you KÄñëa, and to give you shelter, Àçraya-daööa-guru. He taught us how to tread the devotional path, how to walk on this path. He made all nice arrangements for us to follow this path leading to Vaikuëöha. As a primary school teacher takes the hand of a child and guides him to write A-B-C, in the same way, taking hold of our hand, ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da has taught us what other gurus are not able to, what other gurus do not know.
They want only praëÀma and praëÀmĂ©, worship and money. Therefore, they have no ability to take to this path of devotional service or teach others. They have no ability to move there. Whereas ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da made many nice arrangements for çravaĂ«aĂ *, kĂ©rtanaâ , arcanaà ⥠and vandanaà §. That is his causeless mercy.
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da did not just give a mantra and then send the disciples home. No. He opened hundreds and hundreds of ISKCON temples and centres throughout the world. He made all nice arrangements across all the ISKCON centres for devotees to stay in the temple, and for receiving food - prasĂ€da. Those who are gĂ„ha-tyĂ€gi, those who had already left home, they will stay there always and be engaged in hari-bhajan, in the service of Lord Hari. However, will those who are gĂ„hasthas, gĂ„hastha-çiñyas, stay in their gĂ„ha only? No, they should come here at intervals, to the ISKCON Mandir, associate with sĂ€dhu-vaiñëavas and hear hari-kathĂ€.
* Hearing about the Supreme Lord.
â Chanting the glories of the Lord.
⥠How to worship the Supreme Lord.
§ Offering prayers to the Lord. (SB. 7.5.23-24)
C hapter 9 ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - part 2
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da organised so many festivals, printed so many books and magazines, constructed many beautiful temples, and arranged dhĂ€ma-parikramĂ€s of NavadvĂ©pa-dhĂ€ma, and VĂ„ndĂ€vanadhĂ€ma. He sent preachers to all the corners of the world, to every town and village, to preach the science of KÄñëa consciousness. He opened the door for one and all, regardless of whether one is pĂ€pĂ© or tĂ€pĂ©, the most degraded, sinful person or the most elevated person. That is his causeless mercy, supreme mercy, incomparable and uncommon mercy.
If we pray for his mercy, have his darçana, hear his nectarean kathÀ, then all auspiciousness will come to us. Our life will be successful, and we will become free from material bondage. This is the real good fortune.
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da has showered his mercy on one and all; on very materialistic persons, on wealthy persons, on those who cannot follow the four regulative principles, on those who cannot give up smoking bidi, who cannot give up smoking cigarettes, (blowing the white flute) and on those who cannot give up eating fish, meat and drinking liquor. He still tells them, âYou have wealth, give something to us, and we will utilise that wealth in KÄñëaâs service.â For this reason, he established Life Membership, to give those people the opportunity to render some service whereby they will get sukĂ„ti so that in this very life or in the next life they will become a bhakta, definitely. According to your ability you may accept it. The more you accept the more auspiciousness will come to you.
Thus, on this day, I offer a prayer, âLet ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da shower his mercy on one and all.â
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€dajĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja kĂ© jaya!
C
hapter t en
A lecture by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami describing ĂrĂ© Guru.1
Advaya-jĂŻĂ€na-tattva, vraje vrajendra-kumĂ€ra, Vrajendra-kumara, the son of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja is the Absolute Truth. Who has seen Him? He who has seen Him not once, but always, is guru. âYou just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master.â And who is a spiritual master? One who sees advaya-jĂŻĂ€na-tattva, the Absolute Truth, NandĂ€nandana, the son of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja, not once, but always. Inquire from him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realised soul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the Truth.
Unless
MahĂ€prabhu gave a very simple definition of who is guru: yei kÄñëa-tattva-vettĂ€, sei â guru â haya â one who knows kÄñëa-tattva he is
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K Äñë A
guru. You should understand who is guru. He is a tattva-darçé â he sees the Absolute Truth, and he knows kÄñëa-tattva: He is guru. One must approach him, take shelter of him, surrender unto him, inquire from him submissively, render service to him, and he will impart tattva-jĂŻĂ€na. By his mercy you can have it. Unless one is a tattva-darçé, in complete knowledge of the Absolute Truth, one cannot describe the activities of the Personality of Godhead. How can those who have not actually seen the Supreme Lord speak about Him. They will only speculate. They are blind men. How can a blind man see? One who cannot see tattva, the Absolute Truth, is a blind man, what he speaks is only imagination, speculation. There is one story of a blind man.
Once upon a time there was one blind man who wanted to know the colour of milk. He was blind so how could he see? He asked one of his trusted friends, âO my friend, what is the colour of milk?â
His friend said, âIt is plain.â
âPlain? What is that plain?â
âOh, it is like a crane [the crane is white and so is milk].â
âA crane? What is that?â He was blind, so his friend raised the upper part of his arm like this and bent his hand like this (making a gesture), and held it before him. The blind man just touched it and kept quiet for one minute. âNow I understand, now I understand. I will never drink milk in my life, it will remain stuck in my throat.â He now âunderstoodâ the colour of the milk.
Those who are not tattva-darçés, who have never seen the truth, have no vision to see the Absolute Truth, they are blind men. Their understanding of BhagavĂ€n is like the blind manâs understanding of the colour of milk.
mĂ€yĂ€-mugdha jĂ©vera nĂ€hi svataĂč kÄñëa-jĂŻĂ€na jĂ©vere kĂ„pĂ€ya kailĂ€ kÄñëa veda-purÀëa (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 20.122)
The conditioned soul cannot revive his KÄñëa conciousness by his own effort. Therefore, KÄñëa compiled the Vedas and the PurÀëas, the Vedic literatures, thereby showering His mercy on the conditioned souls, who have forgotten KÄñëa from time immemorial.
These Vedic literatures are known as çabda-brahma. Brahma means the Absolute Truth. Ăabda-brahma means the Absolute Truth descending in the form of words. The Vedas and PurÀëas impart tattvajĂŻĂ€na, knowledge of the absolute truth to the conditioned souls, the jĂ©vas covered over with avidyĂ€, ignorance.
One must hear from a bona fide guru, a tattva-darçé. Approach such a guru â tad viddhi praĂ«ipĂ€tena paripraçnena sevayĂ€ â who has seen the Truth and who has received tattva-jĂŻĂ€na by hearing from his guru, who is also a bona fide Ă€cĂ€rya.
So, approach such a guru, surrender unto him, render service unto him and submissively inquire from him. That guru will impart tattvajïÀna unto you out of mercy. Only by his mercy the disciple receives this tattva-jïÀna, otherwise no one can have it. If you hear from such a guru, placing unflinching faith in his words with a submissive attitude, and if you can receive his mercy, then your eye will be opened. Through that eye you can see the Absolute Truth. In the BhÀgavatam it is said, çrutekñita-pathah [3.9.11].
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
If you hear from a tattva-darçé guru submissively, taking shelter at his lotus feet, rendering service unto him, pleasing him, and submissively inquiring from him, then you will see. His words are çabda-brahma, the Absolute Truth, descending in the form of words. That is the mercy of the sÀdhu-guru; he imparts tattva-jïÀna. Therefore, it is only by the mercy of such a sÀdhu-guru that your eye will be opened [çrutekñita-pathah].
Through your material eye you cannot see the Supreme Lord who is the Absolute Truth, unless your eye is opened:
oĂ ajĂŻĂ€na-timirĂ€ndhasya jĂŻĂ€nÀïjana çalĂ€kayĂ€ cakñur unmĂ©litaĂ yena tasmai çrĂ© gurave namaĂč
âI was born in the darkest ignorance, and my spiritual master opened my eyes with the torch of knowledge. Therefore, I offer my respectful obeisances unto him.â (ĂrĂ© Guru PraëÀma)
I pay my obeisances to that guru who has opened my eye. That is the eye of transcendental knowledge, çÀstra-cakñu, jïÀna-cakñu. Through that eye you can see the Absolute Truth, otherwise you cannot. One who cannot see is a blind man. Guru opens that eye by imparting tattva-jïÀna then you will be able to see.
ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa Goswami, ĂrĂ©la SanĂ€tana Goswami, ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va Goswami, all gauĂČĂ©ya-gurus, are real gurus. They have really acted as gurus. Their activities are the activities of guru. They have imparted tattva-jĂŻĂ€na. They have written many books. Those
C hapter 10 the true Nature of Guru
books are filled with tattva-jïÀna siddhÀntas, conclusions. That is çabda-brahma.
ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura is known as the Seventh GosvĂ€mĂ© after the Six GosvĂ€mĂ©s. He has also written many books. He has especially written all the siddhĂ€ntas in the form of poems and songs. Therefore, he is known as the Seventh GosvĂ€mĂ© and he has done the real work of a bona fide guru which is to impart tattva-jĂŻĂ€na to the disciple. Thereby, the disciple will develop God-realisation. That is the guru â s work.
What does the bona fide guru talk about? He speaks about advaya-tattva â the Absolute Truth which is one without a second. He does kĂ©rtana of çabda-brahma. Brahma, the Absolute Truth descends in the form of words through the lips of a bona fide guru, a tattva-darçé. When the guru executes the kĂ©rtana of çabda-brahma, the çiñya â who is sincere and very eager to have tattva-jĂŻĂ€na, and very surrendered â listens to it with concentrated attention, full faith and a submissive attitude. That guru has appeared here as the embodiment of çabda-brahma. He imparts tattva-jĂŻĂ€na to those disciples who are very submissive, who are very obedient, who are surrendered and who have complete faith in his words. They get the mercy of their guru, and by that mercy they receive tattva-jĂŻĂ€na. Their eyes are opened, and they will be able to see the Absolute Truth. That is transcendental vision, without which no one can see the Truth. As long as such eyes are not opened, one remains blind. His activities are the activities of a blind man. As long as one is not situated on the platform of tattva, his activities are not perfect. His activities will never be perfect. As long as one is not situated in tattva he cannot understand what is Brahma, what is
A
lw
A
ys
E
mbr A c E d by K Äñë A
ParamÀtmÀ, what is BhagavÀn. He cannot see and his activities are all imperfect.
When one who is completely surrendered at the lotus feet of a bona fide guru, serves him, pleases him and submissively inquires, that guru becomes very pleased with him and by the mercy of such a guru the çiñya receives tattva-jïÀna and his transcendental eye is opened. Through that eye he sees advaya-tattva, the Absolute Truth. Otherwise, no one can see the Absolute Truth.
How can one, who has not seen the Truth, impart knowledge? What he speaks is only speculation, or imagination. One has to know that tattva-vastu, the Absolute Truth. That is the goal of human life.
janma karma ca me divyam evaĂ yo vetti tattvataĂč tyaktvĂ€ dehaĂ punar janma naiti mĂ€m eti so ârjuna
(Bhagavad-gétÀ 4.9)
In the fourth chapter of the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ KÄñëa has said, âMy birth, My activities are transcendental, not material. One should understand them in truth, in tattva. One who understands them, yo vetti tattvataĂč, in tattva, he will go to Me after quitting this body. He will never come down here again. No rebirth.â
Where is the question of fall down, for KÄñëa has explained clearly, yo vetti tattvataĂč tyaktvĂ€ dehaĂ punar janma naiti â one who has
true Nature of Guru
understood in tattva, there is no rebirth. Birth is here in the material world. There is neither birth nor death in the spiritual world. It is eternal, yo vetti tattvataĂč, tyaktvĂ€ dehaĂ punar janma, naiti mĂ€m eti, there is no rebirth. He will come to Me. He will never come down here. That is the goal of human life. You should understand the Supreme Lord, and the birth activities of KÄñëa in tattva. Repeatedly in Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ KÄñëa has said this, and He has placed great emphasis on it. Na tu mĂ€m abhijĂ€nanti tattvenĂ€taç cyavanti te [9.24]; tato mÀà tattvato jĂŻĂ€tvĂ€ viçate tad-anantaram [18.55] He has said this in so many places. âOne who does not know Me in tattva he will fall down.â Cyavanti means fall down. Who falls down? One who does not know tattva, na tu mĂ€m abhijĂ€nanti, tattvenĂ€taç cyavanti te. He will come down, he will be pushed back, âGet out of here! No entrance, no admittance.â To know KÄñëa in tattva means your visa is granted. When you are going from the material world to the spiritual world, you have to show your passport and your visa has to be granted, otherwise there is no entrance. What is the visa? That you know tattva. You have received tattva-jĂŻĂ€na. So, âYes, granted! Admitted!â Na tu mĂ€m abhijĂ€nanti tattvenĂ€taç cyavanti â one who does not know it in tattva â falls down. He is pushed back down. âGet out!â âNo entrance.â He will fall down. Tato mÀà tattvato jĂŻĂ€tvĂ€ viçate tad-anantaram [18.55] â One who knows Me in tattva, viçate â he enters into My kingdom.
So those who are tattva-darçés, âseers of the truthâ, are guru. How can a blind man who has not seen tattva be guru? How can a blind man lead? AndhĂ€ yathĂ€ndhair upanĂ©yamĂ€nĂ€s [BhĂ€g. 7.5.31] If a blind man is the leader, then they are all blind men following him, and all will fall down into a very deep dark ditch.
by K Äñë A
The following example is also given; you have a boat made of stone. You have procured it, and you have climbed into it and are trying to cross the dreadful ocean of material existence. What will happen? With that stone boat you will sink. Blind men, those who do not have tattva-jĂŻĂ€na, whose eyes are not opened but are becoming gurus, say, âI will help you ferry across the ocean in this boat made of stone.â You are a fool if you have climbed into it. All the passengers [so called disciples] within the boat will drown in the ocean.* They cannot cross this ocean of material existence and go to the other side, the spiritual world.
Those who are tattva-darçés, seers of truth, are real gurus. You should accept a guru like that, serve him, surrender unto him, submissively inquire from him and then the guru will impart tattvajĂŻĂ€na to you. They are gauĂČĂ©ya-gurus. Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, a mahĂ€jana, is known as the Seventh GosvĂ€mĂ©. The six GosvĂ€mĂ©s have written many books like Sat Sandharba, Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„tasindhu, and Ujjvala-nĂ©lamaĂ«i. In those books they impart tattvajĂŻĂ€na and the duty of the çiñya is to hear this tattva-jĂŻĂ€na which is imparted by a bona fide guru. That is to be heard, not anything else. When you receive tattva-jĂŻĂ€na by the mercy of guru then you will be able to serve KÄñëa. Your service will be very easy. Those who have received tattva-jĂŻĂ€na have the eligibility of rendering
* teñÀà kupatha-deñöÚëÀà patatÀà tamasi hy adhaĂč ye çraddadhyur vacas te vai majjanty açma-plavĂ€ iva
âLeaders who have fallen into ignorance and who mislead people by directing them to the path of destruction [as described in the previous verse] are, in effect, boarding a stone boat, and so too are those who blindly follow them. A stone boat would be unable to float and would sink in the water with its passengers. Similarly, those who mislead people go to hell, and their followers go with them.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 6.7.14)
service to the Supreme Lord. They know what is matter and what is spirit. Otherwise, no one can know.
Tattva-jĂŻĂ€na means sambandha-jĂŻĂ€na. Knowing that, âI have a perfect, eternal, loving relationship with the Lord.â That is tattva-jĂŻĂ€na, or sambandha-jĂŻĂ€na, and the guru imparts this jĂŻĂ€na. When the çiñya receives this tattva-jĂŻĂ€na, sambandha-jĂŻĂ€na then he understands, âWho am I? I am the eternal servant of KÄñëa. He is my eternal master. I am His eternal servant. My activity, my duty, my only work is to surrender and render loving service unto Him.â Otherwise, he cannot understand this. However, by hearing from a tattva-darçé-guru, the çiñya understands and he engages himself in rendering loving service unto the Supreme Lord under his guidance.
When you receive this tattva-jïÀna by the mercy of guru, your spiritual eye will be opened, and you will see the Absolute Truth. Not only will you be able to see Him, but you will also be able to see all His transcendental lélÀs, because the Absolute Truth is manifested through His different transcendental lélÀs, forms, qualities, and pastimes. Everything is there in tattva-jïÀna.
One who has not received tattva-jĂŻĂ€na is a blind man. He does not have perfect vision. He cannot see things in their right perspective. Therefore, his activities are all the activities of a blind man. They are like blank fire. If you have no vision then you are a blind man, and all your activities are that of a blind man.
K Äñë A
The sĂ€dhaka-bhakta must first hear, çravaĂ«a. He must hear tattvaçravaĂ«a, with a submissive and surrendered attitude. At the lotus feet of guru, he must first hear what guru says. Guru speaks about tattva. When your eyes are opened, you see the beautiful form of ĂyĂ€masundara. Then lĂ©lĂ€-çravaĂ«a â you hear the transcendental lĂ©lĂ€s of KÄñëa, especially His lĂ©lĂ€s in VrajabhĂŒmi with the damsels of Vraja, the gopĂ©s. KÄñëa performs His conjugal lĂ©lĂ€, prema-lila, rĂ€salĂ©lĂ€ in VĂ„ndĂ€vana. To hear about them is lĂ©lĂ€-çravaĂ«a. Then you relish the sweet transcendental mellows emanating from it, rasa Ă€svĂ€dana. As long as you are not situated on the platform of tattva you have no eligibility to hear all these topics.
Therefore, ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© Prabhu has put emphasis, on hearing and developing çÀstrĂ©ya-çraddhĂ€, unflinching faith in çÀstric injunctions. He has put stress on çÀstrĂ©ya-çraddhĂ€.
One who has been initiated in the çabda-brahma, it is to be understood that he has developed çÀstrĂ©ya-çraddhĂ€, because the çÀstras â the Vedic literature are not ordinary books. They are the words of the Lord. The words of the Lord are not different from the Lord, kÄñëa-tulya bhĂ€gavata. The BhĂ€gavatam is the essence of all Vedic literature, Veda Upaniñads. It is one of the incarnations of the Lord. It is as good as KÄñëa. So, they are not mundane literatures.
KÄñëa is the spiritual sun, always full of light. The çÀstra, Vedic literature, imparts enlightenment by dissipating the darkness of ignorance. Gurudeva is the embodiment of çabda-brahma. He imparts that light. When you get light then your darkness will be dissipated: no more ignorance. When the çiñya receives this tattva-
C hapter 10 the true Nature of Guru
jïÀna by the mercy of his guru, he sees KÄñëa everywhere. He has obtained this vision so he may stay anywhere. He may stay in a palatial building; he may stay under a tree. What harm is there? KÄñëa is there. He sees KÄñëa. He is with KÄñëa. Why will he be afraid? Wherever he is, he will be engaged in çravaëa-kértana. There is no difficulty for him.
A bona fide guru can impart tattva-jĂŻĂ€na whereby your devotional eye will be opened.
premÀïjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santaĂč sadaiva hĂ„dayeñu vilokayanti yaà çyĂ€masundaram acintya-guĂ«a-svarĂŒpaĂ govindam Ă€di-puruñaĂ tam ahaĂ bhajĂ€mi (Brahma-saĂ hitĂ€ 5.38)
Then when you hear that, bhakti-cakñu â your devotional eye will be opened, and premÀïjana - the ointment of love of Godhead will be smeared on your eyes. Only by hearing, that ointment is smeared, otherwise not. When that eye is opened then yĂ€hÀÏ netra paĂČe, tĂ€hÀÏ çrĂ©-kÄñëa sphuraya [Cc. Madhya 10.179] wherever he looks he sees, âOh, beautiful KÄñëa is here.â
To impart tattva-jĂŻĂ€na is guruâs activity and this bhagavat-tattvajĂŻĂ€na, Vedic knowledge has come down to this material world from the beginning of creation through bona fide gurus. Gurudeva is bhĂ€gavata-kĂ„pĂ€-mĂŒrti â the embodiment of BhagavĂ€nâs mercy. He is day and night engaged in the loving service of BhagavĂ€n. Gurudeva himself is a very dear servant of BhagavĂ€n. He is sevakabhagavĂ€n, servitor BhagavĂ€n. KÄñëa is sevya-bhagavĂ€n. SevyĂ€ means who is to be served. There is sevya-bhagavĂ€n, and sevaka-bhagavĂ€n.
by K Äñë A
sĂ€kñÀd-dharitvena samasta-çÀstrair uktas tathĂ€ bhĂ€vyata eva sadbhiĂč kintu prabhor yaĂč priya eva tasya vande guroĂč çrĂ©-caraëÀravindam
The guru is very dear to the Lord, prabhor yaĂč priya, that is the bona fide guru. KÄñëaâs own men are very dear to Him.
KÄñëa keeps His jĂŻĂ€na (knowledge) with His nija-jana â those who are very near and dear to Him. He keeps his own jĂŻĂ€natattva with them because they are His own men. He deems them trustworthy. So, unless one goes and approaches such a guru (KÄñëaâs jana) how can he get jĂŻĂ€na? There is no possibility.
Again, as long as you have not received this tattva-jĂŻĂ€na your eye will never be opened. Your blindness will never go. You will remain a blind man, aimlessly groping in the dark. And thinking, âMaybe it is this, maybe it is that.â No vision, no light; only darkness. Therefore, çrutekñita-pathaĂč, first hear, then your eyes are opened, then Ă©kñita, you will see, âOh! Here is ĂyĂ€masundara.â This is çrutekñita-pathaĂč.
BhagavĂ€n Himself has brought this bhĂ€gavata-jĂŻĂ€na to this world. No one can impart this tattva-jĂŻĂ€na. Only BhagavĂ€n can impart it, and He keeps this tattva-jĂŻĂ€na with His very dear servants. That is guru-tattva. Through those gurus He imparts tattva-jĂŻĂ€na. Therefore, the demigods offered a prayer to BhagavĂ€n, âO Lord, You are available by the mercy of mahĂ€tmĂ€s and sĂ€dhus.â You shower Your mercy on the jĂ©vas through those sĂ€dhus. KÄñëa never
showers His mercy directly. He showers His mercy through His own men, His dear devotees, the sÀdhus.
Those who have developed love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, know that KÄñëa is the object of love. Such sÀdhus are most dear to KÄñëa and KÄñëa has given them this tattva-jïÀna. They are the reservoir of that tattva-jïÀna, that bhagavat-jïÀna. Through them this tattva-jïÀna descends to this material world. That is why the twelve mahÀjanas and their disciplic successions are there. Through these disciplic successions the tattva-jïÀna comes down to this material world and it becomes available to us. Otherwise, we cannot have it.
KÄñëa is sat-cit-Ă€nanda vigraha, He is the embodiment of full eternality, knowledge and bliss; sat-cit-Ă€nanda, the Ă€nanda coming from kÄñëa-prema. When we speak of Ă€nanda, pleasure, there are two types: sva-sukha and prema-sukha. Sva-sukha means oneâs own pleasure, and prema-sukha, or bhĂ€gavata-sukha, means to give pleasure or happiness to BhagavĂ€n.
Sat-cit-Ă€nanda-maya BhagavĂ€n manifests His prema-maya-lĂ©lĂ€, His pastimes based on pure love, through His svarĂŒpa-çakti, His internal energy that is not different from Him, the energy that comes out from Him. That is the svarĂŒpa-çakti. Those who are priyajana, very dear to the Lord, His premĂ©-bhaktas know that. Such dear devotees are svarĂŒpa çakti puñöa parikara, associates of BhagavĂ€n, who are endowed with mercy from the svarĂŒpa-çakti. These parikaras who are nourished by the svarĂŒpa-çakti, are gurus. They are premĂ©-bhaktas, they have developed kÄñëa-prema. They
K Äñë A
know KÄñëa. They always see KÄñëa, advaya-tattva bhagavÀn, the non-dual Absolute Truth.
As long as the jĂ©va has not had the darçana of such a svarĂŒpaçakti-puñöa-parikara guru [one who is empowered and nourished by the internal energy of the Lord], he cannot receive tattva-jĂŻĂ€na. *
* Authorâs note: For more information on this subject matter please see Appendix Five.
ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ - 25 August 1989
Offering by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami
There is no Greater Day
The day of ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedana Swami PrabhupĂ€daâs VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ arrived. Two major religious days in the life of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami were the appearance and disappearance of his most beloved spiritual master ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da. On this occasion, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami wrote the following glorification as an offering for his spiritual masterâs divine appearance. For a disciple, this is of utmost importance as there is no greater day for him than the appearance of ĂrĂ© Guru.
Dear ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da, yasya prasĂ€dĂ€d bhagavat-prasĂ€do yasyĂ€prasĂ€dĂ€n na gatiĂč kuto âpi dhyĂ€yan stuvaĂ s tasya yaças tri-sandhyaĂ vande guroĂč çrĂ©-caraëÀravindam
A
lw
A ys E
mbr
E d by K Äñë A
âBy the mercy of the spiritual master one receives the benediction of KÄñëa. Without the grace of the spiritual master, one cannot make any advancement. Therefore, I should always remember and praise the spiritual master. At least three times a day I should offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of my spiritual master.â
O my ever-worshippable, eternal spiritual master, O lord of my heart, His Divine Grace Abhay Charan Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da, kindly accept my prostrated daĂ«ĂČavat praëÀmas at the holy dust of your divine lotus feet on this occasion of your sacred appearance day.
How, being such a tiny, insignificant, unworthy creature, am I able to glorify the unending and infinite glory of such a great and dear most devotee of KÄñëa as Your Divine Grace? It is an impossible and perhaps self-deceptive job for this useless and most unworthy servant of yours. Your Divine Grace far transcends what you appeared to be. The glories of your Divine Grace know no bounds of time, place or distance. They can even eclipse many a polar star and surpass the height of many millions and billions of Himalayan Mountains.
I am taken back to the far-off days of January-February 1977, when Your Divine Grace, out of your causeless mercy, placed your holy feet on the long-cherished soil of Bhubaneswar, the capital of Orissa, the land of Lord JagannĂ€tha and of the sacred pastimes of ĂrĂ©mĂ€n GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu. Demonstrating the ideal quality of Vaiñëava simplicity, you preferred to remain for seventeen days in a mud hut that had been erected on the land donated to you here in Bhubaneswar, instead of at the nearby, well-built and wellarranged State Guest House of the government. By your very divine presence, those then out-of-the-way outskirts of Bhubaneswar were delightfully surcharged with the pure transcendental energy
C hapter 11 his Glories Know no Bounds
of the unalloyed, nectarean sweet love of Godhead, KÄñëa. Thus, that otherwise usual site was turned into a rare spiritual site and a memorable pilgrimage for many fortunate aspirants and sincere seekers of your divine darçana.
O my beloved spiritual master, more than twelve long years have now passed since the day that you, with your divine hand, laid the foundation stone for the temple of ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© KÄñëa-BalarĂ€ma on the holy appearance day of Lord NityĂ€nanda Prabhu. At that time, you made the holy declaration that this last-founded project of yours would become one of the worldâs best Vaiñëava centres. Still, unworthy, most wretched and degraded as I am, the construction of Their Lordshipsâ temple stagnated very painfully for a long time, and even after the recent resumption of construction, the rate of progress on this long-cherished project of yours is still very slow. This really gives great pain to this worthless servant of yours. There is some insignificant consolation, however, in the fact that by the strength of your causeless mercy, the translation of your priceless, nectarean, spiritual publications into the Oriya language is somehow continuing, although not nearly as fast as would give you satisfaction.
Yes, my dear spiritual master, ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da, although I am a great offender, an unworthy, weak, and low disciple of yours, I beg your kind permission to offer this prayer at the lotus feet of Your Divine Grace:
I cannot, I cannot, I cannot⊠But I am quite hopeful at heart, Only by the perennial source of the mighty strength of your divine causeless mercy.
Conditioned soul that I am, I am full of faults. But if you wonât take those away, where do I go?
A
K Äñë A
In the çÀstra it is said the spiritual master is guru karëa-dhÀra, the captain of the ship to take the sincere disciple across the ocean of birth and death.
Please take hold of my unworthy ear, O my revered spiritual master, and bring me to the path, lest I lose all hope. You are my only hope. You are my only source. You are my only shelter.
O my dear Gurudeva, kindly accept me as a speck of the holy dust of your lotus feet and thus, qualify me to engage in your sacred service.
Your eternal but unworthy servant,
Gour Govinda Swami
C hapter t welve p art o ne
The 60th Divine Appearance of ĆrÄ«la Gour Govinda Swami MahÄrÄja
ââŠĂrĂ© Guru is one, however he comes in an unlimited number of forms...â*
nama oĂ viñëu-pĂ€dĂ€ya kÄñëa-preñöhĂ€ya bhĂŒ-tale çrĂ©mate gour govindasvĂ€min iti nĂ€mine
âI offer my respectful obeisances unto His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, who is very dear to Lord KÄñëa, having taken shelter at His lotus feet.â
namaste abhaya préya gour bhava prakÀsine nityÀnanda kÄpa-sindho gopÀl sarva-darçine
* By ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da, The Science of Self Realisation, from Chapter Two.
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K Äñë A
âHey! Abhay-prĂ©ya (dearmost disciple of A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da), the revealer of the inner mood of ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu, the ocean of ĂrĂ© NityĂ€nandaâs mercy who sees ĂrĂ© GopĂ€l everywhere, please accept my repeated daĂ«ĂČavat-praëÀm at your gracious lotus feet.â
In the bhaktivinoda-dhĂ€ra [the line of ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura] we find this mantra for ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€: çrĂ© dĂ€modara svarĂŒpa, çrĂ© rĂŒpa, çrĂ© sanĂ€tana, çrĂ© ragunĂ€tha, çrĂ© jĂ©va, bhaööa yuga, çrĂ© kÄñëa dĂ€sa kavirĂ€jĂ€di, çrĂ©mad bhaktivinoda, çrĂ©mad gaurakiçora dĂ€sa, çrĂ©mad bhaktisiddhĂ€nta sarasvate, çrĂ©mad bhaktivedĂ€nta svĂ€mĂ©, çrĂ©mad gour govinda svĂ€mĂ© padÀÏka sarvebhyo gurave namaĂč.
âI offer my obeisances to the footprints of all the gurus, ĂrĂ©la SvarĂŒpa DĂ€modara GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GoswĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha DĂ€sa GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la GopĂ€la Bhaööa GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha Bhaööa GosvĂ€mĂ©, and the devotees beginning with ĂrĂ©la KÄñëadĂ€s KavirĂ€ja GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, ĂrĂ©la Gaura Kiçora dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ©, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da, ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da and ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami â ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kura.â*
One week after JanmÀñöamĂ© and the appearance of ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da was the 60th Appearance of His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, during the month of HÄñékeça, GaurĂ€bda 503 Bhubaneswar India. A two-day festival
* ĂrĂ©la ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kura, added by his disciples.
C hapter 12 - p art 1
Bhaktivinoda-dhÀra
was held on Friday 1 September 1989 and Saturday 2 September 1989.
The week after was the blessed appearance of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami - ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kuraâs appearance was directly in between these two very auspicious days, RĂ€dhÀñöÀmĂ© and JanmÀñöamĂ©. Over this two-day period many, many followers and disciples of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami presented their offerings in written form to him.
The appearance of the spiritual master is the greatest event for the disciple, there is no greater day. Taking shelter at his lotus feet is the essential preliminary step on the path of bhakti. The first step is Ă€dau çraddhĂ€ â developing faith under the guidance of the sĂ€dhu, and the second step is sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga â association with the sĂ€dhu.
ââŠThis is real çraddhĂ€ [faith]. When the heart of the jĂ©va is controlled by such çraddhĂ€, he sheds tears of remorse and applies himself to following a pure Vaiñëava sĂ€dhu. Thus, at this second stage, sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga brings the jĂ©va to the point of finding the shelter of a guruâŠâ (Jaiva Dharma, Chapter Seventeen, Nitya-dharma, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura)
The third step is bhajana-kriyĂ€ â being instructed by the sĂ€dhu and subsequent initiation by the sĂ€dhu-guru, whereby one is personally trained by the spiritual master.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Bhajana-krĂ©ya means performing loving service under the guidance of guru. The guru will teach you. He is himself engaged in bhajana, and by practical demonstration he teaches you how to do it. He never speaks only theoretically, but he is a practical teacher. That is MahĂ€prabhuâs process.1
K Äñë A
Then the fourth step is anartha-nivĂ„tti â under the spiritual masterâs guidance one begins the process which removes the unnatural and unwanted desires that have gravitated towards the region of the heart. However, more important is to reach the stage of niñöhĂ€.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: NiñöhĂ€ means steadiness. The mind does not oscillate under any circumstance. That is niñöhĂ€. Yes. Your mind is fixed. There is no oscillation, and you will do bhajana fixing your mind at the lotus feet of KÄñëa. When the anarthas are removed then niñöhĂ€ will come. NiñöhĂ€ will not appear prior to that. There are so many anarthas. [Gurudeva imitates bad chanting] Hare krzz hare krzzz krzzz, the mind is wondering hither and thither. So many ideas are coming up in your mind. Where is niñöhĂ€? NiñöhĂ€â haite upajaya premera taraĂŹga, * then that stage will come up. That is the very beginning of rĂ€gĂ€nugĂ€-bhakti. 2
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The guru may be present here in this world or he may have disappeared. When he has left this planet and is not present physically anymore, still, that very advanced devotee, who has already developed taste and has reached the minimum stage of niñöhĂ€ and beyond, ruci, Àçakti or bhĂ€va, who is a jĂ€ta-rati, one in whom rati has sprouted, is always with his guru, who never disappears from his vision. He always feels the presence of his guru. But one should achieve the minimum stage of niñöhĂ€, otherwise the apprehension that his guru-pĂ€da-padma may disappear is there...â3
* ekaâ aĂŹga sĂ€dhe, keha sĂ€dhe âbahuâ aĂŹga âniñöhĂ€â haile upajaya premera taraĂŹga
âWhen one is firmly fixed in devotional service, whether he executes one or many processes of devotional service, the waves of love of Godhead will awaken.â [ĂrĂ© CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 22.134]
C hapter 12 - p art 1
Bhaktivinoda-dhÀra
These are the first four steps on the path of bhakti. ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GoswĂ€mĂ© has written in his ĂrĂ© Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu:
guru-pĂ€dÀçrayas tasmĂ€t kÄñëa-dĂ©kñÀdi-çikñaĂ«am viçrambheĂ«a guroĂč sevĂ€ sĂ€dhu-vartmĂ€nuvartanam
âThe first four limbs of sĂ€dhana-bhakti are: to accept the shelter of the lotus feet of a bona fide guru, to take dĂ©kñÀ and receive instructions on service to KÄñëa from him, to serve him with intimacy and affection and to follow the path of the sĂ€dhus under his guidance.â (ĂrĂ© Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu 1.2.74)
ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu describes the process of devotional service, and the first steps are:
guru-pÀdÀçraya, dékñÀ, gurura sevana sad-dharma-çikñÀ-pÄcchÀ, sÀdhu-mÀrgÀnugamana
âOn the path of regulative devotional service, one must observe the following items: (1) One must accept a bona fide spiritual master. (2) One must accept initiation from him. (3) One must serve him. (4) One must receive instructions from the spiritual master and make inquiries in order to learn devotional service. (5) One must follow in the footsteps of the previous Ă€cĂ€ryas and follow the directions given by the spiritual master.â (ĂrĂ© CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 22.115)
These are general instructions which must be considered carefully and accepted by the prospective disciple for advancement on the path of bhakti. The disciple accepts the spiritual master, and the spiritual master accepts the prospective disciple. This is
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
the general rule. Then the spiritual master educates and trains the disciple. Disciple means âone who is under strict disciplineâ.
Then in a darçana ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami said:
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: How does one acquire çraddhĂ€? It is developed in the association of sĂ€dhus, not by association of asĂ€dhus. ĂrĂ©la Rupa Goswami says Ă€dau çraddhĂ€ tataĂč sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga. That means to first associate with a sĂ€dhu. SĂ€dhu-saĂŹga means çraddhĂ€ lĂ€bhiâ jĂ©va kare sad-guru vicĂ€ra - having obtained faith, the jĂ©va begins to consider who is a sad-guru, a true spiritual master. By listening to a sĂ€dhu, you hear kÄñëa-kathĂ€, kÄñëa-tattva, gurutattva, vaiñëava-tattva, who is a Vaiñëava, who is a sĂ€dhu, what is tattva, and what the necessity is of accepting a guru. Then you think, âOh, to accept a bona fide guru is my first step in spiritual life, because the supreme perfection is to get KÄñëa. This is the paramĂ€rtha, the supreme goal, to develop pure devotion by which KÄñëa will be bound up. I have to accept a guru, otherwise I cannot attain the supreme goal.â SĂ€dhu-saĂŹga means accepting a guru. Then comes bhajana-kriyĂ€. You do not know how to do bhajana.
You do not know bhajanéya yÀ vastu, who is the worshippable object. Guru will teach you how to perform bhajana. He does bhajana and you follow.4
The appearance of ĂrĂ© Guru is most auspicious, when we say âĂrĂ© Guruâ we mean a sad-guru, the topmost type of spiritual master, the most perfect spiritual master. On meeting ĂrĂ© Guru, oneâs spiritual life actually begins.
C hapter 12 - p art 1
Bhaktivinoda-dhÀra
by BV ĂuddhĂ€dvaitĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja
In the bhakti-marga, the path of devotional service, the acceptance of a spiritual master is a fundamental principle. In the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€, after teaching some basic knowledge to Arjuna, KÄñëa tells him that if he wants to know the truth, he must approach a spiritual master [praĂ«ipĂ€tena], surrender unto him, ask him relevant questions in a humble mood [paripraçnena] and render service unto him [sevayĂ€]. Then the self-realised soul, who has seen the truth [tattva-darçinaĂč], will reveal to him the transcendental knowledge that he himself has realised.
In his ĂrĂ© Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu, ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GoswĂ€mĂ© has delineated sixty-four limbs of bhakti. It is of fundamental importance, and not merely by coincidence, that they begin by taking shelter of the holy feet of a guru: Ă€dau-guru-pĂ€dÀçraya, followed by receiving çikñÀ, instructions from him, then dĂ©kñÀ, initiation, and then viçrambheĂ«a guroĂč sevĂ€, rendering service unto him in a mood of intimate affection, considering him to be oneâs near and dear, as close as a family member.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja would say,
ââŠImagine that you somehow reach the spiritual world. ĂrĂ© KÄñëa will ask you what you want. You will tell Him, âMy dear Lord, kindly give me Your mercy.â He then will answer you, âI do not have any mercy left with Me. It is all with My pure devotees in the material world. You go back there and find one of them and get My mercy from one of them. I do not give mercy directlyâ.â
A lw A ys E
mbr
E d by K Äñë A
Although ĂrĂ© Krsna Himself is the Ă€di-guru, the original spiritual master and the source of bhakti itself, the guru is the manifestation of His mercy. He is the gateway to KÄñëa. He should therefore be sincerely and selflessly served in order to achieve success in bhakti. He receives the disciplesâ service on KÄñëaâs behalf, and he bestows the Lordâs mercy upon them.
yasya deve parĂ€ bhaktir yathĂ€ deve tathĂ€ gurau tasyaite kathitĂ€ hy arthĂ€Ăč prakÀçante mahĂ€tmanaĂč
âUnto those great souls who have the same unflinching bhakti for their guru and the Supreme Lord, the true import of the scriptures is revealed.â (ĂvetÀçvatara Upaniñad 6.23)
The conditioned soul struggling in the dreadful ocean of birth and death is utterly dependent on the mercy of a great soul. He has to accept that mahĂ€tmĂ€ as the captain of the ship to cross over that terrible bhava-sĂ€gara. The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam states that this human form is like a good boat to do so, but one needs a pilot, guru karĂ«a-dhĂ€ra, to ferry one across.
The word âvyĂ€saâ means âdiameter, to divide, to expandâ. Vedic knowledge was transmitted orally from master to disciple during the first three yugas: Satya, TretĂ€ and DvĂ€para. People were then able to concentrate their mind completely and were capable of remembering whatever they have been taught [çruti-dhara]. This ability is severely lacking for the people of Kali-yuga. Therefore, at the end of every DvĂ€para-yuga, at the eve of Kali-yuga, a sage called Veda-vyĂ€sa appears. In our yuga, we are particularly
C
hapter 12 - p art 1
Bhaktivinoda-dhÀra
fortunate as this sage is none other than an avatÀra of the Supreme Lord NÀrÀyaëa, KÄñëa DvaipÀyana VyÀsadeva. He is the literary incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
VyĂ€sadeva divided (vyĂ€sa) the one original Veda into four parts: the Ă k, SĂ€ma, Yajur and Atharva Vedas. He supplemented each of those four divisions with SaĂ hitĂ€s, BrĂ€hmaĂ«as, ĂraĂŹyakas and Upaniñadsâ, the latter being like the keys to understand the Vedic teachings. He also expanded those teachings by compiling other literatures like the MahĂ€bhĂ€rata and the PurÀëas. He crowned his work by writing the VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtras, also known as the BrahmasĂŒtras, which summarise the Upaniñadic teachings, and ended it with the cherry on top of the cake: the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam or BhĂ€gavata PurÀëa, which is his own commentary on the VedĂ€ntasĂŒtras.
By putting the çabda-brahma, or transcendental sound carrying the Vedic message, in written format, ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sadeva made it accessible to the unfortunate souls of Kali-yuga, preserving and propagating that timeless treasure. The individual bona fide spiritual master performs the work of ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sadeva by expanding this spiritual knowledge for the benefit of the conditioned souls. Therefore, his worship is known as VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. The spiritual master is offered a seat of honour called âthe seat of VyĂ€saâ, or vyĂ€sĂ€sana, from which he teaches the knowledge compiled by ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sadeva.
The tradition of VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ dates back for thousands of years. ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadevaâs son, ĂrĂ© Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ© worshipped his father who was also his spiritual master. That was the first VyĂ€sapĂŒjĂ€. Later on, ĂrĂ© Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ© was himself worshipped by ĂrĂ© SĂŒta GosvĂ€mĂ©, in what was the second VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€.
K Äñë A
Nowadays VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ is an annual celebration where the disciples offer homage to their spiritual master, due to feeling unlimitedly indebted to him for his constant showering of mercy upon them. Therefore, the disciples express their gratitude to him for all that he has done, is doing and will do for them, and glorify him. It is usually celebrated on two occasions: the birthday of the guru, and Guru PĂŒrĂ«imĂ€, or VyĂ€sa-purnima, the day of ĂrĂ© VedavyĂ€saâs advent, which occurs on the full moon day of the month of ĂñÀĂČha [June-July]. The disciples consider their bona fide spiritual master to be the representative of ĂrĂ© VyĂ€sadeva, non-different in truth from him, as he transmits the same knowledge compiled by the latter. Therefore, they celebrate every year his advent as VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ with great honour and reverence.
The VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ festival nurtures the devotional life of the disciple and reinforces his connection with his guru. ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da stated:
ââŠOnly by the grace of the spiritual master we can achieve the grace or mercy of KÄñëa. This is the meaning of this VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ âŠâ (Lecture, Atlanta 22 March 1975)
In his own prayer at the lotus feet of his spiritual master, ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da wrote in 1961:
ââŠSimply a festival of flowers and fruits does not constitute worship. The one who serves the message of the guru really worships himâŠ.â [2nd Vasistya, number 25*] As indeed the mere placing of a garland on the neck of the guru, or offering at his lotus feet a few flowers and some dakñiëÀ money, as a token of gratitude, does not constitute real worship of the guru, but surrendering oneself completely and guilelessly at his feet and fulfilling his manoâbhéñöaĂ or inner desires, doesâŠâ
* VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ offering to ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© GosvĂ€mĂ© ĂhĂ€kura, 1961, by ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da.
C hapter 12 - p art 1
Bhaktivinoda-dhÀra
ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu showed this principle by His own example when He received initiation from ĂrĂ© Ăçvara PurĂ©. He said, âO Gurudeva, I have surrendered My body and everything that is Mine at your lotus feet. I shall follow your every instruction. My only wish is to receive your merciful benediction by which you kindly make Me drink the transcendental nectar of ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâs lotus feet.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya BhĂ€gavata, Ădi-khaĂ«ĂČa 17.54-55)
As disciples* of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja, whom we look upon as ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs best disciple, and who presented his teachings in an amazingly inspiring and powerful way, we are happy to celebrate his VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. We remember his lotus feet, his oceanic laughter, amazing smile, boundless affection and merciful guidance. We lament his disappearance and grieve in separation from him. We pray that he keeps on guiding us and looks upon us with his divinely graceful glance from the nitya-lĂ©lĂ€ he entered upon leaving this mortal world.
* Authorâs note: BV ĂuddhĂ€dvaitĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja, previously known as JayĂ€ntakĂ„d dĂ€sa, is a disciple of ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da, he took çikñÀ from ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja for ten years (1986-1996). He is famous for his authoring the ĂrĂ© Guru Tattva paper of 1994. When commenting on this paper ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja stated, ââŠthis is the works of our Ă€cĂ€ryas, no one can defeat itâŠâ
C hapter t welve
The 60th Divine Appearance Festival*
All of Us Are Strung Together by The Thread of Devotion
athĂ€pi te deva padĂ€mbuja-dvayaprasĂ€da-leçÀnugĂ„hĂ©ta eva hi jĂ€nĂ€ti tattvaĂ bhagavan-mahimno na cĂ€nya eko âpi ciraĂ vicinvan (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 10.14.29)
When ĂrĂ© BrahmĂ€jĂ©, the master of yogĂ©s, went to test ĂrĂ© KÄñëa, his illusion was dispelled. He realised that this dark-complexioned, charming boy playing with the calves and cowherd boys was no ordinary child of a gopa. He understood, âThis is indeed the Supreme Personality of Godhead, ĂrĂ© KÄñëa, the reservoir of all bliss and the Absolute Truth.â
At that moment, BrahmÀjé, with a heart full of remembrance, sang the glories of the Lord. The meaning of the verse he recited is as follows:
âO Lord! Only he who has received even a trace of the mercy of Your lotus feet can understand the essence of Your divine glories. But those who strive for endless ages through dry speculation and mental scrutiny, analysing the vast expanse of scriptures, cannot attain that truth.â
* These offerings are translated from Oriya into English by PrabhupÀda PriyÀ Sevaka dÀsa.
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
Just as the Lord is worshippable, so too are His pure devotees. Therefore, as we glorify the Lord, we must also glorify His devotees. For, kÄñëa-samya haite haya baĂČa bhakta-pada â the position of a dear devotee is greater than that of Lord KÄñëa Himself.
In the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 9.4.63, the Lord declares:
ahaĂ bhakta-parĂ€dhĂ©no hy asvatantra iva dvija sĂ€dhubhir grasta-hĂ„dayo bhaktair bhakta-jana-priyaĂč
âI am completely under the control of My devotees. Indeed, I am not at all independent. Because My devotees are completely devoid of material desires, I sit only within the core of their hearts. What to speak of My devotee, even those who are devotees of My devotee are very dear to Me.â
My most worshippable guru-pĂ€dapadma, ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad Gour Govinda GosvĂ€mĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja, is one such eternal associate of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa. Today, on the auspicious occasion of his 60th VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ celebration, I humbly attempt to glorify him, joining all present and absent disciples and wellwishers. ĂrĂ© BrahmĂ€jĂ© begged for the Lordâs mercy to understand His glories. Similarly, today, I beg for the mercy of my guru-pĂ€dapadma. The only shelter for conditioned souls like us is the lotus feet of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa. To attain those fearless lotus feet, we must hold tightly to the thread of devotion taught by the guru. Holding firmly to the one and only thread of devotion that leads to the shelter of those fearless lotus feet, ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva descends from that divine realm. In this material world, where countless fallen souls like us, like wildflowers, wither and fade away, it is only by his boundless mercy that we are given a place in that sacred thread of bhakti.
Leaving behind false ego, we have taken a firm vow to engage in the service of the Lord. Our only aspiration is to enhance the beauty of the garland of devotion. Yet, even amidst this joy, a doubt arises: If we are all parts of this garland, why does the Lordâs beauty not increase? Alas!
hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
We are foolish. Despite being parts of the divine garland, our impurities obstruct His splendour. What is needed is to purify ourselves through unalloyed devotion, following the footsteps of the guru. Only then can the garland of devotees truly adorn the Lord, reflecting His limitless glory.
Whose splendour is amplified by whom? Who becomes radiant due to whom? The conclusive answer to this has already been given by the venerable ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ©pĂ€da in his immortal work ĂrĂ© BhaktirasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu. The ornaments adorning the transcendental body of Lord ĂrĂ© KÄñëa do not enhance His beauty; rather, those very ornaments become resplendent due to the divine effulgence emanating from His sacred form. As it is beautifully stated: bhĂŒĂ±aĂ«era bhĂŒĂ±aĂ«a aĂŹga, tĂ€heĂŹ lalita tri-bhaĂŹga â the ornaments are themselves ornamented by His enchanting limbs.
In this context, another thought arises: ĂrĂ© RĂ€macandra, by constructing a bridge across the ocean, annihilated the mighty demon RĂ€vaĂ«a of LaĂŹkĂ€ and rescued SĂ©tĂ€ DevĂ©. For these divine pastimes, the Lord enlisted the service of an innumerable army of monkeys. The stones inscribed with Lord RĂ€maâs name, entrusted to the monkey commander HanumĂ€njĂ©, were cast into the roaring waves of the tempestuous ocean. The invincible RĂ€vaĂ«a and his descendants were effortlessly vanquished. Now, was this the achievement of the monkeys and HanumĂ€njĂ©, or was it the causeless mercy of ĂrĂ© RĂ€macandra? Indeed, throughout the ages, the Lord ceaselessly strives to bestow the highest good upon His devotees. How could there be any exception here? Similarly, our most beloved Gurudeva has now started again work on the semi-constructed ĂrĂ© KÄñëa BalarĂ€ma Temple with a troop of similar âmonkeysâ â humble disciples.
I cannot recall the exact date. Last year, during the final days of PhĂ€lguna, after the MĂ€ulĂ© tree had shed its blossoms, the sounds of the templeâs evening Ă€ratĂ© â conch, bells, and cymbals â purified my heart and soul. Having witnessed the Ă€ratĂ© of ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© Gaura-NitĂ€i, I proceeded to Gurudevaâs bhajana kuöéra. After some casual conversation, suddenly â I sat up straight. What instruction was this? âThe temple construction has not yet begun?â Gurudeva, in his characteristically grave tone, remarked, âThey [the senior devotees] are testing me â if I am entrusted
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
with that responsibility, can I complete this templeâs construction? I have assured them I can.â That day, his words sowed a fog of doubt within me. Concealing my inner turmoil, I thought, âWe lack sufficient dedicated devotees here. How will this task be accomplished?â Gurudeva smiled and said, âĂrĂ© RĂ€macandra also declared war against RĂ€vaĂ«a with an army of monkeys. My Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja has sent me these servants, and with them, I hope to fulfill his desire.â Though there were many reasons to laugh, the firmness in Gurudevaâs words cast a solemn silence over the room. Today, I vividly recall how that dayâs exchange stirred a tempest within my heart. If I could mold myself into even a single soldier of this âmonkey army,â my life would attain purpose. My acceptance of Guruâs shelter would find meaning.
Indeed, three months later (June 30, 1988), having prepared myself, I joined that âmonkey armyâ. The joy of that day defies description through mere ink and paper. After years of neglect, the templeâs construction has recommenced. The half-built temple now brims with cement, bricks, sand, iron rods, and more. The clanging of VishvakarmĂ€sâ hammers draws the gaze of passersby on the bustling path. Among all temples in Orissa, the newly constructed çikhara of this temple aspires to touch the sky, fostering a spirit of holy competition. ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs vision now inches closer to materialisation. Yet, the same question resurfaces: Are we, the so-called âmonkeysâ, entitled to any glory in todayâs successful progress? Is there not an invisible hand working covertly behind this? Whose inspiration has filled our hearts with relentless zeal, enabling us to forsake all material comforts and advance on this exalted path? Whose wisdom has granted us the skill to execute every detail of this grand ĂrĂ© KÄñëa-BalarĂ€ma temple? Whose empathy empowers us to laughingly endure every obstacle in the field of service? Whose magnanimity forgives all our faults and fuels our courage to march forward? Are we not illuminated by His radiance? Are we not reflections of His glory? Do we not bask in His fame?
Such questions arise, yet this lowly soul knows the only answer:
yogyatÀ-vicÀre, kichu nÀhi pÀi, tomÀra karuëÀ-sÀra
C hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
âConsidering my qualification, I find none; your mercy is everything.â [ĂaraëÀgati, Song 11]
O Gurudeva! Today, we are illuminated by your effulgence, enlightened by your wisdom, and sustained by your grace. Without you, we are but dim stars in the daylight. HanumĂ€n, SugrĂ©va, AĂŹgada, Nala, and other monkey warriors became mighty solely by ĂrĂ© RĂ€macandraâs mercy. Similarly, by Lord ĂrĂ© RĂ€macandraâs grace, HanumĂ€n and other exalted devotees are celebrated for aiding in bridging the ocean and slaying RĂ€vaĂ«a. But this feeble soul lacks the strength to carry the Lord on his shoulders across the seven seas and thirteen rivers to reach those eager devotees abroad â those yearning to break free from materialismâs dense veil, those thirsting for a glimpse of ĂrĂ©la Gurudevaâs lotus feet, those whose faces bear the marks of anticipation for the nectar flowing from Gurudevaâs lips.
Thus, on this auspicious occasion, I beg alms from Gurudeva, as ever: Infuse this body, weakened by prolonged service to illusion, with the elixir of your mercy. May this body always and forever remain engaged in the service of the most worshippable ĂrĂ©la Gurudevaâs lotus feet. Only then will this life, spent in pursuit of the Absolute, attain its true fulfillment.
Submitted in aspiration to serve the lotus feet, Caitanya Candra dÀsa*
You, whose effulgent throat resounds with supremely sweet and melodious vibrations, whose divine gaze is unparalleled, and whose compassion and discipline have the power to attract even a wretched,
* Caitanya Candra dÀsa (1947-2024) served as the Temple President of ISKCON Bhubaneswar, managed all Western correspondence for Gurudeva until the beginning of 1992, and travelled to various locations around the world with Gurudeva.
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
lowly, sinful, and distant soul like me â on your auspicious 60th appearance day, O most worshippable, transcendentally glorious ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva, I offer countless prostrations at your divine lotus feet.
namo oà viñëu-pÀdÀya
kÄñëa-preñöhĂ€ya bhĂŒtale
çrémate gaura-govinda svÀmin iti nÀmine
Today marks the arrival of that long-awaited, supremely cherished, and deeply desired day. In the hearts of devotees, there is unparalleled eagerness, boundless joy, and overwhelming emotion, for Gurudeva has redirected the course of their countless lifetimes â hitherto wandering divergent paths â onto the boundless path of kÄñëa-prema.
brahmÀëĂČa bhramite kona bhĂ€gyavĂ€n jĂ©va guru-kÄñëa-prasĂ€de pĂ€ya bhakti-latĂ€-bĂ©ja
Wandering through 8,400,000 species in the material cosmos, only the most fortunate souls attain the darçana of a kÄñëa-tattva-vettÀ guru. Through his mercy, the seed of devotional service (bhakti-latÀ-béja) is sown within their hearts.
ĂrĂ© KÄñëa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the embodiment of eternity, knowledge, and bliss. He is the centre of all attraction. His form is supremely enchanting. Similarly, His words are also supremely enchanting, and if one hears them from the pure lips of a saintly devotee or Gurudeva, the sorrow, illusion, and disease within the heart are completely eradicated. Therefore, ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam states:
satÀà prasaĂŹgĂ€n mama vĂ©rya-saĂ vido bhavanti hĂ„t-karĂ«a-rasĂ€yanĂ€Ăč kathĂ€Ăč taj-joñaëÀd Àçv apavarga-vartmani çraddhĂ€ ratir bhaktir anukramiñyati (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 3.25.25)
The nigama-kalpa-taru (Vedas) are the wish-fulfilling tree of divine knowledge. The Brahma-sĂŒtra (VedĂ€nta-sĂŒtra) is its flower, and ĂrĂ©mad-
C
hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
BhĂ€gavatam is its ripened fruit. When this fruit becomes fully mature and is relished through the mouth of Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ©, its sweetness increases infinitely. Similarly, when the nectarean hari-kathĂ€ emanating from the Lordâs lotus lips is glorified through the mouth of Gurudeva, it becomes a million times more potent. Had ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam not been recited by ĂrĂ©la Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ©, the transcendental ambition of MahĂ€rĂ€ja ParĂ©kñit, the great soul, would not have been fulfilled. Hence, it is stated in ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam:
nigama-kalpa-taror galitaĂ phalaà çuka-mukhĂ€d amĂ„ta-drava-saĂ yutam pibata bhĂ€gavataĂ rasam Ă€layam muhur aho rasikĂ€ bhuvi bhĂ€vukĂ€Ăč
âO expert and thoughtful men, relish ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, the mature fruit of the desire tree of Vedic literatures. It emanated from the lips of ĂrĂ© Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ©. Therefore this fruit has become even more tasteful, although its nectarean juice was already relishable for all, including liberated souls.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 1.1.3)
All the devotees are offering their heartfelt offerings unto Gurudeva. Although it is utterly impossible for a fallen, unqualified soul like me, still unable to restrain the emotions of this restless mind, I offer the scrapings of my heart at your lotus feet. If even this becomes possible, I shall consider my life successful.
hari he!
Ă€mi aparĂ€dhĂ© jana, sadĂ€ daĂ«ĂČya durlakhaĂ«a, sahasra sahasra doñe doñé bhĂ©ma-bhabĂ€rĂ«abodare, patita biñama ghore, gati-hĂ©na gati-abhilÀñé
âOh my Lord Hari! I have been a great offender to You, and thus I am quite fit to receive punishment for all of my wicked misdeeds. I am guilty of committing thousands upon thousands of sins. I have somehow fallen into the belly of the terribly deep, dark, and fearsome ocean of material existence, and I have no
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
shelter at all in this hellish place. Therefore I am greatly desirous of finding salvation from this dreadful predicament.â (ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© GĂ©tĂ€mĂ€lĂ€, 1.17.1, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura)
Just as darkness dissipates and light inevitably follows, as night gives way to day and death leads to rebirth, the eternal and imperishable lineage of the guru-paramparĂ€ remains ever-existing and shall continue eternally. When His Divine Grace ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad A.C. BhaktivedĂ€nta Swami PrabhupĂ€da concluded his manifest pastimes in this mortal world, there were those who, feeling helpless, prayed fervently at the Lordâs lotus feet: âWho will now guide us in this dire time? Who will liberate us from the chains of mĂ€yĂ€?â At that very moment, like the sun rising from the eastern horizon to dispel the darkness, my most worshippable Gurudeva, with his thunderous voice steeped in çÀstric authority, fulfilled the innermost aspirations of ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da, astounding the entire world. All became spellbound by his transcendental message. Just as bees are irresistibly drawn to the fragrance of blooming flowers, devotees from distant France, America, Australia, England, Africa, and other lands â attracted by Gurudevaâs profound, scripturally sound discourses via cassette recordings â gathered as one at ĂrĂ© KÄñëa BalarĂ€ma Mandira in Bhubaneswar, the capital of Orissa. Through Gurudevaâs rare and potent hari-kathĂ€, they became jubilant, dancing in ecstasy.
Many devotees, renouncing worldly attachments, have firmly resolved to serve Guru-GaurÀÏga. Yet, reflecting on past days brings profound sorrow. Twelve years ago, when the foundation of this temple was being laid, Gurudeva personally oversaw all services for the Lord. He would travel to Nayapalli and various colonies in Bhubaneswar to collect alms, prepare offerings, and present them to the Lord. Spending all his strength and energy, he made tireless efforts to immerse fallen souls in the graceful flow of KÄñëaâs mercy so that they would chant the holy name of KÄñëa. This sincere and extraordinary endeavour is truly praiseworthy.
ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu graciously bestowed upon the ĂaĂČ GosvĂ€mĂ©s the service of ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€-KÄñëa. These services were: 1) Authoring Vaiñëava scriptures, 2) Reclaiming lost holy places, 3) Establishing permanent abodes (for the Lord), and 4) Manifesting devotional service.
hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
The GosvÀmés renounced all material opulence as insignificant and wholeheartedly jumped into the nÀma-yajïa (sacrifice of the holy name) at the lotus feet of MahÀprabhu. They kicked away worldly riches and abundance with their feet. Yet, those very riches, wealth, and abundance returned to their doorstep, which they utilised in the service to the Lord.
For instance, when a sparçamaĂ«i (touchstone) appeared at the feet of ĂrĂ© SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ©, he discarded it. But it returned to him again, and he employed it to construct a beautiful temple for the Lord. Similarly, our revered Gurudeva, responding to the call of his spiritual master, abandoned all material opulence, power, and prestige. He resides to this day in a simple cottage, detached and fully absorbed in devotion. Foreign devotees and disciples, as instruments of the Lord, now send abundant resources (LakñmĂ©) to him, which Gurudeva utilises to fulfill his guruâs ultimate desire: constructing the majestic ĂrĂ© KÄñëa-BalarĂ€ma Mandira. A mere particle of our infinitely merciful Gurudevaâs grace has today touched countless souls. Yet, my heartâs innermost core aches with this confession: I remain utterly unworthy of his compassion â lowly and unfit. Gradually, I find myself drifting from the path of devotion. Despite Gurudevaâs relentless efforts, my endeavours remain futile. My memory falters; no taste awakens for chanting the Lordâs holy names. Is this Guru and GaurÀÏgaâs severe test upon me?
O supremely magnanimous Gurudeva! You have mercifully granted this fallen soul a sliver of opportunity to serve you. On this sacred day, my only prayer is this: May hope and enthusiasm surge within my heart to chant the Lordâs names and glories. May my body brim with boundless energy to serve Guru and GaurÀÏga. May my heart overflow with selfless fervour. This is my humble plea at your lotus feet on this most auspicious occasion.
Your unworthy, fallen, and insignificant servant of the servants, Advaita ĂcĂ€rya dĂ€sa.*
* Advaita ĂcĂ€rya dĂ€sa (now Bhakti PrÀëa GopĂ©nĂ€tha MahĂ€rĂ€ja) served as the Vice Temple President of ISKCON Bhubaneswar, handled all Oriya correspondence for ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva, and led the Orissa pĂ€da-yĂ€trĂ€.
K Äñë A
namaĂč oĂ viñëu-pĂ€dĂ€ya kÄñëa-preñöhĂ€ya bhĂŒtale çrĂ©mate gaura govinda svĂ€min iti nĂ€mine
O most worshippable and revered ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva! On this sacred day of your divine appearance, this humble servant offers devout obeisances at your lotus feet. After the agonisingly long wait since last yearâs VyĂ€sapĂŒjĂ€, the much-awaited return of that grand festival is now approaching. On this day, sixty years ago, our revered Gurudeva initiated his manifest pastimes within this material world. The prime objective of his advent is to shower mercy upon the externally engrossed souls. As ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu Himself declares:
yĂ€re dekha, tĂ€re kaha âkÄñëaâ-upadeça Ă€mĂ€ra Ă€jĂŻĂ€ya guru haĂŻĂ€ tĂ€raâ ei deça (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 7.128)
He descends to inundate the entire world with the kĂ©rtana of KÄñëaâs glories. By his own sweet will, he appears and departs. Manifesting in this world, he guides the conditioned souls to realise their constitutional position (svarĂŒpĂ€nubhĂŒti), dispelling the darkness of ignorance with the light of transcendental knowledge. Countless souls revolve helplessly within the cycle of karma, bound by the wheel of time. Their deliverance is possible only by taking shelter of Lord Mukundaâs lotus feet. As stated,
brahmÀëĂČa bhramite kona bhĂ€gyavĂ€n jĂ©va guru-kÄñëa-prasĂ€de pĂ€ya bhakti-latĂ€-bĂ©ja (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 19.151)
The guru alone, being a manifestation of the Supreme Lord, plants the seed of bhakti-latĂ€. He teaches the path of surrender and mercifully grants the supreme benediction of kÄñëa-bhakti. Moreover, he directs the restless souls, entangled in material pursuits, toward the darçana of the Lord and dispatches them to KÄñëaâs proximity. For the conditioned soul to attain BhagavĂ€n, the dual mercy of guru and KÄñëa is essential. Since
C
hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
devotion is the soulâs eternal function, through bhajana, the soulâs cit potency awakens, and service to the Lord begins.
In this special age of Kali, the avatĂ€ri puruña, ĂrĂ© KÄñëa Himself, desires to propagate the saĂŹkĂ©rtana-yajĂŻa in the mood of a devotee. The yuga-dharma is the congregational chanting of the holy name. As the Lord proclaims:
yuga-dharma pravartĂ€imu nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana cĂ€ri bhĂ€va-bhakti diyĂ€ nĂ€cĂ€mu bhuvana (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 3.19)
In each age, the Lord establishes the religious principles.
yuga-dharma pracĂ€raĂ«a haila aà ça-hetu Ă€mĂ€ vinĂ€ anya nĂ€re braja-prema dite (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 3.26)
Here, Lord Gaurahari asserts: âThe distribution of prema-bhakti, accomplished through Me, cannot be replicated by anyone else.â
Thus, contemplating the plight of Kali-yuga, ĂrĂ© KÄñëa descends as Gaura:
eta bhĂ€viâ kali-kĂ€le prathama sandhyĂ€ya avatĂ©rĂ«a hailĂ€ kÄñëa Ă€pani nadĂ©yĂ€ya (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 3.29)
At the dawn of Kali-yuga, the Lord incarnates in Nadia. Yet, ĂrĂ© Gaurasundara, unsatisfied merely by His Nadia pastimes, resolves to manifest diverse pastimes globally.
tĂ€hĂ€te Ă€pana bhakta-gaĂ«a kariâ saĂŹge pĂ„thivĂ©te avatariâ karimu nĂ€nĂ€ raĂŹge (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 3.28)
âI shall wander the whole Earth along with My devotees, performing multifarious pastimes.â
K Äñë A
Thus, the Lord descends with His eternal associates to distribute the once-concealed treasure of prema.
The saĂŹkĂ©rtana movement of Gaurahari reverberates globally. Devotees, overwhelmed by ecstasy, dance in transcendental emotion. Witnessing these unprecedented pastimes, the world stands awestruck. To sustain this flood of prema, ĂrĂ© Gaurasundara proclaims:
pĂ„thivĂ©te Ă€che yata nagarĂ€di grĂ€ma sarvatra pracĂ€ra haibe mora nĂ€ma (Caitanya-bhĂ€gavata, Antya-khaĂ«ĂČa)
Five centuries later, this prophecy found its fulfillment through the empowered efforts of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da â the illustrious disciple of ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura, in the name of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON)âŠ
âŠThus began his foremost discipleâs [ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami] relentless mission. Through heart-melting discourses and unflinching dedication, he illuminated Utkala [the ancient name of Orissa/Odisha] and the world. In a very short time, this great devotee will become widely recognised across the entire land of Utkala and throughout the world. With profound devotional sentiments imbued with divine enthusiasm, he will continuously serve by presenting deeply touching and essence-laden discourses. ⊠The transcendental pastimes of this great saint are unfathomable! With unwavering affection and exemplary Vaiñëava conduct, he delivers the materially entangled hearts of every visitor. Within moments of sublime conversation, he makes them his own â completely surrendered. His sole entreaty to all is not for himself, but for the welfare of every soul: âCome here daily. Eagerly hear the divine BhĂ€gavatam. Understand the ultimate goal of human life.â Such are the potent, nectar-like words emanating from his lips! Drawn by this ambrosial eloquence, countless devotees â residing in Bhubaneswar, nearby towns, and across the globe â relieve their mountainous doubts through letters or by hearing his discourses. Many, like myself, take initiation from him, becoming his trying to be disciples. With a heart brimming with mercy, he forgives all the offences of his disciples and
C hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
engages them in appropriate service, guiding their minds to fix firmly upon the lotus feet of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa.
O embodiment of compassion, O living emblem of sacred mantras â ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva, the most worshipful ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad Gour Govinda Swami. Upon this unworthy servant, he incessantly showers one tender admonition: âServe diligently. Do not be impatient. A donkey carries sandalwood but remains unaware of its fragrance. Who knows â perhaps after lifetimes, the scent may finally touch its nostrils, rendering its labour fruitful! Cultivate patience, serve with enthusiasm, and thrive.â Such is the boundless compassion he bestows upon this fallen disciple. Yet, despite his endless grace, this lowly jĂ©va remains ensnared by the witch of mĂ€yĂ€, his mind polluted by base desires and material attachments.
Though partaking of the Vaiñëava remnants (prasĂ€da), his heart remains drowned in endless illusions. In the divine language of ĂrĂ©la Narottama dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura:
açeña mÀyÀte mana magana hoilo vaiñëavete leça mÀtra rati nÀ janmilo
âMy mind is endlessly absorbed in mĂ€yĂ€, and I do not even have the slightest loving attachment to the Vaiñëavas.â
O saviour of the fallen! ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva! On this sacred, eternally memorable day, this wretched servant humbly prays: Please consider me a mere speck of dust at your lotus feet. Bestow causeless mercy upon this soul, who remains averse to the Supreme Lord and entangled in worldly attachments. Grant me the opportunity to serve ĂrĂ© KÄñëa â the embodiment of non-duality and truth â and bind me eternally to your divine lotus feet, birth after birth.
Your service-aspiring fallen servant, ĂtmĂ€rĂ€ma dĂ€sa.*
ISKCON â Bhubaneswar**
* ĂtmĂ€rĂ€ma dĂ€sa was, at the time of writing this offering, the Life Membership Director for ISKCON Bhubaneswar.
** This offering has been condensed for printing purposes.
by K Äñë A
O, gift of KÄñëa! The epitome of His causeless mercy! My dear ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva, it is by your causeless mercy that you appeared before this unworthy servant in 1975. Once again, it is by your boundless compassion that you took this mleccha and brought him to the most exalted spiritual personality, the eternal associate of KÄñëa, His Divine Grace ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad Abhaya CaraëÀravinda-Bhaktivedanta Swami ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da, in 1977.
Once more, dear ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva, with your ever-expanding heart full of mercy, you granted shelter to this fallen soul at the dust of your divine lotus feet on the auspicious day of ĂrĂ© RĂ€ma-navamĂ© in 1985.
Furthermore, it is you, and you alone, dear ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva â the very embodiment of causeless divine compassion â who, by your divine grace, took this mleccha, this fallen servant, to serve in the worldwide spiritual preaching program in 1986.
Even now, O my great and dear spiritual master, it is your unimaginable example of love and compassion that continues to keep this ungrateful offender at the dust of your divine lotus feet, as his final hope for survival. Yet, how terribly I have betrayed you, the epitome of KÄñëaâs loving compassion and ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs mercy! In 1989, not only did I fail to fulfill the promise I made during my sacred dĂ©kñÀ ceremony â one that your Divine Grace kindly requested â but I also became an ungrateful betrayer of your divine will.
And yet, even after such offences, I still hold onto the hope that your causeless mercy, along with the mercy of His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da and KÄñëa, will lift this fallen servant from the lowest, hellish state to the highest plane of unalloyed, nectarean service to the offense-free devotees. It is with this hope and belief that I continue to live, clinging to your ever-compassionate mercy, without which darkness would surely prevail around me.
C
hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
Therefore, O ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva, please accept my humble, prostrated daĂ«ĂČavat praëÀms on this auspicious occasion of your holy appearance day. All glories to His Divine Grace ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad Gour Govinda Swami, ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva.
All glories to His Divine Grace ĂrĂ© Srimad A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da!
All glories to KÄñëa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and to His magnanimous incarnation, ĂrĂ©mĂ€n Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu!
With this sincere, heartfelt prayer before Their Lordships, ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© Gour-NitĂ€i, ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© KÄñëa BalarĂ€ma, and Lord ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© JagannĂ€tha, Balabhadra, and SubhadrĂ€, I pray that They grant a long and healthy life to your exalted Divine Grace.
I remain your eternal, but worst offender servant, ĂacĂ©nandana dĂ€sa.*
cakñu-dÀna dila yei, janme janme prabhu se
On this sacred day of ĂrĂ©la Gurudevaâs 60th Ă€virbhĂ€va-tithi (appearance anniversary), I humbly offer my bhaktyĂ€rghya, heartâs homage at his divine lotus feet. I offer respectful obeisances to all present at this festival â my guru-bhĂ€rĂ€tĂ€ (spiritual brothers), guru-bhaginĂ© (spiritual sisters), and to all other devotees.
tava kathĂ€mĂ„taĂ tapta-jĂ©vanaĂ kavibhir Ă©ĂČitaĂ kalmañÀpaham çravaĂ«a-maĂŹgalaà çrĂ©mad Ă€tataĂ bhuvi gÄëanti ye bhĂŒri-dĂ€ janĂ€Ăč (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 10.31.9)
* ĂacĂ©nandana dĂ€sa (1954 - 2017) was the chief negotiator for ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva and served as Gurudevaâs attendant - while travelling to various parts of the world.
K Äñë A
âThe nectar of Your words and the descriptions of Your activities are the life and soul of those suffering in this material world. These narrations, transmitted by self-realised sages, eradicate all sinful reactions. Hearing about You is the most auspicious path for those who wander through this world. Those who spread Your glories are the most munificent benefactors.â
This verse from ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam is profoundly significant. By meditating upon it, we realise who our true well-wisher is. Our most beloved ĂrĂ© Gurudeva extinguishes the blazing fire of our material existence. We are all scorched by the threefold miseries â Ă€dhyĂ€tmika [suffering due to oneâs own body and mind], Ă€dhibhautika [suffering caused by other beings], and Ă€dhidaivika [suffering due to supernatural disturbances]. To escape this restless condition, we must hear the transcendental topics of the Lord from the lips of pure devotees like ĂrĂ© Gurudeva. Such hearing bestows supreme auspiciousness, enabling us to attain lifeâs ultimate goal â kÄñëa-prema (love for ĂrĂ© KÄñëa). Thus, ĂrĂ© Gurudeva is our ultimate benefactor.
Again, in Bhagavad-gétÀ (5.29) the Lord says,
bhoktĂ€raĂ yajĂŻa-tapasÀà sarva-loka-maheçvaram suhĂ„daĂ sarva-bhĂŒtĂ€nÀà jĂŻĂ€tvĂ€ mÀà çÀntim Ă„cchati
ĂrĂ© KÄñëa alone is our supreme well-wisher. Knowing this grants eternal peace. Though all strive for temporary happiness in this material world, the Supreme Lord Himself instructs the means to attain Him. Yet, ĂrĂ© Gurudeva is even more merciful than the Lord, for he is KÄñëaâs most confidential servant. In this world, so-called well-wishers operate under motives of profit and loss. A slight disturbance turns them into enemies â an experience we all share. But ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva is not like that type of person. He voluntarily descends to liberate us from material bondage. As ĂrĂ© Gurudeva says, âIf I can deliver even one soul from the clutches of mĂ€yĂ€, my position as guru is fulfilled. To rescue one disciple, I have to spend gallons of spiritual blood.â
C hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
saĂ sĂ€ra-dĂ€vĂ€nala-lĂ©ĂČha-lokatrÀëÀya kĂ€ruĂ«ya-ghanĂ€ghanatvam prĂ€ptasya kalyÀëa-guëÀrĂ«avasya vande guroĂč çrĂ©-caraëÀravindam (ĂrĂ© Gurvañöakam, Verse 1)
ĂrĂ© Gurudeva descends with the ocean of compassion; he is from the Spiritual World. Though ĂrĂ© KÄñëa is an ocean of mercy, He places the pot of kĂ„pĂ€ sĂ€gara in the hand of ĂrĂ© Gurudeva, to distribute that mercy. This is Gurudevaâs own property.
O Gurudeva! I am yours eternally. Do with me as you desire. On this sacred day, my only prayer is: sebÀ nudhyÀé.
GokulÀnanda dÀsa.*
âO Society of Criticisers, Listen!â
oĂ ajĂŻĂ€na-timirĂ€ndhasya jĂŻĂ€nÀïjana-çalĂ€kayĂ€ cakñur unmĂ©litaĂ yena tasmai çrĂ©-gurave namaĂč
namaĂč oĂ viñëu-pĂ€dĂ€ya kÄñëa-preñöhĂ€ya bhĂŒtale srĂ©mate gaura-govinda svĂ€min iti nĂ€mine
O most revered ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva!
On this sacred day of your VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€, this very fallen servant offers crores of humble obeisances at your divine lotus feet. To glorify your transcendental pastimes and qualities is utterly beyond the capacity of this unworthy soul. Yet, my heart remains ever restless to sing your glories. When will this longing be fulfilled? Day by day, this society of blasphemers overflows with those envious of the Supreme Lord and pure
* GokulĂ€nanda dĂ€sa: a very early follower and disciple of Srila Gurudeva and assisting engineer in the construction of our beloved Gurudevaâs temples and projects.
by K Äñë A
devotees like yourself. When shall I become capable of refuting their vile words, revealing your magnificence, and melting their stone-like hearts? To proclaim your fame and deliver the blinded society by spreading the message of your beloved Goloka-dhÀma is our duty. Thus, today, I attempt to reveal even a fragment of your glory before these envious souls.
In this world, almost cent percent â all types of men â karmĂ©s, jĂŻĂ€nĂ©s, yogĂ©s, atheists, and demons â are filled with malice, envy, and hatred toward devotees of the Lord and His service. They refuse to trust in devotional service or the servants of God. If someone speaks to them about the Lord or the saintly devotees, they instantly flare up like HiraĂ«yakaçipu or RĂ€vaĂ«a. Present society teems with such demons disguised as human beings. Among them, some propound doctrines like, âLive only to gratify the senses!â Others declare, âWork hard and enjoy luxuries!â Some preach, âServe the masses and worship the poor as God!â Yet others, pseudo-intellectuals, advocate, âPractice meditation and austerities!â Thus, these varied philosophies mislead innocent people, derailing them from the true purpose of human life and forcing souls to wander through repeated birth and death. These fools, however, disbelieve in the cycle of rebirth. Mistaking the body as the all-in-all, they obsess over bodily comforts and become ensnared by mĂ€yĂ€, accepting truth as falsehood and vice versa. Due to such arrogance, they refuse to surrender to anyone as servants. Worse still, they blaspheme saints, çÀstra, and Vaiñëavas, spewing out harsh criticisms. This is proof of their delusion under mĂ€yĂ€âs grip. So-called leaders, elders, intellectuals, scholars, and âexpertsâ of society are all cradled in mĂ€yĂ€âs lap. How, then, can they recognise saints, çÀstra, gurus, and mahĂ€janas as the worldâs most precious treasures? Yet, if they lack such vision, who empowered them to utter such blasphemies?
Furthermore, certain so-called respectable personalities â selfproclaimed âgreat soulsâ, âleadersâ, âintellectualsâ, and âvirtuous men âmake declarations that pierce the heart with sorrow. The first sorrow is this: these very ones do not engage in devotional service. In the second case â they express reproach, derision, and obscene remarks toward those who are bhajanakĂ€ri bhagavad devotees, the lovers of the Lord, those who are the saintly gurus and the great assembly of Vaiñëavites. Such persons
C hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
are so materialistic that they cannot, by mere seeing and experiencing, behold the pure reality.
Concerning these very persons, ĂrĂ© PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja has said (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.5.31):
na te viduĂč svĂ€rtha-gatiĂ hi viñëuĂ durÀçayĂ€ ye bahir-artha-mĂ€nina andhĂ€ yathĂ€ndhair upanĂ©yamĂ€nĂ€s te âpéça-tantryĂ€m uru-dĂ€mni baddhĂ€Ăč
[They do not know â from their foolishness â that Lord Viñëu is the ultimate object of life; just as a blind man cannot lead another blind man, so also under the leadership of such fools one is bound to be led astray.]
Again, there are some persons who are so-called spiritualists; by their own intellect and the power of their partial efforts they set out to understand the Lord and establish in society their fabricated opinions; and by opening up so-called spiritual institutions they also misguide the simple, ignorant masses with non-scriptural teachings. That is to say â those leaders who, having fallen into ignorance, show the path of destruction have boarded a flimsy raft; and those who follow them are likewise aboard that raft. What becomes of such a raft in water? It is overwhelmed along with its passengers. The true devotees, the saints, and the Vaiñëava, denounce these very persons.
There are also some so-called dharma dhvajĂ€ dhĂ€rĂ©s; who, by establishing in society such pseudo-spiritual institutions and by proclaiming themselves to be incarnations of the Lord, criticise the genuine saints. Concerning these very persons our parama-guru, ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad BhaktivedĂ€nta SvĂ€mĂ© PrabhupĂ€dajĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja has proclaimed with a thunderous voice:
âOne who claims himself as an incarnation of the Lord, is rascal and one who accepts him as such, is also a rascal.â
K Äñë A
Furthermore, the renowned Vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€rya, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da has also targeted them by saying:
âHe who in reality is an impious or ignoble person â who calls the true saints by countless names, slandering them in many ways â by such false identifications he himself falls. By assuming the semblance of a saint and by fattening the trap of his own heart with milk and bananas, he establishes himself in society as a saint.â
In this way, by a myriad of divergent opinions, society becomes completely pervaded by such persons. The pure devotee (the guru-pĂ€dapadma) â the one in whom the manifestation of Lord KÄñëa and the allpervading mercy of His transcendental form are established â is not held in the minds of all these materialistic and so-called spiritual preachers.
Their very conception is far removed; they say, âThese head-shaved persons, those who bear tilaka on their foreheads and wear saffron dress, have no business at all. They do not labour â they merely eat in the maöha and sleep in the khaöa (bed). These persons are not industrious; they are the very burden of society, a disgrace to it.â
But see, in truth, what are these (sĂ€dhus, mahĂ€janas) giving to society? And what is society giving to them? In order to bring about their downfall, society itself has built a case against them. O eminent leaders of society, the magistrates and officials, and the so-called knowledgeable, virtuous paĂ«ĂČitas â when will you ever settle this matter? This is our question. Then, in answer to this very question we firmly say, âNo.â No one addresses such devotees as either the boon or the bane of society.
Now consider the ethical society, the society of diligent workers, the society of the truly knowledgeable and behold! Such persons (the sĂ€dhus) are indeed the ornaments of society, not a disgrace. They are not a burden to the society. They have understood the welfare of society and are the true friends of the people; they have understood the value of labour â they are Àçraya-vigraha BhagavĂ€n. It is through their very existence that there is dharma and auspiciousness in the world. In their treasure house the riches are inexhaustible, and whatever they do for society is so glorious that it cannot be glorified by possessing even hundreds of tongues; and
hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
in return society clings to them as if in indebtedness. In truth, if society were to reflect upon these matters, then on earth today one would not see the demonic dance of the péçÀcÀs, and there would be abundant order and unity. Therefore, since there has been growing unrest, injustice, violence, and clamour in society, it is none but a natural reaction.
Then, O criticisers of the saintly personalities, why do these sĂ€dhus, gurus, and mahĂ€janas manifest in this material world? They are muktĂ€tmĂ€s (liberated souls), so why do they descend to this world? On this subject, I entreat you, pay attention to my words even if but a little! Today, on this sacred occasion, I wish to reveal to you who they truly are and what their mission is. Listen attentively! In response to my invitation, you always say, âWe have no timeâ or âIt is not in our destiny.â Such hypocritical words are generally heard. In our paramparĂ€, one greatly renounced Ă€carya, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da declares again and again:
brahmÀëĂČa bhramite kona bhĂ€gyavĂ€n jĂ©va guru-kÄñëa-prasĂ€de pĂ€ya bhakti-latĂ€-bĂ©ja
The living entity who has attained the darçana of a sad-guru is truly fortunate. It must be understood that the time of the destruction of his material bondage has arrived. Therefore, he is fortunate. Until the glories of the sad-guru are realised, he remains unfortunate. Wandering through countless universes, that wretched jéva, upon attaining the darçana of Gurudeva, becomes blessed (bhÀgyavÀn). But why does his fortune awaken? This is the real question.
In this world, one may see a king, poet, emperor or a political leader and fulfill some desire, but such fulfillment cannot be called true fortune (saubhĂ€gya). The auspiciousness (saubhĂ€gya) indicated by the darçana of ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva is incomparable. Until now, one may have been a karmĂ©, jĂŻĂ€nĂ©, yogĂ©, or tyĂ€gĂ© â but now he becomes a servant of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa, established in his eternal identity (svarĂŒpa). The cycle of birth, death, old age, and disease ceases for him, and all material miseries are extinguished. For lifetimes, he has wept, become bewildered, and suffered endless pain. Now, all these sorrows end forever. The karmic bonds arising from turning away from the Lord (bhĂ€gavat-vaimukhya) are
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
destroyed. Such is true fortune.
O society averse to Hari! Having abandoned our mundane goal, we have approached Gurudeva. Today, we offer you this rare opportunity to awaken your inherent fortune (saubhĂ€gya) by realising his glories. If you truly attain the darçana of such a guru, then all trivial attachments vanish. At that moment, a new birth occurs. A divine light of life spreads over him. He is liberated from the companionship, worldly existence and attire he maintained for so long. Easily, he attains his rightful inheritance in the kingdom of Vaikuëöha and the attachment for wealth, followers, poetry and women vanishes. A revolution in the world, astonishing discoveries, and grand innovations may leave living beings in awe. However, in the divine association of ĂrĂ© Gurudeva, all these insignificant attachments are transcended, and true deliverance is attained. Therefore, O criticisers of the guru, seize this opportunity! Our worshipful Gurudeva is ever ready to bestow upon you all these fruits.
O contemplative, knowledge-thirsty sages, for whose benefit do you endure such austerities? In the view of the devotee PrahlÀda,
prĂ€yeĂ«a deva munayaĂč sva-vimukti-kĂ€mĂ€ maunaĂ caranti vijane na parĂ€rtha-niñöhĂ€Ăč (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.44)
Truly, if your austerities are pursued merely for your own gain âneglecting the welfare of the suffering souls â they are in vain.
But those who free countless living beings from their suffering and bondage, and thus secure for them an eternal abode in the Spiritual Kingdom, are undoubtedly endowed with virtues far surpassing all others. Consequently, the darçana of such exalted souls is exceedingly rare. As the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam proclaims:
durlabho mĂ€nuño deho dehinÀà kñaĂ«a-bhaĂŹguraĂč tatrĂ€pi durlabhaĂ manye vaikuëöha-priya-darçanam
(ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 11.2.29)
C hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
Although the human form is fleeting, the darçana of those exalted, Vaikuëöha-priya saints is infinitely rarer still.
Therefore, O Vaikuëöha-priya, O most exalted, pure ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva, on this auspicious tithi in your presence, please deliver those who are so degraded in this slanderous society â the workers, the scholars, the yogĂ©s, the pretentious, the false devotees, and the so-called spiritual preachers and materialists â by awakening in their hearts pure devotional service, that they may not criticise the devotees and the associates of the Lord, but rather take shelter and become engaged in the service of the Lord, like you. And kindly bestow upon these servants a little compassion, by which the disparaging words of the detractors will be shattered, and the principle of devotional service will be established, so that even these unworthy persons may become truly capable.
This, indeed, is the prayer. Your mercy-aspiring fallen servant,
Kalakaëöha DÀsa* ISKCON, Bhubaneswar**
oĂ ajĂŻĂ€na-timirĂ€ndhasya jĂŻĂ€nÀïjana-çalĂ€kayĂ€ cakñur unmĂ©litaĂ yena tasmai çrĂ©-gurave namaĂč
O my most venerable ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva!
On this auspicious occasion of your 60th appearance day, I fall like a meteor at your lotus feet, offering prostrated obeisances. I am utterly unworthy. I earnestly pray that you mercifully accept this insignificant offering. I have always considered myself supremely fortunate, like
* Kalakaëöha dĂ€sa (1959-2017), was an early, dedicated and learned disciple of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami. He composed the ĂrĂ© Gour Govinda Swami Carita, a book in Bengali verse about the life of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami.
** This offering has been condensed for printing purposes.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
all others, to have a pure Vaiñëava like you as my guru. I possess no qualification to be your disciple. Yet, by your causeless mercy, you have granted me the shade of your lotus feet. I have made no effort to repay even a fraction of this debt.
Alas! You endeavoured to elevate this animalistic life of mine into one of humanity through your eagerness and encouragement, but I neglected to honour it. This has only deepened my misfortune. On this sacred day, with folded hands, I humbly beg your forgiveness at your lotus feet for all my offenses.
Like all living entities, the human being also desires happiness. This is natural. It is the inherent symptom of the soul, which is sac-cidĂ€nanda â eternally full of knowledge and bliss. But when this soul, over time, is overwhelmed by the fierce waves of material desires, it becomes bewildered. This is inevitable. What a terrible reversal! Compelled by destiny, the soul wanders for countless ages in search of its lost glory. It struggles to rediscover its own blissful nature. But how can such a quest succeed? The infinitesimal soul seeks its identity through the crude efforts of the gross body, entangled in the reactions of karma. All such attempts are futile.
Instead, the soulâs true wealth slips away like water through cupped hands. The consequences of transgressing the laws, surpassing the boundaries of propriety, and indulging the ego are dreadful! Birth after birth, the soul is forced to wander through the cycle of saĂ sĂ€ra, bearing the burden of endless lamentation. The mindâs rebelliousness sows the seeds of chaos, distorting the soulâs true nature. Yet, placing faith in this very mind â a restless, unsteady guide â the soul continues its journey. The mind drags it further away from the goal, unbeknownst to itself. Such is the plight of the uncontrolled mind. The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam states:
yasyĂ€sti bhaktir bhagavaty akiĂŻcanĂ€ sarvair guĂ«ais tatra samĂ€sate surĂ€Ăč harĂ€v abhaktasya kuto mahad-guëÀ manorathenĂ€sati dhĂ€vato bahiĂč (SB. 5.18.12)
hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
For man, his mind is the cause of all pleasure, all that is devoid of real meaning, and the origin of all dukkha [distress]. Within it has arisen that enjoying propensity; and his influence is extended upon the material nature.
All human suffering arises from the mind and its insatiable desires. The endless cravings, the arrogance of claiming to be the doer, and dominate over material nature, and the vain attempts to establish oneself as the controller â these breed conflict in human society. Who strives to understand the truth? Strife grows daily: between individuals, communities, nations, ideologies, the seen and unseen.
In your language, all this is but the dense darkness of ignorance. In your account, this is nothing but a manifestation of darkness in which one has deviated from the purpose of life. Regarding them, is it not at all easy to say anything about their destiny? As the çÀstra warns: nañöasya kĂ€nyĂ€ gati â what hope remains for the lost souls? Due to differences in consciousness, though the gradations of piety vary among all, in some fortunate souls, a unique thirst for inquiry awakens. NirÀçraya mÀà jagadéça rakña â with choked voice, they chant these verses. The Supreme Lord Jagadéça extends His protective hand to guide such souls, leading them through the perilous ocean of material existence. The sĂ€dhus and saintly preceptors, liberated from illusion, manifest as beacons for wayfarers drowning in the fathomless darkness of ignorance.
kñaëam eva sajjana-saÏgatir ekÀ bhavati bhavÀrëava-caraëe naukÀ
âBy their mercy, even a momentâs association with these pure devotees becomes a boat to cross the dreadful ocean of material existence.â
These saintly personalities, through glorifying the transcendental qualities of ĂrĂ© Jagadéçvara, awaken the traveller to consciousness regarding his ultimate destination. You, O revered saint, mahĂ€tmĂ€, and noble soul, have saved countless unfortunate beings drowning in the ocean of saĂ sĂ€ra by chanting the glories of Jagadéça, JagannĂ€tha, Hari, Govinda. From your divine lips, I have heard nectarean discourses on
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
the Supreme Lord and the teachings of the ÀcÀryas, and consequently becoming absorbed, overwhelmed, and surrendering inwardly at your lotus feet. After wandering through lifetimes of ignorance and darkness, by your grace, my eyes have been anointed with the collyrium of divine knowledge. You have rooted my consciousness in the eternal truth, connecting me to my spiritual lineage.
On this sacred occasion of VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€, the immortal kathĂ€ of the Lord â kÄñëa-kĂ©rtana, the divine pastimes of Hari, and the ecstasy of devotion resounds ceaselessly in the hearts of countless fallen souls like me. This kathĂ€ is the essence of life across many birth spanning ages, the eternal truth. It is the luminous torch dispelling the darkness within the heart. This kathĂ€ is:
andha lahĂŒĂČi bĂ€bu daridra pasarĂ€ garibara ganöhi dhana hĂ„da-ratnahĂ€rĂ€
âThe staff for the blind, wealth for the destitute, the treasure for the impoverished.â Who can fathom its glory? The names, forms, qualities, and pastimes of the Lord are inexhaustible. Though the turbulent material ocean may drown the conditioned soul, this kathĂ€ remains the eternal refuge. To remember it is to worship Hari directly; to meditate upon it is to ignite faith. When embraced with sincerity, it illuminates the entire universe, dispelling darkness in all directions.
By propagating hari-kĂ©rtana, you, O venerable Gurudeva, following in the footsteps of universally worshippable ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da, have inaugurated a new era. The flood of hari-kĂ©rtana that you have unleashed instils hope in dying hearts, granting them new life. We follow you, tasting boundless joy. May all attain this blissful existence! Thus, I humbly implore every responsible soul present here â and those absent âto collaborate in spreading hari-kĂ©rtana, the sole dharma for fallen souls in Kali-yuga. As ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam declares:
kĂ„te yad dhyĂ€yato viñëuĂ tretĂ€yÀà yajato makhaiĂč
C hapter 12 - p art 2
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ Offerings
dvĂ€pare paricaryĂ€yÀà kalau tad hari-kĂ©rtanĂ€t (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 12.3.52)
When dharma is thus upheld, sins and unrest vanish. The soul rediscovers its identity, divine joy is restored, and society flourishes. Concluding, I beg forgiveness at your lotus feet for my countless faults.
Aspiring to serve your lotus feet,
Patita PÀvana dÀsa* Bhuvaneçvara.
* Patita PĂ€vana dĂ€sa, was a very early, dedicated and learned disciple of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, and the engineer in the construction of our beloved Gurudevaâs temples and projects.
C hapter t hirteen
By ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami1
The PĆ«jÄ of All Pure GauážÄ«ya-vaiáčŁáčava-ÄcÄryas
It is stated here that VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ means âguru-pĂŒjĂ€â through the agency of VyĂ€sadeva. âSince VyĂ€sadeva is the original guru (spiritual master) of all who follow the Vedic principles, worship of the spiritual master through the agency of VyĂ€sadeva is called VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€.â
ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© GosvĂ€mĂ© PrabhupĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja introduced the ceremony of VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ to our lineage on his 50th birthday, and it has been observed annually ever since. On his 52nd birth anniversary, he gave a lecture on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, describing the meaning of VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. He stated, âVyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ means the pĂŒjĂ€ of all gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-Ă€cĂ€ryas.â From this we understand the purport of VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. It is not only the pĂŒjĂ€ of VyĂ€sadeva, or of KÄñëa, or of Gaurasundara, or even of guru. That is not real VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ means the pĂŒjĂ€ of all pure gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëavaĂ€cĂ€ryas. That is real VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K Äñë A
In this bhaktivinoda-dhĂ€rĂ€ we find a mantra for VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€:
çrĂ© dĂ€modara svarĂŒpa, çrĂ© rĂŒpa, çrĂ© sanĂ€tana, çrĂ© ragunĂ€tha, çrĂ© jĂ©va, bhaööa yuga, çrĂ© kÄñëadĂ€sa kavirĂ€jĂ€di, çrĂ©mad bhaktivinoda, çrĂ©mad gaurakiçora dĂ€sa, çrĂ©mad bhaktisiddhĂ€nta sarasvatĂ©, çrĂ©mad bhaktivedĂ€nta svĂ€mĂ©, padÀÏka sarvebhyo gurave namaĂč
I offer my obeisances to the footprints of all the gurus, ĂrĂ©la SvarĂŒpa DĂ€modara GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha DĂ€sa GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la GopĂ€la Bhaööa GosvĂ€mĂ©, ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha Bhaööa GosvĂ€mĂ©, and the devotees beginning with ĂrĂ©la KÄñëadĂ€sa KavirĂ€ja, ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, ĂrĂ©la Gaura Kiçora dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ©, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© PrabhupĂ€da and ĂrĂ©la A.C. BhaktivedĂ€nta Swami PrabhupĂ€da.
VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ means the worship of all of these gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëavaĂ€cĂ€ryas.
The GauážÄ«ya-vaiáčŁáčava-ÄcÄryas
ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura stated that, âGauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëavasiddhĂ€nta is the opinion of all gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-Ă€cĂ€rya-mahĂ€janas. Whatever gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-siddhĂ€nta we have received, is guruvarga-dhana, the merciful gift of all the gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-Ă€cĂ€ryas. That is their lĂ©lĂ€-vaiçiñöya â the wonderful characteristics of the lĂ©lĂ€ of these gurus-vaiñëavas-Ă€cĂ€ryas.â The GauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-siddhĂ€nta is the kĂ„pĂ€-vaiçiñöya, the special characteristics of their merciful lĂ©lĂ€. If we do not observe this festival, and do not remember and glorify the gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-Ă€cĂ€ryas, it will be a great disservice to them. If we do not discuss their vaiçiñöya, their wonderful characteristics, if we remain inactive, not observing the appearance and disappearance days of such Ă€cĂ€ryas, mahĂ€janas, then it will be an anyĂ€ya, great
DĂ©na-bandu dĂ€sa, Braja devĂ© dĂ€sĂ© at her initiation and their young sonâs name giving ceremony (above and below). Fire ceremony, conducted by Caitanya Candra dĂ€sa (far left).
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja at the temple before the initiation ceremony (below and top next page).
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa at his initiation receiving his japa beads from ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja.
Initiation of Janeshwar dÀsa (above), and his wife Sujata devé dÀsé (below).
Initiation of KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa (above), and his wife MaïjubhÀñiëi devé dÀsé (below).
ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ©mad Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja giving class in the construction site of the temple in Bhubaneswar.
C hapter 13 t he a bsolute N eed of à Cà rya - avat à ra K érta N
injustice. Without their mercy, we cannot understand this gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-siddhĂ€nta at all. Though ĂrĂ©mĂ€n MahĂ€prabhu is wonderfully merciful by indiscriminately giving kÄñëa-prema, still, we cannot have it without their mercy.
ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, a great Ă€cĂ€rya in our line, taught that if you want to develop pure bhakti, you must never compromise with abhakti â non-devotion. Our revered spiritual master ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da also said that there should be no compromise. Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura emphatically stated, âIt is better to have an empty cowshed than to have a duñöa-goru, a wicked cow,â meaning that in the bhaktivinoda-dhĂ€rĂ€, the pure flow of devotion coming from Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, there is no room for impurity. Crookedness and envy are not allowed.
In the eleventh canto of ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, KÄñëa said to Uddhava:
mad-bhakta-pĂŒjĂ€bhyadhikĂ€ sarva-bhĂŒteñu man-matiĂč
âThe worship offered to My bhakta, My dear devotee, is better than worship offered directly to Me.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 11.19.21)
In the Caitanya-bhÀgavata, MahÀprabhu said,
Ă€mĂ€ra bhaktera pĂŒjĂ€ â Ă€mĂ€ haite baĂČa sei prabhu veda-bhĂ€gavate kailĂ€ daĂČha
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
âIn the Vedas and PurÀëas the Lord has firmly declared, âWorship of My devotees is better than worship of Me.â (CaitanyabhĂ€gavata Ădi-khaĂ«ĂČa 1.8)
Therefore, in one particular VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ NityĂ€nanda Prabhu was offering worship and MahĂ€prabhu appeared in the form of NityĂ€nanda Prabhu, because NityĂ€nanda Prabhu is a bhakta.
Ă€nera ki kathĂ€, baladeva mahÀçaya yÀÏra bhĂ€va â çuddha-sakhya-vĂ€tsalyĂ€di-mĂ€yĂ€
teĂŹho Ă€panĂ€ke karena dĂ€sa-bhĂ€vanĂ€ kÄñëa-dĂ€sa-bhĂ€va vinu Ă€che kona janĂ€ (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 6.76-77)
As He is KÄñëaâs elder brother, BalarĂ€maâs mood is çuddhasakhya-vĂ€tsalya â a mixture of pure sakhyaâ brotherhood, and vĂ€tsalya, parental love. Even He says, âI am kÄñëa-dĂ€sa.â What to speak of others? Is there anyone who does not have the conception of being kÄñëa-dĂ€sa?
That same BalarĂ€ma is NitĂ€i. Guru kÄñëa-rĂŒpa hana çÀstrera pramÀëe â çÀstra-pramÀëa describes that KÄñëa appears as guru. (Cc. Ădi 1.45) NityĂ€nanda offered vyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ to Gaura because Gaura is svayam-bhagavĂ€n, the Original Personality of Godhead. However, as NitĂ€i was about to place the garland on GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu, He saw Himself there. That means that VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ is His pĂŒjĂ€, NityĂ€nandaâs pĂŒjĂ€, because NityĂ€nanda is guru. He is bhakta-svarĂŒpa.
paĂŻca-tattvĂ€tmakaĂ kÄñëaĂ bhakta-rĂŒpa-svarĂŒpakam
C
hapter 13 t he a bsolute N eed of à Cà rya - avat à ra K érta N
bhaktÀvatÀraà bhaktÀkhyaà namÀmi bhakta-çaktikam
âI offer my obeisances unto the Supreme Lord, KÄñëa, who is non-different from His features as a devotee, devotional incarnation, devotional manifestation, pure devotee, and devotional energy.â (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 1.14)
Bhakta-rĂŒpa is Caitanya, and bhakta-svarĂŒpa is NityĂ€nanda. Therefore, MahĂ€prabhu said: Ă€mĂ€ra bhaktera pĂŒjĂ€âĂ€mĂ€ haite baĂČa, sei prabhu vede-bhĂ€gavate kailĂ€ daĂČha, âThe pĂŒjĂ€ offered to My devotees is superior to the worship offered directly to Me.â [Caitanya-bhĂ€gavata, Ădi-khaĂ«ĂČa 1.8] GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu manifested the form of NityĂ€nanda, because guru is the manifestation of NityĂ€nanda. Thus, such evidence is found in the Vedas and in the BhĂ€gavatam.
To attain prema-bhakti, the only means is to offer worship without duplicity. Serve pure Vaiñëavas without duplicity and receive their mercy. Then you will obtain the mercy of MahĂ€prabhu; then you will get prema. Otherwise, you cannot get prema. This is the only means: worshipping the pure Vaiñëavas, and glorifying their nĂ€ma, guĂ«a, lĂ©lĂ€, and kĂ©rtana. The following three activities â serving the Vaiñëavas, taking the dust of their feet and their caraëÀmĂ„ta â the foot-washing water of the Vaiñëavas, and adharĂ€mĂ„ta â tasting the remnants of the Vaiñëavasâ foodstuffs, are very powerful. No one can estimate or evaluate the potency contained in these three activities. Therefore, they are amĂŒlya-vastu, invaluable. Narottama dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura has sung:
vaiñëavera pada-dhĂŒli tĂ€he mora snĂ€na-keli tarpaĂ«a mora vaiñëavera nĂ€ma
lw A ys
E
mbr A c E d by K Äñë A
vaiñëavera ucchiñöa tÀhe mora mano-niñöha vaiñëavera nÀmete ullÀsa
âThe dust of the Vaiñëavaâs lotus feet is my bathing water. My mantra for offering tarpaĂ«a, oblations, is the names of the Vaiñëavas. My mind is firmly convinced of the spiritual benefit obtained by eating the remnants of foodstuffs left by the Vaiñëavas. The names of the Vaiñëavas are my happiness.â (PrĂ€rthanĂ€ 35)
Who Is a VaiáčŁáčava?
Another question is: vaiñëava-ke? Who is a Vaiñëava? You should understand who a Vaiñëava is, otherwise you will be confused.
âkanaka-kĂ€minĂ©,â âpratiñöhĂ€-bĂ€ghinĂ©,â chĂ€ĂČiyĂ€che jĂ€re, sei toâ vaiñëava
sei âanĂ€sakta,â sei âçuddha-bhakta,â saĂ sĂ€r tathĂ€ pĂ€y parĂ€bhava
yathĂ€-yogya bhoga, nĂ€hi tathĂ€ roga, âanĂ€saktaâ sei, ki Ă€r kahabo
âĂ€sakti-rohita,â âsambandha-sahita,â viñaya-samuha sakali âmĂ€dhavaâ se âyukta-vairĂ€gya,â tĂ€hĂ€ toâ saubhĂ€gya, tĂ€hĂ€-i jaĂČete harir vaibhava
kĂ©rtane jĂ€hĂ€r, âpratiñöhĂ€-sambhĂ€r,â tĂ€hĂ€r sampatti kevala âkaitavaâ
âMoney, women, and fame are like female tigers. A Vaiñëava gives them up and keeps them at a distance. Such
a devotee, who is without material attachments, is a pure Vaiñëava. Such a devotee has conquered over the material world and its illusions of enjoyment. Accepting only what is needed in the service of the Lord, he remains free from the diseased mentality of material enjoyment and dedicates himself to the Lordâs service. Free from all false attachments, he sees everything in relationship to KÄñëa, understanding that everything is meant for the pleasure of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa. He knows that to engage everything in the service of KÄñëa is real renunciation. Because he understands that the true position of renunciation is in dedicating everything to KÄñëa, he is truly fortunate. Although he lives within the material world, he dwells within the revelation of KÄñëaâs pastimes and experiences the extension of the spiritual world within the material world. On the other hand, one who chants the holy name of the Lord for name and fame is simply a hypocrite and a cheater.â (ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© PrabhupĂ€da, Vaiñëava-ke 11-13 from MahĂ€jana-racita GĂ©tĂ€).
A Vaiñëava is one who has given up the desire for possessing kanaka and kĂ€minĂ©, gold and women, and pratiñöhĂ€-bĂ€ghinĂ©, the tigress of worldly reputation. He is not running after name, fame, adoration or prestige. Such a person is a pure devotee. A Vaiñëava is not attached to or attracted to kanaka, kĂ€minĂ©, or pratiñöhĂ€ âwealth, women, or prestige. He is completely detached from them. His only attachment is to the lotus feet of KÄñëa. He is anĂ€sakta, completely indifferent. A Vaiñëava has completely defeated the material world of mĂ€yĂ€. He is yukta-vairĂ€gya; although he has everything, he is not attached. He utilises everything for the enjoyment and loving service of KÄñëa, Guru and GaurÀÏga.
âĂ€sakti-rohita,â âsambandha-sahita,â viñaya-samuha sakali âmĂ€dhavaâ
K Äñë A
He is firmly established in his pure, eternal, loving relationship with KÄñëa. He understands that everything found here in the material world is all paraphernalia for KÄñëaâs enjoyment, and that there is nothing here for the jĂ©vaâs enjoyment. KÄñëa is the enjoyer, viñayĂ©; meaning, one who has material wealth, land, property, and money. All this belongs to KÄñëa. One who recognises this is a yukta-vairĂ€gĂ© â a renunciate who dedicates everything for KÄñëaâs pleasure. He is not a false renunciate, phalgu-vairĂ€gĂ©. Such false renunciation is further described:
kĂ©rtane jĂ€hĂ€r, âpratiñöhĂ€-sambhĂ€r,â tĂ€hĂ€r sampatti kevala âkaitavaâ
One may be doing kĂ©rtana, dancing, chanting, and playing mĂ„daĂŹga, âdin-din-din-din-dĂ€h!â Playing the cymbals, âdĂ€h! dĂ€h! dĂ€h!â but if he is only doing it for name, fame, and prestige, whatever reward he gets is only cheating, kaitava. His bhajana is only duplicitousness, crookedness and enviousness. He is not a Vaiñëava. One should understand who a Vaiñëava is.
ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© quotes the Padma PurÀëa in his Bhaktisandarbha:
teñÀà pĂŒjĂ€dikaĂ gandhadhĂŒpĂ€dhyaiĂč kriyate naraiĂč tena prĂ©tiĂ parÀà yĂ€mi na tathĂ€ mama pĂŒjanĂ€t (Padma-purÀëa, KĂ€rttika-mĂ€hĂ€tmya quoted in Bhakti-sandarbha 269.12)
The Supreme Lord KÄñëa said, âOne may offer worship, to Me with scents, flowers, incense and a lamp, but if they never offer worship to My dear devotees with all these paraphernalia, I am not pleased with it.â
C
hapter 13 t he a bsolute N eed of à Cà rya - avat à ra K érta N
KÄñëa said to Uddhava:
Ă€daraĂč paricaryĂ€yÀà sarvÀÏgair abhivandanam mad-bhakta-pĂŒjĂ€bhyadhikĂ€ sarva-bhĂŒteñu man-matiĂč
mad-artheñv aĂŹga-ceñöÀ ca vacasĂ€ mad-guĂ«eraĂ«am mayy arpaĂ«aĂ ca manasaĂč sarva-kĂ€ma-vivarjanam
âMy dear devotees render service to Me with great care and respect. They offer obeisances to Me with all their bodily limbs. They worship My devotees, which is greater than worship of Me. They see all living entities related to Me. They engage the entire energy of their bodies for Me. They engage their power of speech in glorification of My qualities and form. They dedicate their minds unto Me and reject all material desires. Thus, My dear devotees are characterised.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 11.19.21-22)
That is what Vaiñëavas are like. KÄñëa has said, âMad-bhaktapĂŒjĂ€bhyadhikĂ€, the worship offered to them is better than worship offered to Me directly.â That worship is VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€, the pĂŒjĂ€ of all pure gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-Ă€cĂ€ryas. BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© GosvĂ€mĂ© PrabhupĂ€da expressed this at his VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. Without the worship of such gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-Ă€cĂ€ryas, mahanta-gurus, and without their mercy, no one can understand the gauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëava-siddhĂ€nta.
KÄñëa is viñaya-vigraha â the object of love, and guru-vaiñëavas are Àçraya-vigraha â the abode of love. The sole activity of such guru-vaiñëavas is hari-kĂ©rtana. They have no other activity. Unless the Àçraya-vigraha-avatĂ€ra, the Ă€cĂ€rya-çrĂ©-gurudeva does kĂ©rtana,
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
how can you understand the tattva of the viñaya-vigraha? How can you understand the tattva of the nĂ€ma (name), rĂŒpa (form), guĂ«a (qualities), parikara (associates), and lĂ©lĂ€ (pastimes) of viñayavigraha [KÄñëa]? We cannot understand them unless the Ă€cĂ€ryagurudeva does kĂ©rtana.
No one can understand the grantha-avĂ€tĂ€ra, çÀstra-avatĂ€ra â the incarnation of all çÀstras, the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam. It is the vÀëé incarnation of Lord KÄñëa. No one can understand the bhĂ€gavatatattva, the purport of this çÀstra-avatĂ€ra, unless the Ă€cĂ€rya-gurudeva, who is Àçraya-vigraha, does kĂ©rtana.
ĂrĂ©-nĂ€ma and çrĂ©-mantra have appeared in this material world as çabda-avatĂ€ra, but unless the Ă€cĂ€rya-avatĂ€ra does kĂ©rtana in the ears of the çiñya, disciple, it will not be effective at all. You will find that the mantra and the holy name are written there in çÀstra. One may say, âYes, the mantra is written here, so I will chant it.â But unless the mahanta-guru, the Àçraya-vigraha-Ă€cĂ€rya does kĂ©rtana in the ears of the çiñya, it will never be effective at all. It is absolutely necessary. ĂrĂ©-nĂ€ma, çrĂ©-mantra, and the grantha-bhĂ€gavata are all viñaya-vigraha, but without the kĂ©rtana of the Àçraya-vigraha they will never manifest. Try to understand this. MahĂ€prabhu will help you. NityĂ€nanda Prabhu will help you.
One may think, âIf I do arcana, worship of the Deities in the temple, then I can understand everything.â No. You cannot understand adhokñaja, that which is beyond sensory perception. The viñaya-vigraha will never manifest without the kĂ©rtana of the Àçraya-vigraha, Àçraya-avatĂ€ra, the Vaiñëava guru. This is absolutely necessary. Therefore, pĂŒjĂ€ offered to them is a superior type of pĂŒjĂ€ â mad-bhakta-pĂŒjĂ€bhyadhikĂ€.
That is why when NityĂ€nanda Prabhu offered vyĂ€sapĂŒjĂ€, MahĂ€prabhu manifested the form of NityĂ€nanda, âI am
C hapter 13 t he a bsolute N eed of à Cà rya - avat à ra K érta N
NityĂ€nanda.â That is guru-pĂŒjĂ€, VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€. This is the purport here.
MahĂ€prabhu has written, kĂ©rtanĂ©yaĂč sadĂ€ hariĂč â one should always do kĂ©rtana of the names of Hari. Our tattva-Ă€cĂ€rya ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© in his Sandarbha has written: yadyapyanyĂ€ bhaktiĂč kalau kartavyĂ€ tadĂ€ kĂ©rtanĂ€khyĂ€ bhakti-samyogenaiva.
âEven though in the age of Kali one may perform the above eight branches of bhakti, nevertheless, one must perform kĂ©rtana as the principal way of advancing in sĂ€dhana-bhakti.â (Kramasandarbha commentary on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.5.23-24)
In Kali-yuga, although one may cultivate other types of bhakti such as smaraĂ«am, arcanam, vandanam, dĂ€syam and sakhyam, each should be cultivated alongside kĂ©rtana â this is kĂ©rtanĂ€khyĂ€ bhakti.
One must accept a sĂ€dhu-guru-Ă€cĂ€rya-vaiñëava and hear kĂ©rtana from him. KĂ©rtana is required. Who does kĂ©rtana? The ÀçrayaavatĂ€ra, the Àçraya-vigraha-Ă€cĂ€rya, the Vaiñëava guru does kĂ©rtana. Without his kĂ©rtana one cannot understand this bhakti-tattva. This is why JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© has written, kĂ©rtanĂ€khyĂ€ bhakti-samyogenaiva âthis is our siddhĂ€nta. One must approach such a guru who is Àçrayavigraha. His only activity is hari-kĂ©rtana. Unless the Àçraya-vigraha, the vaiñëava-Ă€cĂ€rya does kĂ©rtana, bhakti-tattva cannot be revealed to you. Although other processes of bhakti exist in Kali-yuga, without the kĂ©rtana of the Àçraya-avatĂ€ra, bhakti-tattva cannot be understood. Therefore, it is said, kĂ©rtanĂ€khyĂ€ bhakti-samyogenaiva.
The pĂŒjĂ€ of the Àçraya-vigraha, the Vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€rya is the topmost pĂŒjĂ€. Therefore VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€ is known as the pĂŒjĂ€ of all çuddhagauĂČĂ©ya-vaiñëavas-Ă€cĂ€ryas. At the conclusion of the VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€
K Äñë A
festival on his 52nd birth anniversary, BhaktisiddhÀnta Sarasvaté GosvÀmé PrabhupÀda MahÀrÀja explained that very clearly.
This is VyĂ€sa-pĂŒjĂ€.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Only by his merciful glance, a pure Vaiñëava sĂ€dhu purifies all the sinful reactions of a great sinful person. That sinful person may be staying away, but when that Vaiñëava ĂhĂ€kura casts his merciful glance on him, he becomes purified; all his sins are then cleansed away.
On the 6 September 1989, Gurudeva spoke on the mahÀ-mantra, and prema:
â...If someone chants this holy name, hare kÄñëa, under the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master,* he can see KÄñëa. Only by chanting hare kÄñëa under the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master you will be purified, more purified than by hundreds of years of tapasya....â
ââŠ, all these great personalities like Lord BrahmĂ€, Lord Ăiva, and NĂ€rada came in the form of human beings when MahĂ€prabhu came here, to get prema. They had not received prema previously. MahĂ€prabhu was distributing prema indiscriminately, so they came to obtain this prema. HaridĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura was BrahmĂ€, ĂrĂ©vĂ€sa
* sĂ€dhu-vartmĂ€nuvartanam (ĂrĂ© Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu 1.2.740)
K Äñë A
PaĂ«ĂČita was NĂ€rada; Advaita ĂcĂ€rya was Ăiva. They came to get prema. When MahĂ€prabhu came, they received it.â
Devotee: You were also mentioning that if one chants the âhare kÄñëa mahĂ€-mantraâ under the auspices of a bona fide guru, then he will get this prema. What is the position of someone who chants hare kÄñëa without having a guru?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda SwĂ€mĂ©: Then he cannot have this prema.
Devotee: Can he advance in spiritual life?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda SwĂ€mĂ©: You see, nĂ€ma has its effect in whatever way a person chants. We have these four puruñÀrthas âdharma-artha-kĂ€ma-mokña. Above these is the fifth puruñÀrtha or parama-puruñÀrtha, that is prema. When someone, without having a guru chants Hare KÄñëa, he must be committing offences, so he will get dharma-artha-kĂ€ma. That means many of his material desires will be fulfilled â so-called religiosity and economic development; he may have up to this, not more. And if someone achieves the nĂ€ma-Ă€bhĂ€sa stage, he can have liberation (mukti), this is what they can get, but not prema. (Conversation in Bhubaneswar, 6 September 1989)
While there on 6 September 1989, DĂ©nabandhu dĂ€sa had a discussion with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami about the mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ©bhÀñya and MahĂ€prabhuâs disciplic succession:
DĂ©nabandhu dĂ€sa: I have two questions. One is: the philosophy of acintyabhedĂ€bheda-tattva is most powerful. Then how can that mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ©-bhÀñya destroy oneâs devotional service?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: If someone hears it, or if someone associates with mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ©s, he will perish; mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€di-bhÀñya çunile haya sarva nÀça. MahĂ€prabhu warns us, â...do not associate with mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ©s, do not listen to their philosophy...â You will perish because this impression that âI am God. I am not a servitorâ will
C hapter 14
this person is out of this World
be there in your mind. However, you are eternally a servitor. Therefore, in Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta it is said, mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ© kÄñëe aparĂ€dhĂ©, the mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€dĂ©s are offenders at the feet of KÄñëa. They are doomed. Only MahĂ€prabhu showered His mercy upon them. Otherwise, they cannot be delivered. When MahĂ€prabhu was talking to RĂ€ya RĂ€mĂ€nanda, He asked that question: bubhuksu mumukñu gati ââWhat is the destination of the mumukñu?â That means those who aspire to merge in the Brahman effulgence. They want liberation. And what will be the destination of the bubhukñu, those who want enjoyment?â RĂ€ya RĂ€mĂ€nanda said, âSthĂ€vara-deha, deva-deha e duĂŹhĂ€ra gati â the impersonalists who want to merge into the Brahman effulgence, to become one with God, will receive the body of a tree or mountain. Whereas those who want enjoyment will be elevated to the demigod platform and have demigod forms.â
Dénabandhu dÀsa: So, a sense enjoyer is actually higher than a mÀyÀvÀdé?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Definitely, definitely. RĂ€ya RĂ€mĂ€nanda has said this.
AjÀmila achieved mukti at the nÀma-ÀbhÀsa stage. After that, he associated with sÀdhus in HaridvÀra and accepted a spiritual master. Then he achieved the rest. However, those who are fortunate and have accepted a bona fide spiritual master, especially a devotee who sees KÄñëa, a premi-bhakta, who is always full of love of KÄñëa, they get prema, they get KÄñëa. Prema is the primary feature. The others are secondary [dharma-artha-kÀma and, mokña].
So, MahÀprabhu has given us this prema. One who is fortunate to have this opportunity gets KÄñëa. The bona fide spiritual master, the true devotee, comes under the disciplic succession coming from MahÀprabhu and he should be accepted as a spiritual master so he can impart prema. (Darçana, Bhubaneswar)
Many aspirants on the path of bhakti were coming and going. The next person to arrive in Bhubaneswar from the West was
K Äñë A
JanÀrdana dÀsa, who was originally from Spain but was living in the UK.
JanÀrdana dÀsa: I joined the ISKCON temple in 1985 in Spain. Sometime after I joined, the zonal guru, who was the GBC for Spain fell down in 1986. A year later I left Spain and went to the UK.
In 1989 I was a saÏkértana devotee at the Bhaktivedanta Manor. Though I had been for a few years in ISKCON, for one reason or another, I did not get initiated. At one point, I remember thinking it would not make any difference as I was following the principles, chanting sixteen rounds and doing service, however I felt the need of receiving a spiritual name.
I met Nruhari prabhu at the Manor. I had met him a couple of years before in JagannÀtha Puré. He was then travelling with a group of devotees from France, and I was travelling with a group of devotees from Spain. We all travelled together in a train from JagannÀtha Puré to MÀyÀpura.
JanÀrdana dÀsa: A few months earlier I had a dream of a very kind-natured sÀdhu, and I did not have any idea if this person actually existed or who he could be.
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: When Nruhari Prabhu and I crossed paths again at the Manor, he asked me if I had been initiated, and I replied that I had not. He had just returned from Bhubaneswar, where he had spent a couple of months with his spiritual master. He then offered to loan me some recordings of his guru. At that time, there was also a devotee named GaurĂ© dĂ€sa PaĂ«ĂČita, who showed me a picture of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja. The moment I saw the image I instantly recognised him as the person
C hapter 14 this person is out of this World
from the dream I had once had. My first impression upon seeing the picture of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja was that this person could not possibly be from this world.
Then upon listening to the recordings that Nruhari prabhu had loaned to me I felt that, even though I had not personally met ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, he was the person who could direct me, and that he had answers to all my questions according to the authority of çÀstras and previous Ă€cĂ€ryas. Also, from hearing his voice on the recordings, the feeling was like âthis person is out of this worldâ. Also, I was very impressed by the way ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami supported everything that he said by çÀstra.
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: After I listened to a number of the recordings, I wrote to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja and explained in my letter that I had been in ISKCON for four years, and that I wanted to be initiated by him. He wrote back to me saying that he was happy I was serving in ISKCON for all that time and that I should go to India for a few weeks to be with him in Bhubaneswar. He also asked me to obtain a letter of recommendation for initiation from the Temple President at the Manor, which I did. I took permission from the temple to collect for the ticket to India.
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: I arrived in Bhubaneswar Friday 8 September 1989, on the day of RĂ€dhÀñöÀmĂ©, it was raining. Upon arriving at the Bhubaneswar train station, I took a motor rickshaw to the temple. When I arrived at the gate of the temple, I could see ĂrĂ©la Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja in front of me as he was giving class on RĂ€dhĂ€sthĂ€mĂ© day; at that time classes were given where the restaurant is now. When I saw ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja I felt like hiding, as I felt that he could see right through me. I was somewhat hesitant, anyway I went in; I fell flat on the ground to pay my obeisances and ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja carried on giving his class in Oriya. Caitanya Candra prabhu, seeing me all wet from the rain
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K
Äñë
A
got up, came to me, accompanied me to the guest house and gave me a room.
Then I met DĂ©nabandhu prabhu with his wife and their son Hari-prasĂ€da. We were the only Westerners there at that time. DĂ©nabandhu prabhu told me that ĂrĂ©la Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja would give a class for us two, in English, that evening in his hut. That evening DĂ©nabandhu and I went to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs hut and listened to the RĂ€dhĂ€sthĂ€mĂ© class.
JanÀrdana dÀsa: Guru MahÀrÀja was very kind and personal, he made sure I understood the class.
On my first day in Bhubaneswar, we entered Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs hut at around six oâclock in the evening. DĂ©nabandhu and I sat on the floor in front of him. At his table was a lamp, and it was on.
First, he presented the tattva about ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. He started quoting the following verse from ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€.
rÀdhÀ kÄñëa-praëaya-vikÄtir hlÀdiné çaktir asmÀd ekÀtmÀnÀv api bhuvi purÀ deha-bhedaà gatau tau
â...The loving affairs of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa and RĂ€dhĂ€ are transcendental manifestations of the Lordâs internal pleasure-giving potency. Although KÄñëa and RĂ€dhĂ€ are one in Their identity, They separated Themselves eternally...â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, ĂdilĂ©lĂ€ 4.55)
Then he quoted these verses:
rĂ€dhĂ€âpĂŒrĂ«a-çakti, kÄñëaâpĂŒrĂ«a-çaktimĂ€n dui vastu bheda nĂ€i, çÀstra-paramÀëa
âĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€ is the full power, and Lord KÄñëa is the possessor of full power. The two are not different, as evidenced by the revealed scriptures.â
C hapter 14
this person is out of this World
mĂ„gamada, tĂ€ra gandhaâyaiche aviccheda agni, jvĂ€lĂ€teâyaiche kabhu nĂ€hi bheda
âThey are indeed the same, just as musk and its scent are inseparable, or as fire and its heat are nondifferent.â
rĂ€dhĂ€-kÄñëa aiche sadĂ€ eka-i svarĂŒpa lĂ©lĂ€-rasa Ă€svĂ€dite dhare dui-rĂŒpa
âThus, RĂ€dhĂ€ and Lord KÄñëa are one, yet They have taken two forms to enjoy the mellows of pastimes.â
(ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ verses 4.96-98)
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: After establishing the truth about ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, he took one notebook out of his bundle and started speaking from the Brahma-vaivarta PurÀëa where the appearance of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé is described;
âIn the transcendental abode of ĂrĂ© VĂ„ndĂ€vana, under a madhavi, creeper, KÄñëacandra was sitting alone on a golden throne, thinking how to relish the nectarean mellow of His pastimes. As soon as He thought like that, by His mere willing, ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé appeared from the left side of His body. RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé is known throughout the universe as Ă€dĂ©-çakti, the original potency. When She appeared, Her bodily complexion was the colour of molten gold. Her body was decorated with varieties of ornaments; a flower bouquet adorned Her braided hair. A necklace of pearls (muktĂ€mĂ€la) lay on Her breast and a belt (mekhala) encircled Her waist. Her ears were decorated with beautiful golden earrings. The nĂŒpura, anklets, on Her feet produced tinkle-bell sounds as She walked. MĂ€dhava-mohini rĂ€dhĂ€-mĂ€dhava-mohila â RĂ€dhĂ€ enchanted MĂ€dhava. In the rĂ€sa dance She gave so much pleasure to Him and again She thought, âhow can I give more pleasure to Him.â With this thought immediately innumerable gopĂ©s came out from Her body. They all looked like RĂ€dhĂ€. In order to relish the nectarean pastime, RĂ€dhĂ€ and MĂ€dhava appeared as two bodies.â
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: After a few minutes he asked me if I understood English and what he was saying, I answered yes. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was narrating the story of ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs birth in a very soft voice, it was deep, and I felt that Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was living it. What impacted me the most in that darçana was Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs soft hearted nature and kindness. Then he spoke from the Padma PurÀëa.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: In the Padma PurÀëa, it is mentioned that there was a great devotee, an opulent king named VÄñabhĂ€nu. His wife, KĂ©rtidĂ€ was chaste and devoted. From her womb RĂ€dhĂ€, jagan-mĂ€tĂ€, the mother of the whole world, took birth. On this day, in the month of Bhadrava, the eighth day of the bright fortnight, at noon, by the will of Lord Hari, RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé appeared. All the gopa families of Gokula became very, very blissful. All of Gokula was joyful. Everyoneâs desires were fulfilled seeing a very beautiful daughter was born and everyone felt great joy and happiness. King VÄñabhĂ€nu gave immense amounts of charity to the brĂ€hmaĂ«as, Vaiñëavas, bhĂ€rtas, naöas, and poor men. In this way, VrajeçvarĂ©, that is RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, took birth in Gokula. No one could understand it because of Her mĂ€yĂ€.
One day, NĂ€rada Muni visited King VÄñabhĂ€nuâs quarters to have darçana of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. He inquired after all auspiciousness, to which King VÄñabhĂ€nu humbly replied, âBy your mercy everything is auspicious. You are a great sĂ€dhu, wherever you travel allauspiciousness appears there. Wherever you go, that place becomes a tĂ©rtha. By your mercy everyone can have hari-bhakti.â
Saying this, King VÄñabhĂ€nu picked up his daughter and placed Her on the lap of NĂ€rada Muni. At RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs touch, NĂ€rada Muni became ecstatic â his hair stood on end, tears poured down from his eyes in torrents, and in his heart he offered a prayer to RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, âYou are hari-priya, dear to Lord Hari; You are mahĂ€bhĂ€va-svarĂŒpĂ€,
C hapter 14 this person is out of this World
the embodiment of mahĂ€bhĂ€va and govinda-mohinĂ©, the enchantress of Govinda. You are Ă€nanda svarupa, the embodiment of all bliss. You are bhakti, You are tapa, You are everything. All the demigods, beginning from BrahmĂ€ and Ăiva meditate on Your lotus feet. All the gopĂ©s, KÄñëas queens, and MahĂ€lakñmĂ© are Your plenary portions. You are adya-çaktĂ©, the original potency; kÄñëer-mohĂ©ni, You enchant KÄñëa; kÄñëa-prĂ€na-rĂŒpa, You are KÄñëaâs life and soul. You are jagan-mĂ€tĂ€, the mother of the whole world.â
Upon hearing NĂ€rada Muniâs prayers, RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, out of mercy, revealed Her divine form. NĂ€rada Muni saw RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé seated on a divya-raöëa-siĂ hĂ€sana â a throne studded with divine gems, under a transcendental kalpa-vĂ„kça, wish-fulfilling tree, surrounded by innumerable sakhĂ©s. Some were fanning Her, some others were waving cĂ€maras, and some held white umbrellas. NĂ€rada Muni saw RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs body adorned with beautiful transcendental garments, he saw the vermillion points, sindhura-bindu gracing Her forehead. He saw around Her waist, khate thĂ€ke, a belt, and ratna harĂ€vali suveñöa-maĂ«i-male, a necklace of gems on Her chest. He saw nĂŒpura, ankle bells clasped to Her feet. He saw the effulgence coming from Her body. NĂ€rada Muniâs voice faltered and his whole body was ecstatic. No one knew, no one else could see, only by Her mercy, NĂ€rada Muni saw this beautiful form of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé.
Now, again appearing as a baby, RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé was laying on the lap of NĂ€rada Muni. He returned the infant daughter to Her father VÄñabhĂ€nu, who called for his wife KĂ©rtidĂ€. VÄñabhĂ€nu and KĂ©rtidĂ€ sat down before NĂ€rada Muni. NĂ€rada Muni said, âBoth of you are the most fortunate mother and father in the whole world, mahĂ€bhĂ€gyavan, because you have such a wonderful daughter. KĂ€mala, PĂ€rvati, ArundhĂ€ti, SacĂ©, Satyabhama â all are but portions and
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
portions of this girl, RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. She is hari-priya, dearer to Lord Hari than any other. Because of Her, the whole of Gokula-maĂ«ĂČala will be filled with every kind of opulence. Do not feel sorry that it is a daughter. Your glory will be spread far and wide.â
After hearing this from NĂ€rada Muni, King VÄñabhĂ€nu asked, with folded hands, âWho will be Her husband?â NĂ€rada Muni replied, âShe will be the wife of that supreme puruña, mahĂ€-puruña.â At that time, Her eyes were still closed. NĂ€rada Muni assured, âIn due course, Her eyes will open. You are the most fortunate mother and father in the whole universe.â With these words, NĂ€rada Muni left that place. This account is mentioned in the Padma PurÀëa, where ĂivajĂ© is speaking to PĂ€rvatĂ© devĂ©. PĂ€rvatĂ© then enquired further.
PĂ€rvati, at the lotus feet of ĂivajĂ©, asked, âWhy was RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé not opening Her eyes?â ĂivajĂ© said, âO DevĂ©, that is a very wonderful story. When Lord Hari prepared to descend here to the material world, He called RĂ€dhĂ€, saying, âYou shall also take birth in the material world with Me, and together We will manifest wonderful lĂ©lĂ€s there.â RĂ€dhĂ€ responded, âO My dear lotus-eyed Hari, if I take birth in the material world, I will be very distressed. I only see Your form. I cannot see the form of other men.â KÄñëa said, âO DevĂ©, You will not feel any distress. You will always see My form. You will not see any other male form.â
After saying this, Lord Hari took birth as the son of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja, to protect the sĂ€dhus â sĂ€dhu rakhya-kare. RĂ€dhĂ€ took birth as the daughter of KĂ©rtidĂ€ and VÄñabhĂ€nu. At their births the whole universe became supremely joyful. However, seeing that RĂ€dhĂ€ had not opened Her eyes, KĂ©rtidĂ€ felt distressed.â
Again, Parvati inquired, âPlease tell me how RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs vision returned.â ĂivajĂ© said, âI will tell you a wonderful story, one that brings transcendental happiness to all who hear it.â
On the auspicious occasion of RĂ€dhĂ€âs birth, King VÄñabhĂ€nu hosted a grand festival inviting all the cowherd men and women, with a special invitation to Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja and YaçodarĂ€nĂ©. Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja and YaçodarĂ€nĂ© arrived at King VÄñabhĂ€nuâs palace seated on a bullock cart. MahĂ€rĂ€ja VÄñabhĂ€nu went outside to welcome Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja, and KĂ©rtidĂ€ went outside to welcome Yaçoda-mĂ€tĂ€. VÄñabhĂ€nu and Nanda embraced, and KĂ©rtidĂ€ and Yaçoda embraced each other in the inner quarters. A lively festival was in progress with the music of drums, kettle-drums, bugles, violins, véëÀ. In the inner quarters RĂ€dhĂ€ was sleeping in a cradle. AntaryĂ€mĂ©-hari, He who dwells within, sensed the moment. No one noticed when baby KÄñëa went to RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé as She slept in the cradle. Seeing the face of His dear consort, KÄñëa was smiling, laughing in His mind. Then He placed His lotus palm on RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs eyes. As soon as RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé felt the touch of KÄñëaâs lotus palm immediately She opened Her eyes and saw KÄñëaâs face.
Eye-to-Eye Union
There was eye-to-eye union, between RĂ€dha and KÄñëa: both of Them were very, very blissful. Just then KĂ©rtidĂ€ approached her daughterâs cradle and saw that RĂ€dhĂ€ had opened Her eyes. KĂ©rtidĂ€ was overjoyed and placed her daughter on her lap. She said, âOh KÄñëa has given eyes to RĂ€dhĂ€, therefore this baby RĂ€dhĂ€ will be very dear to KÄñëa.â Hearing this, mother Yaçoda was very happy. There was a joyous festival in King VÄñabhĂ€nuâs palace. No one can describe this inconceivable lĂ©lĂ€ of KÄñëa.
The lĂ©lĂ€s mentioned here, from the Brahma-vaivarta PurÀëa and the Padma PurÀëa, are described by the mercy of hari-guru. This is all about the appearance of ĂrĂ©mati RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé.
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva then spoke on these two topics:
â...Unless one receives the mercy of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, one cannot approach KÄñëa and get KÄñëa. So RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs mercy is required to get KÄñëa. Our life will be fulfilled if we get KÄñëa. This is the aim of this human form of life, the perfection of this human life, paramĂ€rtha labha. All the Vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€ryas, Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, Narottama dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura, have prayed for the mercy of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé and they have confirmed this.
ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura sings,
rÀdhÀ bhajane yadi mati nÀhi bhelÀ kÄñëa bhajana tava akÀrana gelÀ
âIf one is not inclined toward the worship of RĂ€dhĂ€, his worship of KÄñëa is uselessâ
If you cannot chant the glories of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé, your kÄñëabhajana is fruitless. It is of no value. Therefore, we chant the name of RĂ€dhĂ€, glorify Her, Hare KÄñëa Hare KÄñëa. Hare means âO RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâ, first Hare [ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€], then KÄñëa [ĂrĂ© KÄñëa] ...â
â...The GosvĂ€mĂ©s have said, âIf one does not worship the lotus feet of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé or the dust of Her feet, or VrajabhĂŒmi that has been purified by the footsteps of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé (in other words, if someone does not serve RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé), he cannot immerse himself
C hapter 14 this person is out of this World
in SyĂ€m-sindhu.ââ ĂyĂ€masundara is like an ocean; sindhu means ocean. That means he cannot be liked by SyĂ€ma ...â
C hapter F i F teen
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: The next morning, Saturday, 9 September 1989, I went to Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs hut and gave him the letter of recommendation from the Temple President. He opened the letter in front of me and said: I see that PrabhupĂ€da has sent you to me to help me with this project; KÄñëa will give you the intelligence how to do it.
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: While I was there, one devotee had sent a letter to Gurudeva from Australia about a certain devotee; saying that that devotee was not fit for initiation and giving a few reasons. We were in what was to be the restaurant area, still a construction site, sitting with Gurudeva for the evening darçana. Gurudeva was talking to DĂ©nabandhu prabhu about this letter and that devotee and said, âWho will help him if we do not?â This showed to me Gurudevaâs magnanimous nature and how he could see far beyond each oneâs defects.
by K Äñë A
Then on 14 September 1989 Gurudeva spoke on how the Supreme Lord is in the fourth dimension and we cannot understand Him as we live in a three-dimensional sphere. Therefore, we need assistance:
âSome people want to know the Supreme Lord through their material senses. They are either speculators or atheists, or doubtful persons. From this has come nirviçeña brahma and jĂŻĂ€na. But the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam and the Supreme Lord, when He comes as Gaurasundara, Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu, say that one cannot see the Lord or understand Him through his materially conditioned senses or his mundane knowledge. So one must accept a bona fide Ă€cĂ€rya to understand kÄñëa-tattva.â
âWe are conditioned souls. We can only understand or conceive of something that has three dimensions - length, breadth and height. We cannot conceive a vastu or something that has four dimensions. The Supreme Lord is in that sphere of four dimensions; so how can we conceive of Him with our materially conditioned senses? We cannot! This is very deep philosophy, not easy to understand.â (Lecture on ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 5.84-86)
The Supreme Lord is in that sphere where there are four dimensions, so how can we conceive of it with our materially conditioned senses? We cannot conceive of it at all. Two parallel lines cannot meet, generally speaking, but in that fourth dimension they meet. However, we cannot understand it, we cannot conceive of it because in our conditioned state our knowledge is defective.
Stay BeCame Sweeter By the Day
There are four defects in the conditioned soul.* Our senses are defective, therefore we cannot understand this subject matter. Therefore, we cannot accept as mahÀjana or ÀcÀrya anyone who is similarly conditioned. Those who cannot understand the fourth dimension cannot be mahÀjanas or gurus, and we should not believe in their statements.
By accepting a bona fide spiritual master who has this conception of the fourth dimension, you can understand, through his mercy. Otherwise, it is not possible to understand all these tattvas spoken here. (Excerpt from a lecture on ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 5.84-86 given on 14 September 1989, Bhubaneswar, India)
Then on 23 September 1989, Gurudeva spoke on never aspiring for pratiñöhĂ€: mauna-vrata-çruta-tapo-âdhyayana-sva-dharmavyĂ€khyĂ€-raho-japa-samĂ€dhaya Ă€pavargyĂ€Ăč prĂ€yaĂč paraĂ puruña te tv ajitendriyˑˈ vĂ€rtĂ€ bhavanty uta na vĂ€tra tu dĂ€mbhikĂ€nĂ€m
âO Supreme Personality of Godhead, there are ten prescribed methods on the path to liberationâto remain silent, to observe vows, to amass all kinds of Vedic knowledge, to undergo austerities, to study the Vedas and other Vedic literatures, to execute the duties of varëÀçrama-dharma, to explain the çÀstras, to stay in a solitary place, to chant mantras silently, and to be absorbed in trance. These different methods for liberation are generally only a professional practice and means of livelihood for those who have not conquered their senses. Because such persons are falsely proud, these procedures may not be successful.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam verse 7.9.46)
* Authorâs note: The four defects are: bhrama (the tendency to commit mistakes), pramĂ€da (the tendency to be illusioned/bewilderment), vipralipsĂ€ (the tendency to cheat) and karaëÀpÀöava (imperfect senses).
K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: He who never runs after sense gratification is a Vaiñëava. He never does anything for his own sense gratification; he does everything for the gratification of the senses of KÄñëa. Generally, people cannot understand that, but they should be taught. In order to teach them, a Vaiñëava becomes a gĂ„hastha and shows by his own example how to maintain a family in KÄñëa consciousness and make all the members of the family kÄñëa-bhaktas and serve KÄñëa; in other words, do kÄñëa-saĂ sĂ€ra. You are doing mĂ€yĂ€-saĂ sĂ€ra, but you should do kÄñëa-saĂ sĂ€ra! Therefore, a sĂ€dhu becomes a gĂ„hastha to teach this.
If a devotee or Vaiñëava is a family man, his family is not an ordinary family. All the members of his family are Vaiñëavas and should be Vaiñëavas. All should be related to KÄñëa. The relationship of husband and wife, father and son, friend and friend, master and servant, whatever relationship it is, must be based on the relationship with KÄñëa. This is a Vaiñëava family, sÀdhu-saà sÀra. Thereby, he shows the public how to do saà sÀra, kÄñëera saà sÀra, not mÀyÀ-saà sÀra. So that householder Vaiñëava must do some business for KÄñëa, for the service of KÄñëa or for the maintenance of the devotees of KÄñëa. Not for his sense gratification. This is gÄhé-vaiñëava. He is not an ordinary householder. He is a Vaiñëava.
It is said that those who are not really devotees, those who have been disappointed and who have come out unsuccessful in all sorts of endeavours, just take to the process of selling the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam. That means they earn money by speaking on the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, tuĂŹga bhĂ€gavata, bhĂ€gavata-vyavasĂ€yĂ©. They are businessmen; they are selling the BhĂ€gavatam.
There is a general saying in human society: satyaĂ brĂŒyĂ€t priyaĂ brĂŒyĂ€t mĂ€ brĂŒyĂ€t satyam apriyam. Speak in such a way that it will be pleasing, do not speak the unpalatable truth. But on the spiritual path, this is not recommended. However unpalatable the truth may be, speak it. That is stated by our Ă€cĂ€ryas.
In the UpadeçÀmĂ„ta, ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ© mentions about âprajalpaâ. Prajalpa means âspeaking nonsenseâ. If someone speaks
nonsense, his span of life is being cut short, because some energy is being exhausted thereby. If you speak nonsense, the energy is exhausted, so your lifespan will be cut short. Therefore, do not speak nonsense! If you are so capable to do so, powerful enough, speak 24 hours about KÄñëa. Chant His Name so your lifespan will be enhanced thereby.
The VrajavĂ€sĂ©s, the residents of Vrajabhumi, preach the glories of KÄñëa. They are not dead bodies â prÀëa Ă€che tĂ€â r, they have life, se-hetu pracĂ€r - therefore they preach. PratiñöhÀçÀ-hĂ©na-âkÄñëa-gĂ€thĂ€â saba - they never aspire for pratiñöhĂ€, name and fame. They only preach throughout the world this kÄñëa-kathĂ€. (From a lecture on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.9.46, Bhubaneswar, 23 September 1989)
JanÀrdana dÀsa: I took initiation [hari-nÀma-dékñÀ] on Sunday, 1 October 1989. His Divine Grace Gour Govinda Swami called me by my passport name and then I took hari-nÀma initiation and became JanÀrdana dÀsa.
My initiation date was actually set for ĂrĂ©la MadhvĂ€cĂ€ryaâs appearance day [10 October 1989], however, Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja changed it and made it earlier on an auspicious tithi (day). After the initiation, DĂ©nabandhu prabhu and myself went to RemuëÀ, which is in the Balasore area of Orissa, to visit ĂrĂ©la MĂ€dhavendra PurĂ©âs samĂ€dhi. This was a few hours from Bhubaneswar. It became complicated on the way back, and we arrived very late in the evening. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was worried about us and did not go to sleep until he knew that we had arrived back. This showed his kindness and that he really cared for us.
On 10 October 1989 Gurudeva spoke on the importance of understanding that we are in the jailhouse of MÀyÀ-devé. Excerpts from this wonderful lecture are below:
çré-prahrÀda uvÀca mÀ mÀà pralobhayotpattyÀ
K Äñë A
saktaĂ kĂ€meñu tair varaiĂč tat-saĂŹga-bhĂ©to nirviëëo mumukñus tvĂ€m upÀçritaĂč
âPrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja said: My dear Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, because I was born in an atheistic family, I am naturally attached to material enjoyment. Therefore, kindly do not tempt me with these illusions. I am very much afraid of material conditions, and I desire to be liberated from materialistic life. It is for this reason that I have taken shelter of Your lotus feet.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.10.2)
Materialistic life means attachment to the body and everything in relationship to the body. This attachment is based on lusty desires for sense gratification, specifically sexual enjoyment. KĂ€mais tais tair hĂ„ta-jĂŻĂ€nĂ€Ăč: [Bg. 7.20] when one is too attached to material enjoyment, he is bereft of all knowledge (hĂ„ta jĂŻĂ€nĂ€Ăč). As stated in Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€, those who are attached to material enjoyment are mostly inclined to worship the demigods to procure various material opulences. They are especially attached to worship of the goddess DurgĂ€ and Lord Ăiva, because this transcendental couple can offer their devotees all material opulence. PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja, however, was detached from all material enjoyment. He therefore took shelter of the lotus feet of Lord NĂ„siĂ hadeva, and not the feet of any demigod. It is to be understood that if one really wants release from this material world, from the threefold miseries and from janma-mĂ„tyu jarĂ€-vyĂ€dhi [Bg. 13.9] (birth, death, old age and disease), one must take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for without the Supreme Personality of Godhead one cannot get release from materialistic life. Atheistic men are very much attached to material enjoyment. Therefore, if they get some opportunity to achieve more and more material enjoyment, they take it. PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja, however, was very careful in this regard. Although born of a materialistic father, because he was a devotee he had no material desires (anyĂ€bhilÀñitĂ€-Ă§ĂŒnyam, ĂrĂ© Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu 1.1.11]). (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.10.2, purport)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: ĂçÀvĂ€syam idaĂ sarvam [Ăçopaniñad mantra 1]* The Ăçopaniñad states that everything here in this material manifestation, the material world, belongs to the Supreme Lord. It does not belong to anyone else. One must understand very clearly that all this is for His enjoyment and not for my enjoyment or your enjoyment, nor for anyone elseâs enjoyment.
If someone is really intelligent, a pure devotee, he knows very well that everything belongs to the Supreme Lord. Therefore, he utilises everything, even his body, for the service of the Lord. This body is also given by KÄñëa, so you should completely use this body for His service and not for your service.
Is there anything you can say that is yours? No. Nothing is yours! Everything belongs to KÄñëa. I belong to Him, and everybody else belongs to Him, as everyone is His servant. He is the only Supreme Lord - ekale éçvara kÄñëa, Àra saba bhÄtya. **
âWhat is the business of a servant, bhĂ„tya? To serve his master, to please his master. So, as you are the servant of the Supreme Lord, your business is to please Him, not to please your own senses. Do you understand? Pure devotees know this very well and they utilise everything for the Lordâs service.
If you were to become bereft of all material opulence, material wealth, material friendship, material attachment, everything, then naturally you would take shelter of the Supreme Lord. People attain some material opulences, like wealth, fame, or position, as a result of worshipping the goddess DurgĂ€ and Ăiva, because these Deities offer such benedictions. All material
*éçÀvĂ€syam idam sarvaĂ yat kiĂŻca jagatyÀà jagat tena tyaktena bhuĂŻjĂ©thĂ€ mĂ€ gĂ„dhaĂč kasya svid dhanam
âEverything animate or inanimate that is within the universe is controlled and owned by the Lord. One should therefore accept only those things necessary for himself, which are set aside as his quota, and one should not accept other things, knowing well to whom they belong.â (Ăçopaniñad mantra 1)
** ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 5.142.
by K Äñë A
enjoyment and opulence come from this worship, which is why durgĂ€-pĂŒjĂ€ is such a grand ceremony. They make a pompous ceremony, and people are deeply absorbed in it. Everywhere, government offices, industries, all are closed for this great ceremony. Everyone is engaged in it, aspiring for DurgĂ€ DevĂ©âs blessings. They hope that the goddess will bless them with all material enjoyment and pleasures, but they do not know that all this material enjoyment is the source of all misery.
Material enjoyment is the source of all misery, duĂčkhayonaya. * All material happiness or pleasure derived here are Ă€dyantavantaĂč, ** temporary. They come and go; they have a beginning and an end. Everyone and everything in this material world is Ă€dy-antavantaĂč; nothing is eternal here. Then, how could you get an eternal benediction for some eternal pleasure and happiness from Lord Ăiva or DurgĂ€ DevĂ©? They cannot give you that.
DurgĂ€ DevĂ© and Lord Ăiva have two types of mercy: sakapaöakĂ„pĂ€ and akapaöa-kĂ„pĂ€ â mercy with duplicity, mercy without duplicity. All atheistic, materialistic people, as well as the demons, worship DurgĂ€ DevĂ© for material benefit. DurgĂ€ DevĂ© gives them her mercy with duplicity, âAlright, I give you all this material facility, but you must see and remember that I have this trident in my hand. So, be prepared to receive my trident.â Eventually, all these material benefits turn into misery.
This material world is the abode of the conditioned souls. MĂ€yĂ€-devĂ©, also known as DurgĂ€ DevĂ©, has created a prison-house. DurgĂ€ means âfort.â She is known as DurgĂ€ DevĂ© because she controls this fort-like prison. She has imprisoned the conditioned souls here and gives them suffering.
Why shall a pure devotee come here to this prison-house of DurgÀ Devé? The pure devotee is not imprisoned by DurgÀ Devé, as being a pure devotee, he is forever liberated. His abode is in
* Bhagavad-gétÀ 5.22.
** Bhagavad-gétÀ 5.22.
Vaikuëöha-loka, in the spiritual world. However, sometimes the pure devotee comes here under the order of the Supreme Lord, or by his own will out of causeless mercy. He comes here to teach the conditioned souls how to become devotees and go back home, back to Godhead.
Why are you suffering here? Because you are unaware of your true identity. Do you know who you are, who your Father is? You are the child of a great Father, but you have forgotten it. Away from Him, you are wandering in this material world and suffering. The pure devotee reminds you: âGo back to your Father, the Supreme Person! You are His child. You are loitering here, as if you have no Father. Go back home, back to Godhead!
A Vaiñëava is not a conditioned soul. A Vaiñëava is a liberated soul. He comes here out of causeless mercy to teach people by his own example. By the teaching and mercy of a pure devotee, a Vaiñëava, the conditioned soul will be delivered. Vaiñëavas are doing this work. They shower real dayÀ, mercy. The dayÀ or kÄpÀ, the mercy of a Vaiñëava, vaiñëava-dayÀ, vaiñëava-kÄpÀ, is very powerful. One Vaiñëava, one pure devotee, can deliver the whole world!
To get votes from the citizens and have a political position, a conditioned soul says â âOh, Iâm always thinking very seriously about you, about your suffering. Iâm making so many nice plans and projects for your happiness. Give me your vote, elect me and I will do. I will serve you.â Just merely saying, cheating! He himself is suffering, he himself is in prison, he himself is bound up. How can he free another prisoner? Because he is never bound. Only a liberated soul can deliver and can free others.
A karmé is always after his own sense gratification. But a sÀdhu, a Vaiñëava is always after kÄñëa-priti, love of KÄñëa. A sÀdhu accepts saà sÀra, life in this world, a wife, and produces children, for the pleasure of KÄñëa. He produces devotee children, and that is needed. So, there is no question of bondage for him.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
A Vaiñëava sÀdhu goes to the karmés to bestow mercy upon them. He never accepts their mentality; rather, he teaches them about loving KÄñëa. Therefore, he is not afraid of this material world. He even wants to stay here to deliver all the conditioned souls. He is a nitya-siddha, an eternally liberated and perfect soul.
JanĂ€rdana dĂ€sa: During that time in Bhubaneswar, I would listen to Gurudevaâs classes everyday (both in Oriya and in English) and record some of the lectures. After three weeks I asked permission to leave and go back to the U.K. He asked me to stay a little longer and record some more lectures. I am happy I stayed; the stay became sweeter by the day.
After five weeks [14 October 1989] in Bhubaneswar, it was time for me to leave. When I was about to leave, I went to Gurudevaâs hut to offer daĂ«ĂČavats and say goodbye. He was sitting in the terrace of the hut. He told me to follow the four principles and chant sixteen rounds every day without fail. He also asked me to help with the project.
Being with Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja, attending the classes morning and evening, was very personal, he would personally give me the garland after class, also I was sitting close in front of him; I would get his attention, he would ask me questions, and laugh; it was a very sweet and special encounter. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja would bring the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam and the ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta alive. He would go into your heart at the same time, it had such an effect. I could not believe that I deserved to be hearing such confidential topics; he would actually take you there. He would bring the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam alive from a verse or a word in the text that one would normally not give much importance to. He would cover a topic from every angle and always stick to the subject of the verse.
Gurudeva spoke on this point many times, and again spoke on it in November 1989:
ââŠMy Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja developed some sulkiness. âNo, I will not go to Orissa because I am preaching the glories of JagannĂ€tha, but my disciples are banned from entering the JagannĂ€tha Temple in PurĂ©.â He developed such sulkiness. So, he was not coming to Orissa. But he wanted to come here to such a dear place; it is MahĂ€prabhuâs place, isnât it? MahĂ€prabhu manifested His antyalĂ©lĂ€ here; He disappeared here. Why would PrabhupĂ€da who is such a dear devotee of MahĂ€prabhu not come here? He developed sulkiness, and therefore he was in need of a mediator. So, he caught me. âGour Govind, you will take me to Orissa.â Alright! Then, I had to play the part of a mediator.â (From a lecture in Bhubaneswar, Orissa, on 2 November 1989.)
On 3 November 1989, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda SwĂ€mĂ© spoke on this very important topic:
ââŠThe only object of love is the all-beautiful KÄñëa. His beauty far excels the beauty of crores of Cupids. Be attracted to KÄñëa! Is there any beauty in mĂ€yĂ€? One attracted to KÄñëa will never be entrapped by mĂ€yĂ€; he will never develop attraction to mĂ€yĂ€. So, when this question arises, why so-called gurus fall down? It is because they are not real gurus! They have never developed attraction towards KÄñëa. One who really sees the beauty of KÄñëa, whose beauty excels that of crores of Cupids, will never be attracted to mĂ€yĂ€. Such a person can give you KÄñëa.
kÄñëa se tomĂ€ra, kÄñëa dite pĂ€ra, tomĂ€ra çakati Ă€che Ă€mi toâ kÀÏgĂ€la, âkÄñëaâ âkÄñëaâ baliâ, dhĂ€i tava pĂ€che pĂ€che
K Äñë A
âYou can give me KÄñëa, because KÄñëa is yours therefore, I am running after you, give me KÄñëaââŠâ*
JanÀrdana dÀsa: Before I took the flight from India, I went to the Delhi ISKCON temple and attended a class by an ISKCON guru. I could then tell the difference.
Though the person giving the class was a GBC, there was a great distance between the speaker and the audience; the speaker could not connect as well with the audience. His class lacked depth and substance. I had just been in Bhubaneswar where everything was more personal. After a class with Guru MahÀrÀja one feels spiritually nourished. Nothing was the same after that. Nothing!
In his Hari-nĂ€ma-cintĂ€maĂ«i, Chapter Three titled NĂ€mĂ€bhĂ€sa, ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura writes:
ââŠThe living entity will continue under the shadow of nĂ€mĂ€bhĂ€sa as long as he is ignorant of sambandha-tattva, the basic facts concerning the jĂ©va, God and the material nature, and their mutual relationship. However, when the serious student takes shelter of a bona fide guru, by the force of his effective spiritual practice he can remove the obstructions blocking the sun of the holy name. When the clouds and mist go away, the brilliant sun of the name becomes visible and bestows upon the devotee the treasure of love of God. After the bona fide guru gives sambandhajĂŻĂ€na, he instructs the disciple on the practice of culturing the holy name (sĂ€dhana-bhakti). This is called abhidheya or process. By this specific process the name will show its influence and drive out the anarthas. Finally, the jĂ©va achieves the goal of life, love of God,
* Authorâs comment: A real guru is attracted to KÄñëa, and the non-bona fide guru, as many of us have experienced, is attracted to mĂ€yĂ€. Therefore, our beloved Gurudeva, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, would always say there are two types of gurus; one sent by KÄñëa, and one sent by mĂ€yĂ€.
C hapter 15 the Stay BeCame Sweeter By the Day
and in that position, he continues his performance of chanting the holy name in full spiritual bliss (prema)âŠâ
C hapter S ixteen
çré-bhagavÀn uvÀca animitta-nimittena sva-dharmeëÀmalÀtmanÀ tévrayÀ mayi bhaktyÀ ca çruta-sambhÄtayÀ ciram
Lord Kapiladeva instructs His mother DevahĂŒti, âThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said: One achieves liberation by seriously discharging devotional service unto Me and thereby hearing for a long time about Me or from Me. By thus executing oneâs prescribed duties, there will be no reaction, and one will be freed from the contamination of matter.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 3.27.21)
It was in this year, 1989, that a growing number of aspiring Western devotees began visiting Bhubaneswar to associate with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami and take initiation from him. Most had experienced non-bona fide gurus, in ISKCON, who had fallen by the wayside. They needed to connect with a real sĂ€dhu, a real guru, someone unswayed by the allurements of the material energy. For many, Bhubaneswar became the final stop in their quest.
K Äñë A
The visiting devotees stayed for various lengths of time. Travelling through India as a tourist â living in hotels and dining in restaurants serving Asian/continental cuisine â is one thing, but to live modestly in an Àçrama is quite another. Adapting to spicy Indian cooking and going without the familiar comforts of the West could present challenges. Bhubaneswar was especially austere; the prasĂ€dam in the early days was very simple and spicy, reflecting traditional Indian taste and habit. There was no variety, no fancy dishes â mostly kichrĂ© or dĂ€lma with rice; and maybe subji; and sometimes, on occasion, capĂ€tĂ©s.
The next to arrive in Bhubaneswar was Janeshwar dÀsa and wife (at that time known as JanmÀñöamé dÀsa and Sunitha).
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: I should explain the events which led to our first meeting with Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja. I had first heard of our Gurudeva, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami at the time he was allowed to accept disciples by the ISKCON GBC, in 1985. I was told that he was an elderly GauĂČĂ©ya Maöha guru who had joined ISKCON along with his disciples. We know that this was not true, but it is what I heard at the time. I next heard of him after the book marathon in the UK, the next year in the summer.
Gurudeva had given class at the Bhaktivedanta Manor and all the devotees were speaking about him, about how amazing his class was and that he was a pure devotee. This made a deep impression in my mind, as this was during the time of the zonal ÀcÀryas, where no one was ever glorified apart from the local socalled ÀcÀrya.
Then, I heard of him once more in 1989, some years after the zonal Ă€cĂ€ryaâ s fall. I was discussing about dĂ©kñÀ and guru with a dear friend, Murari dĂ€sa [ISKCON name] / Madana Mohan dĂ€sa [GauĂČĂ©ya Maöha name] who had taken dĂ©kñÀ from the Ă€cĂ€rya of the GauĂČĂ©ya Mission, ĂrĂ©la Bhakti VaibhĂ€va PurĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja.
He advised me that if I was to take initiation within ISKCON I should only consider taking from ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami. He told me to find a French devotee named Nruhari dĂ€sa who was now at the Manor, as he was MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs disciple, and I could borrow tapes from him.
I went to the Manor and met Nruhari. At that time, no one was glorifying any of the gurus in ISKCON; rather we were all criticising them, because many of the so-called big gurus had fallen down and we felt very disappointed and cheated. However, when I met Nruhari prabhu he launched into a one and half hour glorification of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami. And I had not heard anyone speak like that for a number of years.
Nruhari dĂ€sa: It was an amazing occurrence. I could not even conceive of it. As soon as I returned to the West after being initiated by Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja, all of our god-brothers to be from the UK, with no exception, received his causeless mercy through conversations I had with them about his status and preaching. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja used me to impart an awareness to them of his preaching, as I was describing His Divine Grace to them with firm conviction and tremendous enthusiasm. As I recorded every lecture by ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva while I was in Bhubaneswar, I started making copies of those lectures for all of them. Every single godbrother you can think of from the UK, took shelter of His Divine Grace simply by hearing about him and listening to his lectures that I had recorded.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: Then I listened to one recording from 1986 that Nruhari loaned me, which was entitled Vaiñëava ĂaraĂ«a and was a lecture where Gurudeva sang a bhajana with this title and had given the most amazing commentary on it. In fact, just a couple of minutes of listening to him speaking on that tape, I turned to my wife and told her, âThis is my guruâ. That was the proof, for that really was the deciding factor!*
* Authorâs comment: Again, Nruhari Prabhu was instrumental in introducing aspirants to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami.
K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Why glorify the Vaiñëavas? It is explained by ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu in the ĂrĂ© Caitanya-bhĂ€gavata,
ei satya kahi, tomĂ€â-sabĂ€re kevala nĂ€ jĂ€niyĂ€ nindĂ€ yebĂ€ karila sakala
Àra yadi nindya-karma kabhu nÀ Àcare nirantara viñëu-vaiñëavera stuti kare
e sakala pÀpa guche ei se upÀya koöi prÀyaçcite o anyathÀ nÀhi yÀya
âI am telling you the truth. Those who unknowingly blaspheme Viñëu or the Vaiñëavas can be delivered from all sinful reactions if they always glorify Viñëu and the Vaiñëavas and never again engage in blasphemy. [Otherwise] Even millions of atonements cannot deliver them.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-bhĂ€gavata 3.456-458)
The poem known as Vaiñëava ĂaraĂ«a is a well-loved Vaiñëava bhajana chanted on a daily basis by many GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëavas, as it is known to help purify the chanter of vaiñëava-aparĂ€dha, and also to prevent future offences. It is thus both curative and prophylactic.
This poem is, in fact, the final part of a much larger work titled Vaiñëava-vandanĂ€, a prayer that honours many of MahĂ€prabhuâs most important associates by name. It was written by ĂrĂ© DevakĂ©nandana dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura,* who, it is understood, was known as GopĂ€la CĂ€pĂ€la prior to receiving MahĂ€prabhuâs grace and becoming a Vaiñëava himself.
* Please see Appendix Six for this song.
This was a very distinctive feature of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swamiâs preaching style. He would often sing, not quote or chant, but sing the verses of ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, ĂrĂ© Caitanya-bhĂ€gavata, the songs of ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, ĂrĂ©la Narottama-dĂ€sa
ThÀkura and of many Vaiñëava-ÀcÀryas throughout his lectures. This unique style of preaching was completely unheard of in ISKCON at the time and, in many instances, left the audience awestruck.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: I had heard good things about Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja from other devotees as well, so I had quite an impression of him before we arrived in India. In fact, part of the reason for us going to India at that time was for me to surrender to Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja, become his disciple, and give up my recently re-acquired independence (which had resurfaced after the person I had âtaken initiationâ from several years before gave up his high position in the Society).
Janeshwar dÀsa: I already had a strong impression of our Guru MahÀrÀja, before first meeting him. As I mentioned earlier, just listening to him speak on a recording for a minute or two, I realised that he was my most revered Gurudeva. I told my wife Sujata devé dÀsé as much, at that very moment, listening to that first recording.
Hearing recordings of our beloved Gurudeva was one thing, but experiencing the personal association of this great personality left a
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë
A
lasting impression, embedded deeply in those aspirants on the path of bhakti. It instilled the essential need for the on-going process of sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga â not just one day or one week, but continuous and steadfast, until one finally achieves success. And even then, one would still need to continue associating with sĂ€dhus, sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga, as our beloved Gurudeva so often explained.
Excerpt from a lecture by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kura
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami begins: How can one develop kÄñëa-bhakti? Associate with such a bhakta, a sĂ€dhu-vaiñëava, who is the embodiment of çaraëÀgati, or full surrender. He is always, twenty-four hours a day, engaged in the loving service of KÄñëa. By his association and mercy one can develop bhakti.â
bhaktis tu bhagavad-bhakta-saĂŹgena parijĂ€yate sat-saĂŹgaĂč prĂ€pyate pumbhiĂč sukĂ„taiĂč pĂŒrva-saĂŻcitaiĂč
âBhakti becomes manifest by the association of the Lordâs devotees [bhagavad-bhakta-saĂŹgena]. The association of devotees is obtained by previous accumulated piety.â (BĂ„han-nĂ€radĂ©ya PurÀëa 4.33)
kÄñëa-bhakti-janma-mĂŒla haya âsĂ€dhu-saĂŹgaâ kÄñëa-prema janme, teĂŹho punaĂč mukhya aĂŹga
âThe root cause of devotional service to Lord KÄñëa is association with advanced devotees. Even when oneâs dormant love for KÄñëa awakens, association with devotees is still most essential.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 22.83)
These are the words of Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu: KÄñëa-bhaktijanma-mĂŒla haya âsĂ€dhu-saĂŹgaâ â the birthplace of kÄñëa-bhakti is
16
hearing is Our Main Business
indeed sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga. It is also the chief limb of kÄñëa-prema. By associating with a premi-bhakta, one who has bound KÄñëa within his heart with the rope of love â who carries KÄñëa in his heart â if you get his mercy, you will develop kÄñëa-prema.
MahĂ€prabhu is a practical teacher. Although He is KÄñëa Himself, He came as a sĂ€dhu-guru to teach bhakti, assuming the mood of a bhakta. What was He doing when He stayed in JagannĂ€tha PurĂ©? He was always with His two intimate devotees RĂ€ya RĂ€mĂ€nanda and SvarĂŒpa DĂ€modara GoswĂ€mĂ©. In VrajalĂ©lĂ€, they are LalitĂ€-sakhĂ© and ViçÀkĂ€-sakhĂ©. In JagannĂ€tha PurĂ© MahĂ€prabhu was always with them. Thereby He has set the example that one should always be in the association of such intimate premi-bhaktas. As KÄñëa says,
mad-bhakta-pĂŒjĂ€bhyadhikĂ€ sarva-bhĂŒteñu man-matiĂč
âWorship offered to My dear devotees is superior than worship offered directly to Me.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 11.19.21)
MahĂ€prabhu has set that example through His own life; He was always in the company of His intimate associates [great sĂ€dhus], SvarĂŒpa DĂ€modara GoswĂ€mĂ© and RĂ€ya RĂ€mĂ€nanda...â1
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami trained his disciples in devotional siddhĂ€nta, especially the Oriya devotees there, who were very learned. They had been listening to His Divine Grace for many, many years. The path we follow is the path of hearing â hearing from those great personalities who are completely conversant in the GauĂČiyĂ€-siddhĂ€nta.
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
tad-vijĂŻĂ€nĂ€rthaĂ sa gurum evĂ€bhigacchet samit-pÀëiĂč çrotriyaĂ brahma-niñöham
âTo understand this properly, one must humbly approach, with firewood in hand, a spiritual master who is learned in the Vedas and firmly devoted to the Absolute Truth.â (MuĂ«ĂČaka Upaniñad 1.2.12)
For example, the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam is a dialogue between ĂrĂ©la Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ© and MahĂ€rĂ€ja Pariksit. In addition, there is the sĂŒta-çaunaka saĂ vĂ€da, which consists of questions posed by Ăaunaka à ñi to ĂrĂ© SĂŒta GosvĂ€mĂ© in NaimiñÀraĂ«ya. MahĂ€rĂ€ja Nimi also heard from the Nava-yogendras, King RahĂŒgaĂ«a heard from JaĂČa Bharata, and ĂrĂ© NĂ€rada Muni heard the PurÀëas from ĂrĂ© Nara-nĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a à ñi. Even great personalities hear these sacred topics from other great exponents of this philosophy. As previously mentioned, ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva himself heard from ĂrĂ© NĂ€rada Muni. The self-realised sĂ€dhu-guru speaks hari-kathĂ€ to his disciples. No matter how conditioned one may be, it is essential to hear from self-realised souls â without this, the anarthas in the heart will not be vanquished.*
upanĂ©ya tu yaĂč çisyaĂ veda-madhyĂ€payed dvijaĂč sakalpaĂ sa-rahasyaĂ ca tam Ă€cĂ€ryaĂ pracakñate
âAn Ă€cĂ€rya is not one who only confers the sacred thread. He trains his disciples in sacrifice and teaches them the confidential meaning of the Vedas. Such a spiritual master is an Ă€cĂ€rya according to saintly authorities.â (Manu-saĂ hitĂ€ 2.140)
Ă€cinoti yaĂč çÀstrĂ€rtham Ă€cĂ€re sthĂ€payaty api svayam Ă€carate yasmĂ€d Ă€cĂ€ryas tena kĂ©rttitaĂč
* This has all been discussed in a very wonderful lecture by our beloved Gurudeva on ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Antya-lĂ©lĂ€ verses 3.266-268 spoken on 19 July 1986, in France.
C hapter 16 hearing is Our Main Business
âAn Ă€cĂ€rya is one who fully understands the conclusions of the revealed scriptures and whose behaviour reflects his deep realisation. He is a living example for he teaches the meaning of the scriptures both by word and deed.â (VĂ€yu PurÀëa)
Many of those who went to Bhubaneswar and heard from His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami may testify to his â⊠understanding the confidential meaning of the VedasâŠ.â And, ââŠhe was a living example for he taught the meaning of the scriptures both by word and deedâŠâ
In a lecture by A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da in ĂrĂ©dĂ€ma MĂ€yĂ€pura, 29 September 1974. He stated:
â...Without hearing, what will he do?â
ââŠNonsense? ĂravaĂ«aĂ kĂ©rtanaĂ , this is our main business. If you donât hear, what will you do? You will simply do sense gratification...â
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da: There are three kinds of processes to receive knowledge: pratyakña, aitihya and çabda. Pratyakña means by direct perception, experimental knowledge. And aitihya, or anumĂ€na, hypothesis, âIt may be like this,â âPerhaps like this.â Just like modern scientists say, âPerhaps it is like this.â That is called anumĂ€na, hypothesis. And another process is çabda-pramÀëa, çruti-pramÀëa. Ăabda means sound vibration, and çruti means aural reception. So out of three processes, the çabda-pramÀëa, or receiving sound vibration from authorities by aural reception, is considered to be perfect. (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 1.5.14, 18 June 1969, New Vrindavan)
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
In the first chapter of the Brahma-vaivarta PurÀëa, ĂrĂ© NaranĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a à ñi explains to ĂrĂ© NĂ€rada Muni the glories of hearing:
punÀsi lokÀn sarvÀà ç ca svayaà vigraha-darçanÀt su-maÏgalÀ hari-kathÀ tena tÀà çrotum icchasi
ĂrĂ© Nara-nĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a à ñi speaks to ĂrĂ© NĂ€rada Muni: âBy showing yourself, you purify all the worlds. That is why you wish to hear the very auspicious topics of Lord Hari.â
yatra kÄñëa-kathĂ€ santi tatraiva sarva-devatĂ€Ăč Äñayo munayaç caiva tĂ©rthĂ€ni nikhalĂ€ni ca
âWhere the topics of Lord KÄñëa are present, there also are all the demigods, sages, philosophers, saints, and holy places of pilgrimage.â
kathĂ€Ăč çrutvĂ€ tathĂ€nte te yanti santo nirĂ€padam bhavanti tĂ€ni tĂ©rthĂ€ni yeñu kÄñëa-kathĂ€Ăč çubhĂ€Ăč
âBy hearing the topics of Lord Hari, the hearers become great saints free from all distress. They who hear the beautiful and auspicious topics of Lord Hari become holy places of pilgrimage.â
sadyaĂč kÄñëa-kathĂ€-vaktĂ€ svasya puĂ sÀà çataà çatam
samuddhÄtya çrutavatÀà punÀti nikhilaà kulam
âSpeaking the glories of Lord Hari, and delivering hundreds and hundreds of listeners, they purify the entire world.â
prañöÀ tu praçna-mĂ€treĂ«a punĂ€ti kulam Ă€tmanaĂč çrotĂ€ çravaĂ«a-mĂ€treĂ«a sva-kulaĂ sva-sva-bandhavĂ€n
âSimply by asking his question, the inquirer purifies his family. Simply by hearing, he who hears purifies his family and all his relatives.â
çata-janma-tapaĂč-pĂŒto janmedaĂ bhĂ€rate labhet karoti sa-phalaĂ janma çrutvĂ€ hari-kathĂ€mĂ„tam
âPure as if he had performed austerities for hundreds of births, he is born in BhĂ€rata-varña. Hearing the nectar of topics about Lord Hari, his life is a success.â (Chapter One, Texts 27-32)
Govardhana-pĆ«jÄ
30 October 1989
Janeshwar dĂ€sa and his wife arrived in Bhubaneswar on the day of Govardhana-pĂŒjĂ€ (30 October 1989). Stepping down from their rickshaw at the Bhubaneswar ISKCON Temple, which was adjacent to the main highway, everything looked a bit unusual to them. They had not been to a temple before that was so visibly still under construction. Unfinished structures and scaffolding lay about everywhere, lending to the temple a generally astonishing and untidy appearance.
by K Äñë A
They walked over to the thatched hut, where a devotee standing outside informed them that Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was inside, but would soon be coming out to give class. It was a few minutes before 10 a.m. The curtain moved and out came Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja. They had not seen him before, and he was younger than they anticipated âgolden and effulgent with a big welcoming smile, and a walking stick in his hand. He seemed a little surprised to see them standing there with their bags. They paid full daĂ«ĂČavats and, after rising introduced themselves. Janeshwar dĂ€sa also mentioned that he had written to His Divine Grace from England. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja informed them that he had not yet received that letter.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja asked us, âWhat is your name? Where are you from?â I told him and then he asked, âOh, do you know AkiĂŻcana* and KÄñëÀnanda?â I said I did and Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja said they had written to him and were coming to Bhubaneswar to take initiation.
Guru MahÀrÀja asked about their travel plans and then told them to go and put their bags in the guest house, and to come for class in the temple room.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: We settled into the guesthouse. At that time, we were the only two foreigners there. So, on that day Gurudeva also gave a class in the afternoon around 2-3 pm, on GovardhanapĂŒjĂ€ lĂ©lĂ€. ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva explained to us at the beginning of the class that the devotees were going to read from PrabhupĂ€daâs âKÄñëa Bookâ in the Oriya language, and Gurudeva asked us if we had a KÄñëa Book in the English language we could sit and read.
* AkiĂŻcana dĂ€sa (1957-2022): AkiĂŻcana dĂ€sa was born 12 December 1957 and left this world on 8 April 2022. He was initiated by His Divine Grace Gour Govinda Swami in 1990 and was a disciple for 32 years. He was born in Penang, Malaysia and moved to the UK as a teenager, in the 1970âs. He had the great good fortune to hear His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da speak at Bury Place. A couple of years later, AkiĂŻcana dĂ€sa joined the Temple. Along with Jahnava devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©, his wife, he visited Bhubaneswar in November 1989, and he took initiation from our beloved Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja in 1990.
C hapter 16 hearing is Our Main Business
We told him we did not, so he asked ĂtmĂ€rĂ€ma dĂ€sa to go and get a copy for us.
At the time, classes were being held in the temporary temple room, on the ground floor of the main building. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja sat on the vyĂ€sĂ€sana and was about to give class. When he saw them, he smiled and welcomed them again. He explained that as today was Govardhana-pĂŒjĂ€, there would be a reading from KÄñëa book, but it would be in Oriya. The class began with Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja chanting the ĂrĂ© Govardhana-vĂ€sa-prĂ€rthanĂ€-daçakam. *
* Please see Appendix Seven.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: My first impression of Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was that he did not disappoint me. He certainly seemed to fit most of the preconceived ideas I had in my mind about him. He was very kind, most friendly, welcoming and very jolly. He laughed a lot, and he seemed to be genuinely happy to see us and to have us there. He did not treat us in any condescending fashion, he was not thinking himself to be our superior (which, to be honest, is what we were generally used to from most of the disciples of ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da we had come across before we met ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda MahĂ€rĂ€ja). We noticed over the next few days how he genuinely relished kÄñëa-kathĂ€. For example, he would become increasingly excited relating the pastimes of Lord KÄñëa with the cowherd boys. Also, he would relish describing how KÄñëa is a mad man, because of His love for ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€. Gurudeva was totally unique, a natural bhakta. We could detect nothing forced or artificial about him at all, no pretence. He genuinely relished kÄñëa-kathĂ€ and he gave us so much time and attention for hours every day.
K Äñë A
At that time, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami was speaking three times a day; a ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam class in the morning in Oriya and English, a Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ class in the evening in Oriya and English, and darçana in the afternoon for Janeshwar dĂ€sa and his wife. In truth, he would speak at great lengths for anyone who was present, whether to introduce them to some small spark of understanding or deeper insight into the path of bhakti.
On the third evening, 1 November 1989, SvayambhĂŒ dĂ€sa* gave the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ class. He sat to the right of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami who was seated on his Ă€sana, while everyone was sitting in a circle. Every now and then ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami would offer corrections or share his wisdom, seamlessly expanding the discourse. He also spoke directly to Janeshwar dĂ€sa and his wife in English. At that time, they were contemplating the idea that this time they would stay in Bhubaneswar without taking initiation, then they would return later and take initiation. As has already been stated, Janeshwar dĂ€sa was attached to his sense of freedom.
After class, almost everyone had left, except for SvayambhĂŒ dĂ€sa, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, Janeshwar dĂ€sa and a few others. Previously, some devotees from the GauĂČĂ©ya Maöha had been making remarks about his previous name, Janmastami dĂ€sa, saying that it was not a real, bona fide name. While sitting there, Janeshwar overheard SvayambhĂŒ dĂ€sa speaking in Oriya to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, his own name being repeatedly mentioned in their conversation.
* SvayambhĂŒ dĂ€sa (1935 - 2010) was a very senior Oriya disciple of our beloved Gurudeva, he was very well versed in the siddhĂ€nta. He took sannyĂ€sa 1 March 2004.
One WhO Is attraCted by KÄñëa
Sensing his curiosity, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami looked at him and said with calm assurance, âDo not worry, we will change your name and give you a very nice nameâ. The moment caught Janeshwar off guard. He had not even asked for initiation and been careful to make it known that he was not planning to take it. He purposely addressed him as âMahĂ€rĂ€jaâ, rather than âGuru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâ or âGurudevaâ, ensuring no one misconstrued his intentions. Yet, deep in his heart, he knew â he wanted to take initiation.
Within four days of his first meeting ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, Janeshwar dĂ€sa had no choice but to beg him for initiation. His Divine Grace mercifully, and again, most naturally and calmly, accepted them.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: When he said that, I felt he knew what was going on inside of me; my immediate thought was, âIt is all over! He knows! My independence is gone.â So that evening we spoke, my wife and I, and the next day, which was exactly four days after arriving there [2 November 1989], there was just me at the afternoon darçana and I asked for initiation.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa had come with a list of questions, but in his mind was preoccupied with a single thought â asking for initiation. He began with two superficial questions, all the while recording the exchange. Then, he turned off the tape recorder and asked Gurudeva, âWould you please accept me as your disciple?â To his surprise, Gurudeva simply said, âYes,â and continued answering the earlier question. Janeshwar seemingly perplexed, unsure if his request had been clearly understood, repeated himself. Once again, Gurudeva said, âYes,â and carried on speaking. Still in doubt, he asked a third time. This time, Gurudeva responded with
by K Äñë A
firm assurance, âYes! Yes! Yes! When AkiĂŻcana and KÄñëÀnanda will arrive, I will initiate you all together. Just wait a couple of weeks until they come.â
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: It was a significant event for me but for Gurudeva it was just the natural course of events. He seemed matter-of-fact. The next day I asked for initiation on my wifeâs behalf during the afternoon darçana. And Gurudeva said, âYes! If you take initiation your wife must take as well.â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami asked Janeshwar what service he was doing. When Janeshwar admitted he was not performing any specific service due to his travels around India, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami swiftly engaged him in sweeping the temple room floor every morning. However, Janeshwar dĂ€sa noticed this service was already being carried out by another devotee, Vasudeva dĂ€sa. Seeking clarification, he approached SvayambhĂŒ prabhu, the Temple Commander. He confirmed that it was indeed Vasudevaâs assigned service and suggested Janeshwar take on another task, for instance weeding the garden for an hour before guru-pĂŒjĂ€ each morning. Thus, Vasudeva continued sweeping the temple and Janeshwar dĂ€sa would pull weeds out. Straight after class, however, Janeshwar dĂ€sa would get the broom and sweep the temple room again.* This routine lasted about a week until Caitanya Candra dĂ€sa told Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja about the arrangement. On hearing this, Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja told SvayambhĂŒ prabhu, âJaneshwar is here to
* Authorâs note: Janeshwar prabhu had been requested by SvayambhĂŒ prabhu, the Temple Commander, to weed the garden. However, the higher principle is to always follow the order of the guru before all others and in this case the guru â s order was to sweep the temple room.
This simple example illustrates the important principle shown by SĂ€rvabhauma BhaööÀcĂ€rya when he encouraged ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu to accept, on the order of His own guru, his godbrother Govinda dĂ€sa as his own personal servant. This decision also trumped the normal god brotherly etiquette quoted by ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu. The order of the living tattva-darçé guru must prevail.
One WhO Is attraCted by KÄñëa
hear, he should not do heavy labour but sweep the temple room. We can pay someone to do the garden.â
Janeshwar dĂ€sa asked many questions in the afternoon. Knowing ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami appreciated inquisitiveness, he arrived prepared with a list of at least thirty questions.
This is part of the guru disciple relationship to enquire. One acquires knowledge of the Absolute Truth through three means: praĂ«ipĂ€tena â by approaching a spiritual master; paripraçnena â by submissive inquiries; sevayĂ€ â by the rendering of service [BhagavadgĂ©tĂ€ 4.34]). It is also said to ask questions and hear the answer, guru-pÀçe â to be in the care of a spiritual master [ĂrĂ© CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 25.122]. This is the living GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava process practiced in our lineage. Below are some of the questions Janeshwar dĂ€sa asked.
Janeshwar dÀsa: What is my duty [as a gÄhasta]?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You should keep a cow.
Janeshwar dÀsa: Where should I live and what service should I do?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You are a gĂ„hasta so that is up to you. If you are a brahmacĂ€rĂ© living in the temple, then you have to do what the authorities say. But if you are a gĂ„hasta living outside the temple, then it is up to you.
Janeshwar dÀsa: If I am going to be initiated by you, that means I am not initiated at the moment, so what do I do with my brÀhmaëa thread?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No need to wear it!**
Janeshwar dÀsa: Is that re-initiation? There are many devotees in my situation.
** Authorâs comment: That is the same answer Gurudeva gave to us when we arrived in Bhubaneswar. In point of actual fact, the so-called initiation was now useless. (Technically we had never been initiated.)
K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la ĂrĂ©mad Gour Govinda Swami: No, you have never been initiated!
Janeshwar dÀsa: What about all these devotees whose ISKCON gurus have fallen down and who are performing the deity worship.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: In an emergency they can do, but when sufficient devotees are initiated then the non-initiated devotees [disciples of fallen gurus] should not do and they should get themselves initiated.
Janeshwar dÀsa: What about deities that have been installed by persons who have fallen?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No, that is okay, they do not have to be re-installed, as long as there was one pure devotee present at the installation.*
Janeshwar dÀsa: I have been given three çÀlagrÀma-çilÀs and a dwÀrakÀçilÀ; should I worship Them?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, you must worship Them, but you should also worship Gaura-NitĂ€i so if there is any offence in the pĂŒjĂ€, Gaura-NitĂ€i will forgive the offence.
Janeshwar dÀsa: Should Gaura-NitÀi be installed?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, they should be installed, otherwise how can you worship Them? If you go to the mĂŒrti-walla shop there are many deities there, but you do not bow down to them [pay obeisances], as they are not installed.
Janeshwar dÀsa: Who should install them?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Where you are living, you can ask any Vaiñëava-Ă€cĂ€rya to do it, or if you are a qualified brĂ€hmaĂ«a, you can do it.
Janeshwar dÀsa: One of the many things that amazed me about Guru MahÀrÀja in 1989 is that he told the same pastime
* Authorâs note: The person performing the yajĂŻa and the persons chanting the mantras and performing all the rites do not have to be pure devotees. There only needs to be one pure soul in the audience at the installation and then the deities are installed. However, if no çuddha-bhakta is there, how can the Lord be called to appear? A conditioned soul cannot call the Lord. To the same question asked by another devotee ĂrĂ©la Gurudeva answered that if a pure devotee visits that temple later and sees that the deity has not been installed properly, he will ask the Lord to appear.
C hapter 17
One WhO Is attraCted by KÄñëa
for four consecutive classes. I could see he definitely had a taste from telling this story, as each time he told it he was getting more excited, bouncing up and down on the vyÀsÀsana with great enthusiasm. The pastime was KÄñëa playing different games with the cowherd boys and the loser would have to carry the winner on his shoulders, sometimes KÄñëa would lose, and He would have to carry the winning cowherd boy on His shoulders.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: On 2 November 1989 was ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs disappearance. I thought that it was going to be only local devotees speaking, but Gurudeva called me up and I was taken aback as I did not expect to speak. He also asked my wife.
SujĂ€ta devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©: On ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs disappearance festival, Gurudeva asked my husband to speak, then I thought âOh no! He is going to ask me to speak too!â So, I hid behind the Oriya mĂ€tĂ€jĂ©s so that Gurudeva would not call me. I was the only foreign mĂ€tĂ€jĂ©. Then Gurudeva called my name, âBhaktin Sunitaâ, and I froze. I just stood there for 5 minutes next to him. He told me, âSay something, how you joinedâŠâ I was only nineteen. Finally, I spoke, and I glorified ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da. Gurudeva would prompt me, and I would carry on speaking. I was terrified. I had never spoken publicly before.
In the afternoons, a disciple would distribute ĂrĂ©la Gurudevaâs mahĂ€-prasĂ€da after he had taken lunch. The remnants â sweets, fruits, subjĂ©, or whatever else remained â were mixed together into a single blob on a tray. Only initiated disciples were permitted to partake, each receiving a small portion of what had come directly from his plate, not what was left in the pots.
K Äñë A
Over the next few weeks, before KÄñëÀnanda and AkiĂŻcana arrived, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami mentioned their names frequently, because he was expecting them to come. They were coming, but they were also putting it off.
One day, a former French disciple of a fallen zonal guru turned up unexpectedly; he had never heard of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami and was simply passing through on his way to PurĂ©. Declaring no interest in taking initiation or following any guru again, he explained that his only aim was to wander around India. Janeshwar dĂ€sa suggested, âYou see, since you are here, why not listen to a few classes?â And the devotee did so.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: During the next three or four days I did not speak to that French devotee again, but four days later I spoke to Caitanya Candra prabhu who told me that he was in Gurudevaâs room and wanted to ask for initiation. Gurudeva told him, âYou need to take initiation and be under strong control, strict discipline of guru, and never leave Bhubaneswar, and I will initiate you.â
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: There are a couple of other points: In the evening, Gurudeva would talk in English to me and in Oriya to everyone else, so I was sitting down on his left side and everyone else was on his right side. So once, there were a couple of questions that I wanted to ask him while he was speaking in English, but he went straight over to Oriya before I could ask them. When he switched back to English, I wanted again to ask these questions but again I could not before he went back to the Oriya. This happened a couple of times and I was getting a bit anxious that he had cut again into Oriya, but then, halfway through the Oriya, he stopped and looked at me and said, âYes, what is it?â I said I had a question, and he said, âYes! What is your question?
One WhO Is attraCted by KÄñëa
When asked what was the question, Janeshwar dÀsa said he could not remember.
Janeshwar dÀsa: He did this to me a second time a week or two later. He mentioned in a class how a jévan-mukta can fall down, but he did not explain any further, nor did he say anything about jévan-muktas. So, for a couple of days I was thinking about asking Gurudeva if he could explain a bit more on this subject. And then the second or third evening, as he was walking around the temple, I thought that I would ask him a question, but not when he was walking around. So, I was going to ask him when he would sit down, but as soon as he came and sat down, he just started talking about this particular subject matter, the jévan-mukta, before I could even ask him. Then His Divine Grace explained:
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: A jĂ©van-mukta can fall down from the taöasthĂ€ area. Those who go to Brahman - Brahman is taöasthĂ€ area - are falling down from there. JĂ©va Goswami says in Bhaktisandarbha, and also in PrĂ©ti-sandarbha, âthis jĂ©van-mukta falls downâ.
âJĂ©van-muktaâ means he was baddha (conditioned) and he became mukta (liberated) in this material world. However, if he commits an aparĂ€dha, he falls down.
Janeshwar dÀsa: They followed EkÀdaçé differently in Orissa. When I asked Gurudeva, he said that this is how he observed EkÀdaçé, that I did not have to follow it like that, but that I should not eat grains what-so-ever, on EkÀdaçé.*
The Skanda PurÀëa states:
mĂ€tra ha pitrĂ€ hĂ€sa caiva bhrĂ€trĂ€ ha guru hĂ€sa tathĂ€ ekĂ€daç yas tu yĂ€ bhuĂŹkte viñëu-lokĂ€c âcyuto bhavet
* Authorâs comment: Please see Volume Three, Part One, Chapter Eighteen of this volume for further details on EkĂ€daçé.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
âThose who eat grains on EkĂ€daçé and on the Day of Lord Hari [including JanmÀñöamĂ©, Gaura-PĂŒrĂ«imĂ€ etc.] obtain the sin equal to killing oneâs own mother, own father, own brother and own guru; and they cannot reach the spiritual world, which is why one should never eat grains on fasting days.â
yÀni kÀni ca pÀpÀni brahma-hatyÀdikÀni ca annaà Àçritya tiathanti samprÀpte hari vÀsare
âEvery type of sin in this world, including the grievous sin of killing a BrĂ€hmaĂ«a, reside in food grains on the Day of Lord Hari [EkĂ€daçé and other fasting days]. If grains are eaten on fasting days sins enter the body of that human being.â
In the Padma PurÀna it is said:
bhĂŒyo-bhĂŒyo dĂ„ĂČhĂ€ vÀëé sryatam syata janaĂč na bhoktavyam na bhoktavyam na bhoktavyam harer dine
âO human beings, please listen, I tell you repeatedly with steadfast determination, please never eat any grains on the Day of Lord Hari [EkĂ€daçé day, the Lordâs appearance day like Janmastami day etc.]. Please never eat any food grains even by mistake on the Day of Lord Hari. Please do not eat grains on the Day of Lord Hari even if forced or compelled to do so.â
na saiva na ca saurohasaun na çÀkta gaĂ«a sevakaĂč yo bhuĂŹkte vĂ€sare viñëor jĂŻeyaĂč pasvadiko hi saĂč
âWhether one is a follower of Lord Ăiva, the goddess DurgĂ€, Kali, SĂŒrya (sungod), GaĂ«eça, Bhairava or any other demigod, they should avoid eating grains on the fasting days of Lord Hari. If one does not rigidly follow this rule and eats grains on fasting days, they are considered worse than an animal.â
C hapter 17
One WhO Is attraCted by KÄñëa
The Brihan-naradiya Puraëa states:
brahma-hatyÀdi pÀpÀnÀà kathaïcin niñkÄtir bhavet ekÀdaç yat tu yo bhuÏkte niñkÄtir nÀsti kutracit
âBy rigidly following religious and ritualistic processes one may become free from grievous sin like killing a BrĂ€hmaĂ«a, but it is impossible to eliminate the sins of those who eat grains on EkĂ€daçé days.â
ĂrĂ©la SaccidĂ€nanda Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura has stated:
Question: What should one specifically think of on EkÀdaçé?
âOn each EkĂ€daçé, one should think, âhow much advancement have I made since the last EkĂ€daçé?â If one finds that he has not made any advancement or rather he has degraded, then one should think bad association as the cause of this, and thus he should endeavour to give up that association.â (Sajjana Toñaëé 4-5, quoted ĂrĂ© Bhaktivinoda VÀëé Vaibhava section Vaiñëava Etiquette, question 13)
Janeshwar dÀsa: Every morning, a group of devotees would leave the temple after maÏgala-ÀrÀtrika, singing jéva jÀgo and many bhajans that I had never heard sung on nÀgara-sankirtan before, and some I had never heard at all.
The saĂŹkĂ©rtana party would move through the streets, chanting the Holy Name and other bhajanas, stopping a little before every house. The people in Orissa are deeply pious by nature, due to the strong preaching of Vaiñëava saints like ĂrĂ©la ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda Prabhu,
K Äñë A
a few centuries ago. Even today, much of India remains profoundly religious and spiritual, despite the steady encroachment of Western influence disguised as progress and modernity. In Orissa, the culture is inseparable from the worship of JagannĂ€tha, the Great Lord of PurĂ©. As it is said there, âOriya culture means JagannĂ€tha culture and JagannĂ€tha culture means Oriya culture.â
It is common to see tulasé plants adorning the front of almost every house. And so, upon hearing the sound of the mÄdaÏga and karatÀlas and the joyful chanting of the saÏkértana party, families would open their doors. Together, they would come out, fold their hands and bow at the waist to the saÏkértan party.
C hapter e ighteen
The next Westerner to arrive was Parabrahma dĂ€sa. Within one or two days he became thoroughly convinced of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swamiâs divinity, that he was a parama-vaiñëava, and that he should take initiation from this mahĂ€bhĂ€gavata. He received this inspiration there, in Bhubaneswar.
In the book entitled Tattva-sĂ€gara, it is stated: durlabhe sad-gurĂŒĂ«Ă€Ă ca sakĂ„t-saĂŹga upasthite tad-anujĂŻĂ€ yadĂ€ labdhĂ€ sa dĂ©kñÀvasaro mahĂ€n grĂ€me vĂ€ yadi vĂ€raĂ«ye kñetre vĂ€ divase niçi Ă€gacchati gurur daivĂ€d yathĂ€ dĂ©kñÀ tad-Ă€jĂŻayĂ€
yadaivecchĂ€ tadĂ€ dĂ©kñÀ guror Ă€jĂŻĂ€nurĂŒpataĂč na tĂ©rthaĂ na vrataĂ hemo na snĂ€naĂ na japa-kriyĂ€ dĂ©kñÀyĂ€Ăč karaĂ«aĂ kintu svecchĂ€-prĂ€pte tu sad-gurau
K Äñë A
âIf by chance one gets a sad-guru, it does not matter whether one is in the temple or the forest. If the sad-guru, the bona fide spiritual master, agrees, one can be initiated immediately, without waiting for a suitable time or place.â
KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa: We had been travelling in India for so long before I met Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja. PrasĂ€da is so austere in India, when you are travelling, you always crave for the kind of prasĂ€da you are eating in the West, and if you do not get it, you start eating all sorts of junk-food in India. So, when we arrived in Bhubaneswar it was not exactly like the other ISKCON temples, like MĂ€yĂ€pura, VĂ„ndĂ€vana, Delhi etc. In those big temples in India, there is a little opulence, and one can always acquire prasĂ€dam one way or another â sometimes even mahĂ€-prasĂ€dam.
However, Bhubaneswar was not like that. It was not a place of enjoyment. It was a place of service and generally quite austere. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs Àçrama was a genuine place of service where you serve Guru and GaurÀÏga. The taste of the prasĂ€da was not to our liking, I was with AkiĂŻcana and he is a Punjabi and you cannot divorce a Punjabi and food. We were missing our tasty prasĂ€da.
The Bhubaneswar dÀl was watery and the rice had stones in it.* Of course it was cooked with so much devotion and they also used to feed us with devotion. The devotees were very kind and very nice, they would always call us for prasÀda, but it was not to our liking, the famous dÀlmÀ and all that.**
* Authorâs comment: Orissa is a very poor state. The Bhubaneswar Temple had limited funds. Consequently, they purchased a lower quality rice, and the farmers who sold the rice would put stones in the bags of rice to make more money on the sale.
** Authorâs comment: Of course, they were not there for the prasĂ€da, and it was austere. There were no rasagullĂ€, lĂ€ĂČĂČu, sandeça, cream cakes, halavĂ€, hot milk etc. The prasĂ€da was austere but the real prasĂ€da was the hari-kathĂ€ of this great Vaiñëava, His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami. That was everyoneâs sustenance and anyone who spent time in Bhubaneswar will appreciate that fact.
C hapter 18
Go to a holy plaCe to Visit sÀdhus
Then AkiĂŻcana dĂ€sa and KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa and their wives arrived a few days after Parabrahma, which was around 19 November 1989. Their first interaction was an evening BhagavadgĂ©tĂ€ class, during which Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja asked, âKÄñëÀnanda, how long are you here for?â He replied, âtwelve to fourteen days.â Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was visibly taken aback and said, âBefore coming here where did you go? I was expecting you earlier.â KÄñëÀnanda said they had been to MĂ€yĂ€pura, VĂ„ndĂ€vana and other places. And then Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja said, âSo first you go all over the place and then finally, just before you leave, then you come and see me.â Then he asked AkiĂŻcana, âAnd you, how long are you here for?â And he said for six days. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was again taken aback.
Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs mood was like it says in the BhĂ€gavatam, that you go to a holy place to visit sĂ€dhus not as a tourist.
bhavad-vidhĂ€ bhĂ€gavatĂ€s tĂ©rtha-bhĂŒtĂ€Ăč svayaĂ vibho tĂ©rthĂ©-kurvanti tĂ©rthĂ€ni svĂ€ntaĂč-sthena gadĂ€bhĂ„tĂ€
âMy lord, devotees like your good self are verily holy places personified. Because you carry the Personality of Godhead within your heart, you turn all places into places of pilgrimage.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 1.13.10)
tatropajagmur bhuvanaĂ punĂ€nĂ€ mahĂ€nubhĂ€vĂ€ munayaĂč sa-çiñyĂ€Ăč prĂ€yeĂ«a tĂ©rthĂ€bhigamĂ€padeçaiĂč svayaĂ hi tĂ©rthĂ€ni punanti santaĂč
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K
Äñë
A
âAt that time all the great-minded thinkers, accompanied by their disciples, and sages who could verily sanctify a place of pilgrimage just by their presence, arrived there on the plea of making a pilgrimâs journey.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 1.19.8)
jathĂ€ sĂ€dhu tathĂ€ tĂ©rtha sthira koriâ nija citta sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga koro nirantara
yathÀya vaiñëava-gaëa sei sthÀna vÄndÀvana sei sthÀne Ànanda açeña
âWherever the Vaiñëavas reside is a holy place. Therefore, pacify your mind and associate constantly with the Vaiñëavas. Where the Vaiñëavas reside, that very place is Vrindavana. One experiences unlimited happiness at that place.â (Kalyana Kalpataru - Song 4, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura)
tértha-phala sÀdhu-saÏga, sÀdhu-saÏge antaraÏga
çré-kÄñëa-bhajana manohara
yathĂ€ sĂ€dhu, tathĂ€ tĂ©rtha, sthira kariâ nija citta, sĂ€dhu-saĂŹga kara nirantara
âThe real benefit of visiting any holy place is to achieve the association of the pure-hearted sĂ€dhus of the Lord living there. Establishing intimate and friendly relations with such great souls, let your heart be captivated by performing the charming worship of Lord KÄñëa in their association. Wherever the Lordâs devotees are living, that place becomes a place of pilgrimage. Therefore, you should become fixed by constantly remaining in the company of such sĂ€dhus. (Kalyana Kalpataru - Song 14 â Travelling on Pilgrimage is Not Necessary, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura)
yasyĂ€tma-buddhiĂč kuĂ«ape tri-dhĂ€tuke sva-dhĂ©Ăč kalatrĂ€diñu bhauma ijya-dhĂ©Ăč yat-tĂ©rtha-buddhiĂč salile na karhicij janeñv abhijĂŻeñu sa eva go-kharaĂč
C
hapter 18
Go to a holy plaCe to Visit sÀdhus
âThe Supreme Lord said: Anyone who, because of giving up the transcendental realisation of a Vaiñëava and developing excessive attachment to the material world, accepts this bodily bag of three elements [bile, mucus, and air] as his self, considers the by-products of the body to be his kinsmen, considers material objects as worshippable, considers ordinary bodies of waters as holy places of pilgrimage, and lacks proper understanding of Viñëu and the Vaiñëavas, is no better than an ass or a cow.â (ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 10.84.13)*
sĂ€dhĂŒnÀà sama-cittĂ€nÀà sutarÀà mat-kĂ„tĂ€tmanĂ€m darçanĂ€n no bhaved bandhaĂč puĂ so âkñëoĂč savitur yathĂ€
âWhen one is face to face with the sun, there is no longer darkness for oneâs eyes. Similarly, when one is face to face with a sĂ€dhu, a devotee, who is fully determined and surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one will no longer be subject to material bondage.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 10.10.41)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: YathĂ€ya vaiñëava-gaĂ«a, sei sthĂ€na vĂ„ndĂ€vana â the place where such Vaiñëavas are residing is VĂ„ndĂ€vana. If KÄñëa is there, that place is VĂ„ndĂ€vana. Therefore, go to such a place and meet such a sĂ€dhu, a premi-bhakta, a pure devotee of KÄñëa who has developed kÄñëa-prema, who has bound up KÄñëa with the rope of love in his heart. That place is VĂ„ndĂ€vana. If you stay there and associate with such a sĂ€dhu, hear kÄñëa-kathĂ€ from his lips and serve him, if he is pleased with you, then you will have mercy. Sei sthĂ€ne Ă€nanda açeña - then you will have unlimited transcendental bliss. That is a fact. Then that
* Translation by ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da, from, BrĂ€hmaĂ«a and Vaiñëava, Hari-jana-kÀëĂČa â section Concerning the Devotees of Hari)
by K Äñë A
is tértha-bhrama, visiting a real tértha. Otherwise, if you have not visited a sÀdhu, you have not visited a tértha. 1
After a couple of days, KÄñëÀnanda went to Gurudeva, asking to be initiated and Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja said, âI always have a place in my heart for you.â Then AkiĂŻcana went in, however, Gurudeva said he would have to wait for the next time to be initiated. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja wanted to help those who were asking for his help. At the same time, he wanted the candidates to be seriously determined. If he sensed any lingering doubts, he was not pushing them at all to accept initiation. Instead, he encouraged them to clear their doubts and nurture their relationship with faith in him. To this end, he would invite everyone to Bhubaneswar to come and hear, witness and experience, and then see.
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: We had come to Bhubaneswar, but we had brought our bad habits from England with us. In the West we used to buy a lot of junk food when we were out on saÏkértana [collecting donations and preaching]; buying potato chips and all sorts of savouries, pickles and cheese and all this rubbish, and in India we would eat bread as well. So, in Bhubaneswar we started purchasing all sorts of outside food and bringing it to the guesthouse where we were staying. We would buy pickles, bread, cheese, local savouries and banana chips, all the junk you can think of from an Indian shop in Bhubaneswar, at the CRP market. For the first few days before lunch we would eat in our room and throw all the wrappers; the boxes and leftovers in the dustbin outside and someone would clean the guesthouse corridors and empty the bins. After class we went to our rooms, where we would discuss all the amazing topics that Guru MahÀrÀja had covered in his lecture. Akiïcana, Parabhrama, Janeshwar prabhus and I were discussing the class with each other. Then one day someone knocked on the door of
C
hapter 18
Go to a holy plaCe to Visit sÀdhus
our room. It was SĂ€dhu prabhu* and he said in his broken English âGurudeva, lunchtime, prasĂ€da kutir prasĂ€da.â
So, we understood that there was prasĂ€da at lunchtime next to Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs room. We went there at lunchtime, and we were waiting outside his room. Next to Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs hut there was another hut where SĂ€dhu would cook, and where he also lived. SĂ€dhu called us in, and he sat us down and after some time he brought a plate out, and we recognised it was Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs lunch plate. What I noticed was, it looked like Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja had not eaten, it looked like it came out of his room, and he had hardly even touched it.
For the next few weeks, for however long we stayed in Bhubaneswar, at every lunchtime, that plate, which came out of Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs room fed myself, my wife, Janeshwar and his wife, AkiĂŻcana and his wife, Parabrahma and CidĂ€nanda. Eight of us were fed from his plate and SĂ€dhu was also taking from there as well, so you can imagine how little Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was eating. He was eating very little just to respect it. This happened just before we took initiation.
The amazing thing is, Guru MahÀrÀja is very strict; he does not like any uninitiated disciple touching his feet, taking his foot bathing water and eating his remnants. He would only let initiated disciples take his remnants. However, for us he mercifully made the exception before our initiation and allowed us to receive his prasÀda remnants. We were in this case very moved by his kindness and compassion upon us.
* The great âSĂ€dhu prabhuâ departed this world on Friday, 5 April 2013, at 2.30 a.m. SĂ€dhu prabhu was a simple-hearted village devotee. In his youth, he decided to dedicate his life to serving a sĂ€dhu. He went to the Ăiva Temple just outside his village and prayed that the Lord would kindly direct him to a sĂ€dhu-Ă€cĂ€rya. He fasted for twenty-one days in the temple to please Lord Ăiva and would sleep there at night as well. Finally, Lord Ăiva came in a dream and instructed him to go to Nayapalli, Bhubaneswar, and surrender to a great sĂ€dhu staying there and serve him. Following that instruction from Lord Ăiva, SĂ€dhu prabhu went directly to that place and surrendered to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami. After that he never left him and he became his dedicated associate, cook and servant.
K Äñë A
The devotees there must have had informed Guru MahÀrÀja and told him that we were not able to be fully satisfied with the general temple prasÀda. So, Guru MahÀrÀja took pity on us and instructed SÀdhu prabhu to feed us his personal remnant prasÀda.
kÄñëera ucchiñöa haya âmahĂ€-prasĂ€daâ nĂ€ma âbhakta-çeñaâ haile âmahĂ€-mahĂ€-prasĂ€dĂ€khyĂ€naâ
âThe remnants of food offered to Lord KÄñëa are called mahĂ€prasĂ€dam. After this same mahĂ€-prasĂ€dam has been taken by a devotee, the remnants are elevated to mahĂ€-mahĂ€-prasĂ€dam.â
bhakta-pada-dhĂŒli Ă€ra bhakta-pada-jala bhakta-bhukta-avaçeñaâtina mahĂ€-bala
âThe dust of the feet of a devotee, the water that has washed the feet of a devotee, and the remnants of food left by a devotee are three very powerful substances.â
ei tina-sevĂ€ haite kÄñëa-premĂ€ haya punaĂč punaĂč sarva-çÀstre phukĂ€riyĂ€ kaya
âBy rendering service to these three, one attains the supreme goal of ecstatic love for KÄñëa. In all the revealed scriptures this is loudly declared again and again.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, AntyalĂ©lĂ€ 16.60-62)
KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa: I remember that sometimes in the evening, when I would sit with Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja outside his hut, suddenly, he would stop and ask me if I had taken prasĂ€da? He would say, âYou should go now for the evening prasĂ€da, it is very nice.â I could see that he knew that we did not like the general devotee
C hapter 18
Go to a holy plaCe to Visit sÀdhus
prasĂ€da. He said, âYes, in the evenings they are serving capĂ€tĂ©s and dĂ€lmĂ€, go and take, you will be hungry, otherwise everything will be finished, you will not get.â He was always concerned like that.
KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa: Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was a very unique person. He dealt individually with every disciple. You could tell so much from the little exchanges with them, and his personal qualities. When you looked deeply at Guru MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs actions and speech, he never once thought that his disciples and followers were meant for his personal self-interest. He always considered them as devotees that have come to serve PrabhupĂ€da and KÄñëa. He would say, âPrabhupĂ€da has sent you to help me.â One frequently hears these days about how some gurus think that their disciples are their possessions. At one level it is true, you are guruâs property but in reality, he never thought like that.
When AkiĂŻcana dĂ€sa first arrived in Bhubaneswar, he had already been listening to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swamiâs recorded lectures for a couple of years.
GosvÀmé PrabhupÀda MahÀrÀja has stated:
ââŠRather, whatever we hear from the mouth of the spiritual master we will have to understand through praĂ«ipĂ€ta, full surrender, paripraçna, honest inquiry, and sevĂ€, service.
ââŠThat transcendental object that my senses could not comprehend is accessible only through the ears. Whatever I have heard while sitting at the lotus feet of my spiritual master is
K Äñë A
the only access I have to reality. * There is no other way to know reality except praĂ«ipĂ€ta, attentive hearingâŠâ**
AkiĂŻcana dĂ€sa had previously been listening to the recorded words of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, and was now listening to the actual words of the living sĂ€dhu in his personal presence. Thus, his access to the Absolute Truth via the personal transparent media of ĂrĂ© Guru was enhanced and deepened by that association. This will be further illustrated in the following description of the actual meeting of this great Vaiñëava sĂ€dhu and his prospective disciple.
Both AkiĂŻcana dĂ€sa and KÄñëÀnanda had written to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, expressing their desire to take initiation from him. Upon their arrival in Bhubaneswar, they had planned to stay there for only a short period. However, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami had hoped they would remain for a significantly longer period in order for them to receive their initiation, and he had expressed his displeasure about this.
AkiĂŻcanaâs wife wished to take initiation from a different guru, and AkiĂŻcana dĂ€sa wanted to take initiation from ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami. The next evening, as he was sitting in the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ class listening to ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, he found himself revisiting a thought he had not shared with anyone: âif I take initiation from the same guru as my wife, then it will be easier; we would both have the same guru. I could even keep my old name, and this other guru would likely let me do whatever I want to do practically if I take initiation from him.â
* The main point here being, ââŠWhatever I have heard while sitting at the lotus feet of my spiritual master is the only access I have to realityâŠâ The spiritual master is there, and the disciple is there, and the disciple is hearing. This is the living process.
** Extract from a lecture delivered at ĂrĂ© SaccidĂ€nanda Maöha, in Cuttack, on the occasion of installing the Deity of ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu, 9 July 1927.
C hapter 18
Go to a holy plaCe to Visit sÀdhus
As he pondered over these thoughts, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami suddenly pointed at him and said, âDo not make material calculations about the guru, you cannot work out how to choose a guru with your mind.â That event convinced AkiĂŻcana â that was it! ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami read his mind and corrected his thought patterns.*
The initiation ceremony for Janeshwar dĂ€sa and his wife, KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa and his wife, Parabrahma dĂ€sa and CidĂ€nanda dĂ€sa took place on the very auspicious day of 26 October 1989, which was the disappearance day of ĂrĂ© SĂ€raĂŹga ĂhĂ€kura.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The spiritual master is a very dear, intimate friend of KÄñëa. KÄñëa listens to him, not to anyone else. Because you have forgotten KÄñëa, He will never accept you directly. Unless KÄñëaâs very intimate friend and confidential associate takes you to KÄñëa, you cannot approach Him.2
Janeshwar dÀsa: Up until this day, I had only seen Guru MaharÀjÀ cheerful, jolly and laughing. He was always smiling. However, when he walked into the temporary temple room on initiation day, he was so grave. There was no smile. I had never seen him like that before. I very quickly realised how very seriously he was taking this initiation ceremony. DékñÀ is such a grave and serious matter, both for guru and disciple. He remained serious throughout the ceremony, but in his hut afterwards, he was back to his usual smiling Guru MaharÀjÀ self.
Janeshwar dĂ€sa, KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa and Parabrahma dĂ€sa all had gurus who had fallen away from the path; however, these gurus had given them both initiations. Therefore, considering this, ĂrĂ©la
* Authorâs comment: Again, Gurudeva read the discipleâs mind and corrected him. As previously stated, this happened on numerous occasions.
K Äñë A
Gour Govinda Swami bestowed upon them all, both hari-nÀma initiation and GÀyatré mantra [mantra-dékñÀ] on the same day.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: When all oneâs anarthas are destroyed by performing bhajana-kriya under the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master, then niñöhĂ€ comes, firm attachment to KÄñëa consciousness. However, it all comes gradually. Unless you have gone through all the stages, you cannot get this prema.â 3
The wife of Janeshwar dÀsa, who had never been initiated, received the name Sujata devé dÀsé and the wife of KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa received the name Maïju-bhÀçiëé devé dÀsé. This was definitely a momentous occasion for all of them.
KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa: It was certainly a life changing experience personally for us, meeting a siddha-puruña as our Gurudeva, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami and consequently receiving initiation from him.
In the ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta it is mentioned that: rĂ€madĂ€sa, kavicandra, çrĂ©-gopĂ€ladĂ€sa bhĂ€gavatĂ€cĂ€rya, öhĂ€kura sĂ€raĂŹgadĂ€sa
âThe seventy-third branch of the original tree was RĂ€madĂ€sa, the seventy-fourth was Kavicandra, the seventy-fifth was ĂrĂ© GopĂ€la dĂ€sa, the seventy-sixth was BhĂ€gavata ĂcĂ€rya, and the seventy-seventh was ĂhĂ€kura SĂ€raĂŹga dĂ€sa.â (ĂrĂ© CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€, 10.113)
In the purport of this verse, ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da quotes his illustrious Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da who writes in his AnubhÀñya:
C
hapter 18
Go to a holy plaCe to Visit sÀdhus
âAnother name of ĂhĂ€kura SĂ€raĂŹga dĂ€sa was ĂĂ€rĂŹga ĂhĂ€kura. Sometimes he was also called ĂĂ€rĂŹgapÀëi or ĂĂ€rĂŹgadhara. He was a resident of NavadvĂ©pa in the neighbourhood known as Modruma-dvĂ©pa, and he used to worship the Supreme Lord in a secluded place on the bank of the Ganges. He was not accepting disciples, but he was repeatedly being inspired from within by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to do so. Thus, one morning he decided, âWhomever I first see today I shall make my disciple.â When he went to the bank of the Ganges to take his bath, by chance he saw a dead body floating in the water, and he touched it with his feet. This immediately brought the body to life, and ĂhĂ€kura SĂ€raĂŹga dĂ€sa accepted him as his disciple. This disciple later became famous as ĂhĂ€kura MurĂ€ri, and his name is always associated with that of ĂrĂ© SĂ€raĂŹga. His disciplic succession still inhabits the village of Ăar. There is a temple at MĂ€magĂ€chi that is said to have been started by SĂ€raĂŹga ĂhĂ€kura. Not long ago, a new temple building was erected in front of a bakula tree there, and it is now being managed by the members of the GauĂČĂ©ya Maöha. It is said that the management of the temple is now far better than before. In the Gaura-gaĂ«oddeça-dĂ©pikĂ€ (172) it is stated that SĂ€raĂŹga ĂhĂ€kura was formerly a gopĂ© named NĂ€ndĂ©mukhĂ©. Some devotees say that he was formerly PrahlĂ€da MahĂ€rĂ€ja, but ĂrĂ© Kavi-karĂ«apĂŒra says that his father, ĂivĂ€nanda Sena, does not accept this proposition.â
The GÀyatré mantra is glorified throughout the Vedas, receiving the GÀyatré mantra [mantra-dékñÀ] is also referred to as second initiation.
In the Brahma-saĂ hitĂ€ (5.27â28) it is stated:
atha veĂ«u-ninĂ€dasya trayĂ©-mĂŒrti-mayĂ© gatiĂč phurantĂ© praviveçÀçu mukhĂ€bjĂ€ni svayambhuvaĂč
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
gĂ€yatréà gĂ€yatas tasmĂ€d adhigatya saroja-jaĂč saĂ skĂ„taç cĂ€di-guruëÀ dvijatĂ€m agamat tataĂč
trayyĂ€ prabuddho âtha vidhir vijĂŻĂ€ta-tattva-sĂ€garaĂč tuñöÀva veda-sĂ€reĂ«a stotreëÀnena keçavam
âThen GĂ€yatrĂ©, mother of the Vedas, having been manifested by the divine sound of ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâs flute, entered the lotus mouth of BrahmĂ€, the self-born, through his eight earholes. Thus, the lotusborn BrahmĂ€ received the GĂ€yatrĂ© mantra, which had sprung from the song of ĂrĂ© KÄñëaâs flute. In this way he attained twice-born status, having been initiated by the supreme, primal preceptor, Godhead Himself. Enlightened by the recollection of that GĂ€yatrĂ©, which embodies the three Vedas, BrahmĂ€ became acquainted with the expanse of the ocean of truth. Then he worshipped ĂrĂ© KÄñëa, the essence of all the Vedas, with a hymn.â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: ââŠThe GĂ€yatrĂ© mantra is given in çÀstra. We have seven gĂ€yatrĂ© mantras. The first one is brahmagĂ€yatrĂ©, second and third are guru-gĂ€yatrĂ©, fourth and fifth are gaura-gĂ€yatrĂ©, sixth is GopĂ€la-mantra, seventh is kĂ€ma-gĂ€yatrĂ©. KĂ€ma-gĂ€yatrĂ© means developing love of KÄñëa. KÄñëa is the transcendental ever fresh Cupid. By chanting this kĂ€ma-gĂ€yatrĂ©, one worships Him. This is mentioned in the Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta. It is a necessity to develop this loveâŠâ (Darçana, Bhubaneswar, November 7, 1989)
by ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da
ââŠWhen the personified form of brahma-gĂ€yatrĂ© is manifest, she appears with five faces. These five faces correspond with the five principal features of the brahma-gĂ€yatrĂ©: 1. oĂ (the seed),
C hapter 18 Go to a holy plaCe to Visit sÀdhus
2. the mahĂ€-vyĂ€hĂ„tis (the invocations of the names of the seven planetary systems: bhĂŒĂč, bhuvaĂč, svaĂč, mahaĂč, janaĂč, tapaĂč and satya),
3. tat savitur vareëyaà (indicating sambandha, relationship),
4. bhargo devasya dhémahi (indicating abhidheya, the process of surrender), and
5. dhiyo yo naĂč pracodayĂ€t (indicating prayojana, the consummation).â
In the ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta it is written:
vĂ„ndĂ€vane âaprĂ€kĂ„ta navĂ©na madanaâ kĂ€ma-gĂ€yatrĂ© kĂ€ma-bĂ©je yÀÏra upĂ€sana
âIn the spiritual realm of VĂ„ndĂ€vana, KÄñëa is the spiritual, ever-fresh Cupid. He is worshipped by the chanting of the kĂ€ma-gĂ€yatrĂ© mantra, with the spiritual seed klĂ©m.â (ĂrĂ© CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 8.138)
Many aspirants on the path of bhakti came to our beloved Gurudeva. They asked if their initiation and the mantra that they had been previously given and were chanting was somehow faulty or tainted. Technically, when the guru falls, oneâs guru-given mantra becomes impotent, and oneâs name should be changed.
KÄñëananda dÀsa: From the discussions over the last few days, it is very clear that our previous initiation is not considered real. So, we were just wondering, we have this brÀhmaëa thread, we are chanting GÀyatré and we are doing deity worship, but because we have not been properly initiated, is it an offence to chant GÀyatré mantra?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. Because that GĂ€yatrĂ© mantra is polluted. As the guru has fallen down, the GĂ€yatrĂ© mantra is polluted. There is no need for you to chant it. Why? Because it will have no effect.
KÄñëananda dÀsa: Then in that situation does it have a negative effect?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Because while chanting guru-gĂ€yatrĂ©, whom do you meditate upon? That is a question, isnât it.
KÄñëananda dÀsa: Yes. I had a discussion with senior members of the leadership in England and we asked them this question. I actually asked
K Äñë A
because when we are offering on the altar we are saying, aim param gurave namah , aiĂ gurave namaĂč âŠ
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Who is the guru and who is the paramguru? (Gurudeva laughs)*
KÄñëananda dĂ€sa: So, the reply was, âFor the time being PrabhupĂ€da is both [guru and param-guru], so you just accept like that.â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: That is a stop-gap arrangement, itâs temporary. That cannot go on for all the time.
KÄñëananda dÀsa: Yes. How long should the stop-gap measure be?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: As short as possible.
KÄñëananda dÀsa: So, your advice is best to stop now?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes.
Janeswar dÀsa: Gurudeva, chanting this mantra, would it have an adverse effect?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, the mantra should be received through a bona fide person who is a mantra-siddha; understand âmantra-siddhaâ?
Janeswar dĂ€sa: Yes, one who has perfected the chanting of the mantra. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Otherwise, the mantra will be ineffective.
Parabrahma dÀsa: Guru MahÀrÀja, if he was not mantra-siddha when he gave the mantra, does it always have a bad effect, even from when he first chanted it? Even if he does not fall down?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No. If he does not fall down why will there be a bad effect? If he is in good standing, there is no bad effect.
Parabrahma dÀsa Even if he is not mantra-siddha?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: He may not be mantra-siddha but gradually he will attain that stage, if he never falls down, if he is fixed, and has been
* In England, they were inter-changing aiĂ gurave namaĂč, which is the guru-mantra, for aim param gurave namah, which is the mantra they had created for the param-guru. However, when the guru falls, who is the guru and who is the param-guru? Because if you do not know who the guru is, then how can you know who the param-guru is? Plus, you cannot change the mantra to suit someoneâs whim, or your own idea. It was and is all speculation.
C hapter 19 the authorised ConClusion of the ĂĂ€stra
ordered by his guru. His guru has ordered him to give mantra, isnât it? He has been allowed by his guru, so that order has a very great potential. Do you understand? If he is in good standing, that will carry that power. But if he falls down then it is finished.**
Thus, one should make sure to take initiation from a pure çuddha-bhakta-vaiñëava, otherwise one may be cheated. Therefore, ĂrĂ©la Narahari SarakĂ€ra ĂhĂ€kura makes this very pertinent point:
tasya kÄñëa balĂ€d asĂ€rasya guror balam mardnĂ©yam iti çrĂ© çrĂ© vaiñëavĂ€nĂ€m bhajana vicĂ€rĂ€ ya eva tu dÄñöa bahavaĂč çrĂ©-kÄñëa-caitanyĂ€vatĂ€re guru-nirupaĂ«o siddhĂ€ntaĂč
âBy taking shelter of the strength of a pure KÄñëa conscious spiritual masterâs devotional service, the ill effects or contamination of the previous demoniac spiritual master is counteracted and destroyed. These activities are recommended by all Vaiñëava authorities as the authorised conclusion of the çÀstra . During the pastimes of Lord ĂrĂ© KÄñëa Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu there have been many practical examples of the above.â ( ĂrĂ© KÄñëa BhajanĂ€mĂ„ta , 1.66)
Furthermore, He states in verse 65 the following:
ââŠHowever, after accepting the responsibility of serving the spiritual master, if that spiritual master takes on asuric qualities or a demoniac mentality, then it is oneâs duty to reject such a demon asura-guru and in his place accept a KÄñëa conscious spiritual master and worship himâŠâ
** Excerpts from a darçana, 11 November 1989.
K Äñë A
On 20 November 1989 our beloved Gurudeva gave a very wonderful talk on the guru and the disciple. Excerpts from that talk are below.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The dĂ©kñÀ-guru has a big responsibility. It is said that if the disciple goes to hell, the guru has the responsibility to go there to deliver him. Therefore, the disciple should be very cautious and understand, âWhy shall I drag my guru to hell? He is so merciful to me. I have undergone so many species of life, revolving in the cycle of birth and death. I was put in material existence, which is compared to a deep dark well, gĂ„ham andha-kĂŒpam. He is so kind, so merciful, he is lifting me out of that dark well, bringing me to the light.â
Exerting, exerting himself, the guru is spending gallons and gallons of spiritual blood. It is not an easy task to take one conditioned soul out of mĂ€yĂ€âs fort â DurgĂ€-devĂ©âs fort. You are a baddha-jĂ©va, a conditioned soul, imprisoned in a prison house, arenât you? The material world is the prison house of DurgĂ€-devĂ©. You are imprisoned here.
Gurudeva, the spiritual master, is so kind that he is taking you out of imprisonment, âLet me deliver one soul from here, from this prison house.â For this act, he has to exert himself so much, he spends gallons and gallons of spiritual blood. This is something you should understand clearly.
However, this is not a one-sided act; it is reciprocal. The guru has come from the land of KÄñëa, to whom he is very dear ânikuĂŻja-yĂŒno rati-keli-siddhyai. In Gurvañöaka we chant this. He is so dear, and he has come from that land with a rope. Do you know what that rope is?
That rope is kÄñëa-prema-bhakti-sĂŒtra. SĂŒtra means ârope,â and kÄñëa-prema-bhakti is that rope. One end of that rope is tied to the lotus feet of KÄñëa, and the other end is held in the hand of guru. He comes down from that divine land to this material world, lowering the rope into that deep, dark well. You are there in the darkness, in the well, and Gurudeva calls out, âYou, Mr X, take hold of this rope very tightly. Do not be careless. I will pull you up.â It is your business to catch hold of it very tightly, without negligence.
This rope is strictly following the instructions of your guru. Only then can the guru pull you out. If there will be the slightest disobedience, the slightest slackness, then you will fall down. The guru exerted so much effort â for your benefit. What a great shock you have given to your guru. Do you not ever think of that? Canât you think of it? You should be conscious of this, but you have no such consciousness. So, this is reciprocal, it is not one sided.
For 28 years, His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami (1946-1974) was a schoolteacher in the Indian educational system before joining the International Society for KÄñëa Consciousness and taking sannyĂ€sa. With both a BA and BE, he had been a school-master developing a profound understanding of the school system, infrastructurally and influentially. He had unique insights into what was needed to teach children about KÄñëa consciousness effectively and practically. *
Devotee: In the West, the second generation of ISKCON devotees is growing up. So many householders now have children. A lot of them are puzzled about whether they should send their children to the gurukula or whether they should send them to outside schools. They are a little confused, because they have the instructions from ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da to not send children to karmĂ© schools, because those schools are like slaughterhouses. But on the other hand, we have seen that our ISKCON schools are not sufficiently developed. The children are becoming teenagers now, what is the best way the householders can deal with this situation?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You see, on one hand we must develop the educational system in our society. And if we do not, children still should
* Please see Volume One of this Biography, Part One, Chapter Eight, Parts One & Two, for further information on this subject.
K Äñë A
be taught. They need education. Karmé schools [a system devoted to conventional modern education, mainly promoting materialistic values], are like slaughterhouses [in that they destroy the natural intelligence]. If we send them there, the parents should take care. Vaiñëavas, fathers and mothers should take care of their children. Either they may teach them themselves or make some arrangement for their education. That should be done. That is the duty of the parents. And one must act according to time, place and circumstance. So, the prevailing circumstances are that in our society sufficient development to give education to the children has not been made. So, what to do? Children need education. You cannot teach them all the time; you have other engagements, but you can make some time for their education, some hours in the day. During the other hours, they should be under the care of a teacher. You may either make some private arrangement or else some gÄhasthas may unite together and make common arrangements. Some teachers may be employed to teach them.
Devotee: From outside?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Outside, yes.
Devotee: Regarding subjects like?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Mathematics, history â like that.
Devotee: There is no harm getting an outsider to teach?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No. Why? Some arrangement may be made, but KÄñëa is there. KÄñëa is all powerful. He can do and undo things. If you are fully KÄñëa conscious, then you are completely dependent on KÄñëa. Yoga-kñemaĂ vahĂ€my aham. * KÄñëa will take care of your family because yoga-kñemaĂ . You have a family, then it is KÄñëaâs responsibility to take care of your family, and yoga-kñemaĂ , provide what you do not have. So, if you send your children to a karmĂ© school, they will not be affected, by KÄñëaâs mercy. But it requires full faith in KÄñëa.
* ananyÀç cintayanto mÀà ye janĂ€Ăč paryupĂ€sate
teñÀà nityÀbhiyuktÀnÀà yoga-kñemaà vahÀmy aham
âBut those who worship Me with devotion, meditating on My transcendental form-to them I carry what they lack and preserve what they have.â (Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 9.22)
ChilDrenâs eDuCation
In my case, I have studied in karmĂ© schools, not in Vaiñëava schools. But most of the time, I studied in my home, in Vaiñëava association, doing kĂ©rtana, saĂŹkĂ©rtana, reading the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam and the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€. I was in such good association from my very childhood. I was born in such an atmosphere, such a home. And most often, I missed my school days, because I was doing saĂŹkĂ©rtana, engaging myself in these activities. So, my teachers always warned me that âYour attendence in lectures is insufficient, so you cannot appear in the examination. If you attend, you will fail.â But I never failed. I always came out successful in that. How is that? Who helped? KÄñëa helped.
Devotee: So, we should expose the children to a KÄñëa consciousness environment when they are young, as much as possible.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, definitely.
Devotee: So that it is imbibed in them from the very beginning.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: From the beginning, yes, kaumĂ€ra Ă€caret prĂ€jĂŻo. That is stated in the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.6.1. There Prahlada Maharaja said:
âOne who is sufficiently intelligent should use the human form of body from the very beginning of life â in other words, from the tender age of childhood â to practice the activities of devotional service, giving up all other engagements. The human body is most rarely achieved, and although temporary like other bodies, it is meaningful because in human life one can perform devotional service. Even a slight amount of sincere devotional service can give one complete perfection.â*
Devotee: So, when they grow up, they can maintain their spiritual culture.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: They are established now. From the very beginning the seed is sown there, so it is now strong. They will never be adversely affected. Yes, KÄñëa will help.
* çré-prahrÀda uvÀca kaumÀra Àcaret prÀjïo dharmÀn bhÀgavatÀn iha durlabhaà mÀnuñaà janma tad apy adhruvam arthadam
by K Äñë A
Devotee: In the Western countries the materialistic influence is very strong, not just in the schools but almost everywhere else outside of the home. As soon as you walk out of your house it is there. Sometimes in their houses there may even be television, which brings the outside world into the home.*
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Padam padam vipadÀà , at every step there is danger. Yes, this television is spoiling them. Anyhow, as far as possible we should take care. We try our level best, then depend on Krsna. Only Krsna can help.
Devotee: There is a godbrother of yours, Rohiëénandana dÀsa, in London who actually does that. He does not send his sons to the ISKCON gurukula or outside school, but he teaches them himself.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Therefore, I say you make your own arrangement. If you can do that, it is very good. Uniting some gĂ„hasthas, and make some arrangements. Anyhow, KÄñëa will make some arrangement. If you are fixed in KÄñëa, completely dependent on KÄñëa. KÄñëa can do and undo anything.**
samÀçritĂ€ ye pada-pallava-plavaĂ mahat-padaĂ puĂ«ya-yaço murĂ€reĂč bhavĂ€mbudhir vatsa-padaĂ paraĂ padaĂ padaĂ padaĂ yad vipadÀà na teñÀm
âFor those who have accepted the boat of the lotus feet of the Lord, who is the shelter of the cosmic manifestation and is famous as MurĂ€ri, the enemy of the Mura demon, the ocean of the
* â...What kind of world is this anyway? It seems to be just like a magic lantern show that I saw at a carnival, wherein so many shadows and optical illusions dance magically before the eyes. [One may think,] âI feel great attachment and identification with such a worldâ, and thus, day after day passes by fruitlessly, without any purpose whatsoever. What sort of saĂ sĂ€ra [literally, âthe material worldâ] it is? This is only a TV show, only a cinema show, only shadows, and you have developed a relationship with shadows, developed attachment to shadows, to unreal, temporary things. The consequence of this is unlimited misery and wasting your valuable time in this human birth...â (From a lecture by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 8.24.4-5, Bhubaneswar, 24 March 1993)
** Excerpts from a darçana with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami in Bhubaneswar, 22 November 1989.
material world is like the water contained in a calfâs hoof-print. Their goal is paraĂ padam, Vaikuëöha, the place where there are no material miseries, not the place where there is danger at every step.â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 10.14.58)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: One should understand that this material world is duĂčkhĂ€layam açÀçvatam â a temporary, illusory world, full of unlimited miseries. Pade pade vipadÀà â at every step there is danger. But those who are fortunate enough to have accepted the lotus feet of a mahat-guru, a dear devotee of ĂrĂ©mĂ€n MahĂ€prabhu, are protected. Such gurus teach one and all how to serve KÄñëa.
C hapter t wenty - o ne
Arecurring theme in all of the lectures, talks and discussions of His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, was that the guru must be a premi-bhakta. Without this, how can he deliver one from material existence? Hence, the spiritual master must have prema. ĂrĂ©la ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura states in his MĂ€dhurya-kĂ€dambinĂ© that there are eight âshowersâ â or nectarean chapters â of bhakti, with the final shower being prema. The path of bhakti culminates in prema (puruñÀrtha-çiromaĂ«i prema mahĂ€-dhana, Madhya 20.125). Thus, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami often emphasised:
ââŠA premi-bhakta is he who has developed aikĂ€ntika-bhakti, * ananya-bhakti, ** unalloyed devotion. He always remembers KÄñëa, day and night, 24 hours, at every momentâŠâ
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: Previously you were mentioning vÀëé and vapu. Is vÀëé more important than vapu or is vapu more important?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You see, both are important.
* AikÀntika-bhakti: single pointed or exclusive devotion to KÄñëa.
** Ananya-bhakti: exclusive devotion.
A
K Äñë A
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: Sometimes it is seen that if one is too close to the spiritual master, familiarity may develop and one may possibly make an offence. This may lead him to leave the association of the spiritual master for good.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Familiarity breeds contempt. But you see, one should be very cautious, one should be very careful that he should not develop such familiarity that will breed contempt. You should always keep in your mind that the spiritual master is not an ordinary living being.
Ă€cĂ€ryaĂ mÀà vijĂ€nĂ©yĂ€n nĂ€vamanyeta karhicit na martya-buddhyĂ€sĂŒyeta sarva-deva-mayo guruĂč
âOne should know the Ă€cĂ€rya as Myself and never disrespect him in any way. One should not envy him, thinking him an ordinary man, for he is the representative of all the demigods.â
(ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 11.17.27)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You should have this in your mind, and you should serve the spiritual master with that mood, with all respect and reverence and in a way that will be pleasing to the spiritual master. Not displeasing. That is required. So why would that breed contempt? Those who are serving the vapu of the spiritual master are very fortunate, definitely. VÀëé is always there. You can get it eternally, but you cannot always get the vapu, you see. It is most important.
Janeshwar dÀsa: That is due to the mercy of the spiritual master?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: That is the spiritual masterâs mercy, yes.
The position of a spiritual authority was bestowed upon ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami directly by ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da. How this happened was explained by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami referring to his correspondence with ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: So, I told the GBC that PrabhupĂ€da had told me this thing. They said, what is the proof? The proof is myself; he told me this in my ear. It was not recorded; it is recorded in my heart. But in his first letter he has mentioned this thing. You have seen that letter?
In a class ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da had mentioned the following about a similar event:
Indian man: When did you become the spiritual leader of KÄñëa consciousness?
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da: When my Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja ordered me. This is the guru-paramparĂ€. Indian: Did it...
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da: Try to understand. Donât go very speedily. A guru can become guru when heâs ordered by his guru. Thatâs all. Otherwise, nobody can become guru. *
* Editorâs note: It seems that ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da did not wish to disclose when his own spiritual master told him to become guru. For him, it was sufficient that he had heard this instruction directly through word of mouth â he simply said it was so. ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da has also stated that, â...When my Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja ordered me. This is the guruparamparĂ€...â Guru paramaparĂ€ therefore means by word of mouth from guru to disciple! Lord KÄñëa spoke to Lord Brahma (His disciple), Lord Brahma to ĂrĂ© NĂ€rada Muni (his son and disciple), ĂrĂ© NĂ€rada Muni to ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva (his disciple), ĂrĂ©la VyĂ€sadeva to ĂrĂ© Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ© (his son and disciple) and to ĂrĂ©la MadhvĂ€cĂ€rya (his çikñÀ disciple); and ĂrĂ© Ăukadeva GosvĂ€mĂ© passed on his teachings to ĂrĂ© SĂŒta GosvĂ€mĂ©, and so on. Does anyone know the exact date when ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da gave the order to ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da to be guru? Or on which date ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da himself received instructions to do so? Is there any physical documentation to announce this? If not yet at hand, does it really matter? The guru orders the disciple, and the true Vaiñëavas never question such a sacred relationship with demands of proof of material evidence, like a letter. The genuine Vaiñëava Ă€cĂ€rya becomes known by his own illuminated nature and activities. Material evidence is not the main criteria to ascertain the status of a guru
by K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da: ĂĂ€dhi mÀà prapannam. âI am surrendered to you. Whatever you say, I shall carry out.â Thatâs all.
Indian man: When did he tell you to...?
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da: What is the business, when did he tell me?
And why shall I disclose to you? It is so very insignificant thing that I have to explain to you.
Indian man: No, I am just curious when...
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da: You should be curious within your limit. You should know that one can become guru when he is ordered by his guru, this much. (From a lecture on Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 7.2 Nairobi, October 12, 1975)
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: We went through the letter books, it is there.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: I have that letter. There he mentioned, â... Under your leadership, under your leadership, under your leadership...â
Three times he has mentioned this, that this Bhubaneswar will be developed like that. I showed that letter to the GBC. I said, âThis is the letter. If I wonât be a leader, then how can I do it?â Then they allowed me and I told them emphatically, âYou may not allow me, but I must carry out the order of my spiritual master, I must do it.â
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: There is one requirement they have. If someone wants to become a spiritual master in our movement, the requirement is that he should not have had a fall down in the past five years and he has to have three signatures or five signatures and then he can become a guru.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: These are principles introduced later.
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: We cannot rubber stamp someone as spiritual master?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Rubber stamping will not do it; rubber stamping will not help.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: This is the mercy of the spiritual master, and he is in good standing in spiritual consciousness, fixed in the spiritual
C hapter 21
the Spiritual MaSter MuSt have preMa
path. He has developed prema. One who has developed prema for KÄñëa will not fall down in any circumstance.* Why will he be attracted towards mÀyÀ? MÀyÀ is so beautiful? So. This is most important. It is a question of prema.
Janeshwar dÀsa: It does not seem like that is the general teaching now. Now it is generally accepted that one does not have to have prema to be a spiritual master. One can just be on any level.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: It has become cheap; it has become so cheap.
KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa: In the West there is a strong lobby by the female disciples of ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da that they want to take up the responsibility of making disciples. Is there any sanction in the scriptures?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Only there was one ĂrĂ©matĂ© GaĂŹgamĂ€tĂ€ ĂhĂ€kurÀëé,** she had accepted disciples. Youâll find the GaĂŹgĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ Maöha in Puri.
Janeshwar dÀsa: What about JÀhnavé devé,*** Guru MahÀrÀja?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: JĂ€hnavĂ© devĂ©, that is Lord NityĂ€nandaâs çakti, yes. She also had disciples.
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: In England the temple authorities experimented with ladies giving class, Bhagavad-gétÀ class.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, that GBC proposal has come now.
* Authorâs note: I have studied the âLife and Timesâ of our beloved Gurudeva for over thirty-five years. I have done numerous interviews. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami was single pointedly focused on the path of bhakti, pure devotion towards the loving service of MahĂ€prabhu and Lord KÄñëa and never for a moment deviated from that focus.
** At that time, SĂ€rvabhauma BhaööÀcĂ€rya lived on the southern side of the JagannĂ€tha Temple. His home was known as MĂ€rkaĂ«ĂČeya-sarastaöa. At present it is used as the monastery of GaĂŹgĂ€mĂ€tĂ€.
*** Please see Appendix Two.
K Äñë A
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: Because they are saying that PrabhupÀda said if they are qualified then they can give.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Now this GBC proposal has come. I have opposed it.
Parabrahma dÀsa: They have asked your opinion, Guru MahÀrÀja? They have asked you about this question?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, it is a proposal, and every member of the GBC should give his opinion and vote for or against. I voted against.
Janeshwar dÀsa: It would be very difficult for brahmacÀrés to go to classes like that.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, that is not good. MahĂ€prabhu has not allowed such a thing. In MahĂ€prabhuâs movement, MahĂ€prabhu was very strict. He is an ideal sannyĂ€sĂ©. *
Parabrahma dĂ€sa: They say that in the early days ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da would allow some of the ladies to give class?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: During PrabhupĂ€daâs days,** I have not seen any lady giving class.
Parabrahma dÀsa: Never, Guru MahÀrÀja?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No.
Parabrahma dÀsa: They say in the earlier days, in New York, when there were only a few devotees and sometimes the ladies they would speak.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: I do not know. When PrabhupĂ€da was speaking all were listening. Ladies could ask questions, PrabhupĂ€da would answer.
* Authorâs note: In a conversation with his secretary ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami said, ââŠonly the men should give class. If no male devotee is available to do, then a very senior lady may give. However, they should not speak if there is one brahmacĂ€rĂ© or sannyĂ€sĂ© in the audience. If they do so they will commit an offenceâŠâ
** Authorâs note: ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami joined the mission on 15 September 1974.
Parabrahma dĂ€sa: In England, in the temple â Bhaktivedanta Manor âwe have many, many people giving class, a different person every day. Sometimes they ask young devotees to give class. What should we do if someone asks us to give class there? After coming here it is obvious to us that we are not qualified. You can see very clearly; we are not qualified to do this. But there it is very common that young devotees give class.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, thereby giving opportunity to devotees to speak, in one sense. But one who will speak must know the philosophy very well. He should be prepared to answer questions, philosophical questions. Otherwise, he will feel embarrassed.
Parabrahma dÀsa: Yes, or he will speculate.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, they will speculate. The answer will only be speculation. You must quote authority, the Ă€cĂ€rya, what he has said. So sometimes that opportunity may be given, but he should speak to the devotees, not to the public. If a member of the public asks a question and you do not know the answer, what will happen? Or you give some wrong answer, then? Do you know how dangerous this is?
Parabrahma dÀsa: It is very common, because not many people know the çastra, it seems, very few. We hear so many things. Sometimes the classes we hear are very disturbing to the mind.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You see, when PrabhupĂ€da was there he was allowing his disciples to speak, and PrabhupĂ€da was sitting there and PrabhupĂ€da was guiding. So, if they made some mistake, then and there PrabhupĂ€da corrected them. Thereby, he was giving training. I have seen that.
KÄñëÀnanda dÀsa: It should be like that when someone gives class, for example in England, a senior devotee should be there.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. That is the process.
KÄñëÀnanda dĂ€sa: Sometimes we see nowadays, it is quite fashionable, it is quite common practice when they debate some point, some issue, philosophical or anything, they quote these new letters [of ĂrĂ©la
d by K Äñë A
PrabhupĂ€da] which have just been published and not so much the scriptures. And when you argue, âbut these are letters â although they are ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs letters â you cannot really quote them in every instance.â So, they say you are a...
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: What PrabhupĂ€da has written in his letters, is it something different from çÀstric injunctions? PrabhupĂ€da must speak from çastra, and write based on çÀstric injunction. That is a sĂ€dhu. A sĂ€dhu speaks from çastra, he never says something concocted from his mind, manufactured. He must quote the previous authority and çastra. So PrabhupĂ€da would not say something new which was not from çastra or the previous authorities. You may quote ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs letters, but you must understand it, understand the purport.*
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: I say, we have two kinds of considerations â one is the apparent consideration, and another is the absolute consideration, aparĂ€-vicĂ€ra and tattvavicĂ€ra [aparĂ€-vicĂ€ra is the apparent consideration; tattva-vicĂ€ra is the absolute consideration]. Ours is tattva-vicĂ€ra. If you make apparent consideration, then you are committing a mistake. Our consideration must be based on tattva. That is most important. So much stress has been laid on tattva, tattva-vicĂ€ra. In the BhagavadgĂ©tĂ€ and the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam you will find so many quotes on tattva.
janma karma ca me divyam evaĂ yo vetti tattvataĂč tyaktvĂ€ dehaĂ punar janma naiti mĂ€m eti so ârjuna
* ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da wrote this regarding his letters:
â...I shall request you not to circulate all my letters that I address to you. Letters are sometimes personal and confidential, and if all letters are circulated, it may react adversely. I have already got some hints like that with letters I sent to you regarding Kirtanananda and Hayagriva. So, in the future please do not circulate my letters to you. All my letters to you should be considered as confidential, and if you want at all to circulate, you just ask me before doing so...â (from a letter to Brahmananda, 28 September 1969)
C hapter 21 the Spiritual MaSter MuSt have preMa
âOne who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, O Arjuna.â (Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 4.9)
This is repeatedly said. It must be based on tattva, otherwise you will speak the apparent consideration (aparÀ-vicÀra). No. The apparent consideration is condemned.
tad viddhi praĂ«ipĂ€tena paripraçnena sevayĂ€ upadekñyanti te jĂŻĂ€naĂ jĂŻĂ€ninas tattva-darçinaĂč
âJust try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire from him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realised soul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.â (Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 4.34)
tad-vijĂŻĂ€nĂ€rthaĂ sa gurum evĂ€bhigacchet samit-pÀëiĂč çrotriyaĂ brahma-niñöham
âTo understand these things properly, one must humbly approach, with firewood in hand, a spiritual master who is learned in the Vedas and firmly devoted to the Absolute Truth.â (MuĂ«ĂČaka Upaniñad 1.2.12)
In the Bhagavad-gétÀ stress has been placed on tattva-darçi, tattva-jïÀna, tattva realisation. Tattva-jïÀna, tattva-dÄñöa, be the knower of tattva, seer of tattva, you see? You must approach such a person. Otherwise, you will be cheated, and cheating is going on.
Janeshwar dÀsa: It seems that many of the senior devotees may say one thing and later on they will change their mind and say something else as if that is true.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Because they do not know the tattva.
K Äñë A
Janeshwar dÀsa: It seems that so many senior devotees do that.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami:Yes, they are not so serious. They have not enquired seriously, therefore they manufacture things, they say concocted things.
Parabrahma dÀsa: This is very disturbing for the younger devotees.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, very disturbing for the younger devotees.
Janeshwar dÀsa: It also seems that since these reforms, the role of the present-day ÀcÀryas does not seem so permanent, they do not seem as important, now.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, and from the side of spiritual master, from either side caution is there. A disciple should be very cautious to accept a qualified person â a worthy person. The disciple should be thinking and praying, âI want KÄñëa, I should be very serious to get KÄñëa. I want KÄñëa. That is the supreme perfection of my human life. So, I should accept a person who will give me KÄñëa cent percent, complete. Not 25% or 50% like that. If that person has got KÄñëa cent percent, then he can give me KÄñëa.â KÄñëa se tomĂ€ra, kÄñëa dite pĂ€ra, tomĂ€ra çakati Ă€che, ami to kangala, krsna krsna boli, dhai tava pache pache. * This is a famous song. Because he is a pure devotee, KÄñëa belongs to him, kÄñëa se tomĂ€ra.
KÄñëa has Himself said, âAhaĂ bhakta-parĂ€dhĂ©no**, that devotee has purchased Me, he has bound Me up by the rope of love.â Such a person can give you KÄñëa cent percent. This is from the side of the disciple,
* Ohe! Vaiñëava ĂhĂ€kura, verse four from ĂaraëÀgati, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura.
** ahaĂ bhakta-parĂ€dhĂ©no hy asvatantra iva dvija sĂ€dhubhir grasta-hĂ„dayo bhaktair bhakta-jana-priyaĂč
âThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said to the brĂ€hmaĂ«a: I am completely under the control of My devotees. Indeed, I am not at all independent. Because My devotees are completely devoid of material desires, I sit only within the cores of their hearts. What to speak of My devotee, even those who are devotees of My devotee are very dear to Me.â
(ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 9.4.63)
the Spiritual MaSter MuSt have preMa
âI want KÄñëa cent percent. Where is that person who has KÄñëa cent percent and can give me KÄñëa cent percent?â This is from the side of the disciple. And from the spiritual masterâs side he sees whether the disciple will be obedient to him. Will he willingly, without any grumbling, accept the spiritual masterâs discipline? That is from the spiritual masterâs side. This is required. Therefore, MahĂ€prabhu has cautioned, bahu-çiñya nĂ€ kariba*, âDo not accept so many disciples.â Some unworthy persons will come. For them you will have to suffer. You have accepted such unworthy persons. They will drag you to hell, definitely. Yes. So, caution is from either side. And this is required.** (Excerpts from a darçana with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami in Bhubaneswar, 24 November 1989)
Then on that very same day in a Bhagavad-gétÀ lecture, our beloved Gurudeva stated:
ââŠThe spiritual master is always very, very merciful. The devotees are more merciful than the Lord. So, he gives mercy, but you should take it. The sun gives light everywhere, but an owl, being nocturnal, cannot see it.
* avaiñëava-saÏga-tyÀga, bahu-çiñya nÀ kariba
bahu-grantha-kalÀbhyÀsa-vyÀkhyÀna varjiba
âThe twelfth item is to give up the company of non-devotees. (13) One should not accept an unlimited number of disciples. (14) One should not partially study many scriptures just to be able to give references and expand explanations.â (CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 22.118)
ââŠAccepting an unlimited number of devotees or disciples is very risky for one who is not a preacher. According to ĂrĂ©la JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ©, a preacher has to accept many disciples to expand the cult of ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu. This is risky because when a spiritual master accepts a disciple, he naturally accepts the discipleâs sinful activities and their reactions. Unless he is very powerful, he cannot assimilate all the sinful reactions of his disciples and has to suffer the consequences. Therefore, one is generally forbidden to accept many disciplesâŠâ (Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 22.118, from the purport)
** Authorâs note: Please see Appendix Nine for the list of qualities of a bona fide sĂ€dhu/ guru by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
dekhiyĂ€ nĂ€ dekhe yata abhaktera gaĂ«a ulĂŒke nĂ€ dekhe yena sĂŒryera kiraĂ«a (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Adi-lĂ©lĂ€ 3.86)
An owl cannot see the bright sunshine, KÄñëa, but a devotee can see Him. Those who are truly devoted to their spiritual master can receive the spiritual masterâs mercy. Otherwise, they cannot. The most important is to have an intimate relationship. Offer him your love, develop a loving relationship with him...â (BhagavadgĂ©tĂ€ lecture, verse 11.45, Bhubaneswar, 24 November 1989)
Then on the 29 November 1989, our beloved Gurudeva spoke these words:
ââŠYou cannot get this prema through your own labour, through your own merit, through your own intelligence, through your own wisdom. You cannot get it. Through your own endeavour you cannot get. No. This prema is developed in the purified heart, çuddha-citta, only through hearing from the bona fide sourceâŠ
ââŠTherefore, a disciple never occupies the seat of his guru because he thinks, âI am a disciple, I am eternally his disciple [sadÀçiñya-thĂ€ki]. How can I occupy the seat of my guru? No. I am just a speck of dust at the lotus feet of my guru.â This is the real mood of a disciple. One who has received mercy from the guru, from the right, bona fide authority, he can do kĂ©rtana. What is the subject matter of your kĂ©rtana? What you have already heard. âWhat I have heard from my guru I just do that kĂ©rtana, not manufacturing or concocting something new.â So, one who has listened can do kĂ©rtana, otherwise no one can do kĂ©rtana. And that person just collects the disciples for his guru. This is the process; he does so for his guru. He never occupies the seat of his guruâŠâ
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: A sannyĂ€sĂ© can award sannyĂ€sa. How can one who is not a sannyĂ€sĂ© award sannyĂ€sa? If that devotee did not know this, then when he became guru, he thought, âI am a guru. I can do whatever I wantâ, (Gurudeva laughs). He awarded sannyĂ€sa to someone, but he himself was a gĂ„hastha. Therefore, he was forced to take sannyĂ€sa, but his wife complained. If a gĂ„hastha wants to take sannyĂ€sa, his wife must give him permission. Otherwise, you cannot take sannyĂ€sa.
When HamsadĂŒta dĂ€sa, a gĂ„hastha, first asked PrabhupĂ€da whether he could take sannyĂ€sa, PrabhupĂ€da said, âGet permission from your wife. Then I will give you sannyĂ€saâ.
Because he has accepted a wife, it is necessary to receive her permission before renouncing the family for the sannyĂ€sa order. The wife is half of oneâs body, ardha-aĂŹga. Ardha means âhalfâ and aĂŹga means âthe left side of the bodyâ. If someone takes sannyĂ€sa without taking permission from his wife, he cannot maintain his sannyĂ€sa. He cannot give up sannyĂ€sa either; so, he must fall down [vĂ€ntÀçé].
by K Äñë A
Devotee: It is to say, there is no blessing, no mercy.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No mercy. We have our thought process. Our mind is very powerful. Thoughts of his wife will come to him, and as he is not so powerful, these thoughts will come to haunt him.
Devotee 2: Can we say that he might have taken sannyÀsa because there was no success in his gÄhastha-Àçrama.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: What does success mean? We have another definition. Success in life means getting paramĂ€rtha [the goal of life]. If someone attains that stage of paramĂ€rtha, then he is successful. He might be a gĂ„hastha, he might not be gĂ„hastha or sannyĂ€sĂ©, whatever he might be, our idea of success is that type of success, nothing else. Therefore, his wifeâs permission is required. Otherwise, thoughts of his wife will come because she will be thinking of him. If she gives permission, then there is no problem. Why will she think of him? She gave permission.
Devotee: So, we must be very careful to train the wife nicely so she will give permission.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, yes. This is the process, otherwise it is very difficult.
Devotee 3: The GBC made that resolution: the wife must give written permission.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes.
Devotee: Sometimes devotees in the West have the opinion that if you are living in the West, there is no need to take sannyÀsa, because when we are preaching to the Europeans it does not make a difference to them whether you are a sannyÀsé or a householder. Therefore, they say that there is no need to take sannyÀsa if you are staying in the West.
22 V aiñëa V a - sannyÀsa
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: But, you see, we must follow in the footsteps of the mahĂ€janas. MahĂ€jano yena gataĂč sa panthĂ€Ăč. MahĂ€prabhu has taught us. That is why He, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, took sannyĂ€sa. For Him there is no necessity to take sannyĂ€sa, because He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Why did he take sannyĂ€sa? Because the sannyĂ€sa-Àçrama is considered the highest Àçrama. When we are preaching for the establishment of varëÀçrama-dharma, we must imbibe it in our life. So, there is a need to take sannyĂ€sa.
Devotee: One day, the leader of the puñöi-mĂ€rga, who is a female; came to the temple in England, and she was speaking to one of our sannyĂ€sĂ©s. She quoted a verse saying that in Kali-yuga one should not take sannyĂ€sa. She was asking that sannyĂ€sĂ©, âWhy have you taken sannyĂ€sa?â But there was no reply from our resident sannyĂ€sĂ©. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: He could not reply.
Devotee: He could not answer.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, there are five acts that are forbidden in Kali-yuga:
açvamedhaĂ gavĂ€lambhaĂ sannyĂ€saĂ pala-paitĂ„kam devareĂ«a sutotpattiĂ kalau paĂŻca vivarjayet (Cc. Ădi 17.164)
In Kali-yuga five acts are forbidden: açvamedha, horse sacrifice; gavĂ€lambhaĂ , cow sacrifice.Taking sannyĂ€sa, pala-paitĂ„ka â offering meat in ceremony â pita-çrĂ€ddhĂ€, and devareĂ«a sutotpattiĂ , that means that if a womanâs husband dies, she may accept the younger brother of her husband as her husband in order to produce a son. These five acts are forbidden in Kali-yuga. So, she quoted that
K Äñë A
verse: âNo sannyĂ€sa is allowed in Kali-yuga, so why have you taken sannyĂ€sa?â
The sannyĂ€sa referred to in this verse means karma-sannyĂ€sa. We are not karma-sannyĂ€sĂ©s. We are Vaiñëava sannyĂ€sĂ©s, or tridaĂ«ĂČĂ© sannyĂ€sĂ©s. Karma-sannyĂ€sĂ© means mĂ€yĂ€vĂ€da-sannyĂ€sa. That is forbidden. Not Vaiñëava sannyĂ€sa. Vaiñëava sannyĂ€sĂ©s are in the society. They are preaching in the society. A karma-sannyĂ€sĂ© never pays attention to the society. He leaves the society. He lives in some solitary place. That is forbidden.
Devotee: Why is that forbidden?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Because in Kali-yuga karma-sannyĂ€sa cannot be maintained, it is very difficult. Therefore, here sannyĂ€sa is forbidden. But that does not mean Vaiñëava sannyĂ€sa. She should have been given this answer.
Devotee: MahĂ€rĂ€ja, it is quite funny because I have heard that the founder of puñöi-mĂ€rga, Vallabha ĂcĂ€rya, himself actually did take sannyĂ€sa. But in their preaching, they never say he took sannyĂ€sa. They always portray him as a householder, but he actually took sannyĂ€sa.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Vallabha ĂcĂ€rya was chastised by MahĂ€prabhu. However, MahĂ€prabhu is merciful.
Devotee: Guru Maharaja, you said karma-sannyÀsa.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, karma-sannyĂ€sa.
Devotee: There is also jïÀna-sannyÀsa?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, yes, it is the same thing, karmasannyĂ€sa and jĂŻĂ€na-sannyĂ€sa is the same. Therefore, our Vaiñëava sannyĂ€sa is not forbidden in Kali-yuga.
Devotee: Is it acceptable for a sannyÀsé, if he falls down, to take sannyÀsa again in this lifetime?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: You see, before accepting sannyĂ€sa, you should be very, very careful. It is not a childâs play. It is not like playing with a toy and then throwing it away and again accepting it. The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam says that falling down from sannyĂ€sa means to be a vĂ€ntÀçé. You have vomited something, then again you are eating it. That is what vĂ€ntÀçé means. The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam states that. It is condemned. Do not become a vĂ€ntÀçé; you have vomited â finished, it is a nasty thing. But again, eating it? What is that? If someone falls down from the stage of sannyĂ€sa-Àçrama, why will he again be given sannyĂ€sa? Is this reasonable?
Devotee: They lose their prestige. Therefore, they want to enter the sannyÀsa-Àçrama again.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: There is no desire for prestige in our line: No name, fame and prestige.
Devotee: It is very embarrassing to fall from sannyÀsa.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Let him become embarrassed, let them become embarrassed. That is befitting for them. He cannot take sannyĂ€sa again.
Devotee 1: How do they allow this in ISKCON? When I was in England, I heard that a sannyÀsé who fell down was again going to take not only sannyÀsa, but guru-ship as well. I know one boy who wants to become his disciple. After a few years, when he will become a guru, he wants to become his disciple. But just three years ago, he fell down.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: That is not good. Thereby you will lose the respect for the sannyĂ€sa order. It is not good.
Devotee: If a sannyĂ€sĂ© falls down and marries a woman or even a woman who has also been married before, itâs sacrilege?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: A woman already married (Gurudeva laughs), again marrying? There is no such reference in Vedic scriptures.
Devotee: In London, recently, there was a very senior devotee, who was a sannyÀsé before. He just married a lady who was also married before. There was very severe protesting by some devotees, but nothing has been done.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. These are all political actions. Never supported by Vedic injunction. There is no such thing in Vedic culture.*
It is important to consider what ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura writes on this matter:
â⊠If a person becomes entangled in material desires after taking sannyĂ€sa, then he is bereft of his original Àçrama, and even if he enters household life, he is outside the scope of the varĂ«a-Àçrama system. Only by heartfelt repentance and giving up hypocrisy can he absolve himself from his fallen state and earn the grace of the Supreme Lord. A fallen sannyĂ€sĂ© can in no way take again the robe of a sannyĂ€sĂ© as that will be tantamount to hypocrisyâŠâ (From ĂrĂ© Sajjana-toñaëé, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura )
* From a darçana with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, 27 November 1989.
C hapter t wenty - t hree
An evening darçana with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, 10 December 1989, Bhubaneswar, Orissa, India.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami maintained that there is always at least one liberated soul on the planet. We may be able to understand this, or we may not. In this darçana he clarifies this topic.
Devotee 3: Many devotees in our society believe that ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da was an eternally liberated soul, but now that he is gone, there are no eternally liberated souls. Many devotees are wondering if there are any other liberated souls. Does KÄñëa send other liberated souls?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, for them [for the conditioned souls]. They may not be seen. But it is not that there is no sĂ€dhu. How will everything go on if there is no sĂ€dhu?
Devotee 3: Are things going on because PrabhupÀda is present in his vÀëé form?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The vÀëé form is always there. BhaktisiddhĂ€ntaâs vÀëé is there, Bhaktivinodaâs vÀëé is there, the GosvĂ€mĂ©s, JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ©, RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ©, SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ©, all their vÀëé is there.
by K Äñë A
Devotee 3: So, people say this is how things are going on.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. The vÀëé is always there, but such Ă€cĂ€ryas, those who are carrying that vÀëé, must be there. This is the system of the disciplic succession, it is always there. In the GĂ©tĂ€ KÄñëa has said, evaĂ paramparĂ€-prĂ€ptam, in the course of time the paramparĂ€ may be lost, then some new paramparĂ€ comes out.
As KÄñëa says:
imaĂ vivasvate yoga proktavĂ€n aham avyayam vivasvĂ€n manave prĂ€ha manur ikñvĂ€kave âbravĂ©t [Bg. 4.1]
âFrom time immemorial I have taught this yoga-jĂŻĂ€na to VivasvĂ€n, SĂŒryadeva. Then SĂŒryadeva spoke it to Manu, Manu spoke it to IkñvĂ€ku. Now that paramparĂ€ is lost, kalau nañöa, so yogaĂč proktaĂč purĂ€tanaĂč. I am speaking that same yoga-jĂŻĂ€na to you now, O Arjuna.â So, in Kali-yuga, there are four bona fide paramparĂ€s, ĂrĂ©, BrahmĂ€, Rudra, Saunaka, and the union of these four is MahĂ€prabhuâs paramparĂ€, teaching acintya bedhĂ€bhedatattva. That pure Vaiñëava-sampradĂ€ya is now present, and that is the most sublime paramparĂ€, the unification of the four lines. It is not lost.
Devotee 3: Is the paramparÀ always continued by liberated souls?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, definitely. Unless one is a liberated soul how will it be continued?
Devotee 3: Is it continued by eternally liberated persons?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: They may not be eternally liberated souls; one may be a baddha-mukta. He is a liberated soul anyway.
C hapter 23 a Liberated SĂ€dhu iS aLwayS preSent
He may be eternally liberated or first conditioned then liberated, whatever it is, he is a liberated soul. How will the conditioned soul continue the line? A liberated sÀdhu is always there, but we have no qualification and no such vision that we can see where that sÀdhu is now, or who that sÀdhu is. It is not so easy to see a sÀdhu. A sÀdhu is not seen from his outward appearance. A special vision is required to see a sÀdhu.
Devotee 3: Such special vision comes by the mercy of the sĂ€dhu? ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, sĂ€dhu-kĂ„pĂ€. So, people say, âThere is no sĂ€dhu now. Who is a sĂ€dhu? No one is a sĂ€dhu.â Alright, think like that, what to do?
Devotee: It was easy for ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da because his father just told him, âYou go to him [Gaurakiçora dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja].â But we do not have someone like that.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, because his father, Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura knew, so he pushed him, âGo there, stay there and cry. Do not come back without getting his mercy.â ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da just waited outside of the cottage of Gaura-kiçora dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja and cried and cried for days together, you see, then he received the mercy of Gaura-kiçora dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja.
I tell you, pray to KÄñëa, pray to MahĂ€prabhu, pray to my Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da, so that they may shower mercy on you. They know your heart. They must tell you, âGo there.â If your desire is very acute, the Supersoul is there, He will make an arrangement, definitely.
Devotee 1: Sometimes I pray to KÄñëa, âIâm not going to do anything until You come in my dreams or do something and tell
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K Äñë A
me this is what I have to do.â Or to PrabhupĂ€da.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. Have full faith. Have unflinching faith in KÄñëa, He will definitely help you. Cry in your heart. He is in your heart as the Supersoul. You must listen to the crying of your heart. Pray to Him. Definitely you will get. I know it, definitely. That is a fact.*
* Authorâs comment: ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura has also stated in Chapter Seven of his Jaiva-Dharma that a liberated sĂ€dhu is always present.
C hapter t wenty -F our
By ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami
anĂ€sritah karma-phalaĂ kĂ€ryaĂ karma karoti yaĂč sa sannyĂ€si ca yogi ca na niragnir na cĂ€kriyah
âOne who is unattached to the fruits of his work and who works as he is obligated to is in the renounced order of life, and he is a true mystic, not he who lights no fire and performs no work.â
(Bhagavad-gétÀ 6.1)
Taking sannyĂ€sa means that you have vomited something âall your material attachments. Who is a true sannyĂ€sĂ©? KÄñëa is beautiful, and one who can see KÄñëa is a real sannyĂ€sĂ©. Otherwise, outwardly taking sannyĂ€sa as a mere fashion â catching a daĂ«ĂČa one day, then the next day throwing the daĂ«ĂČa and catching a woman. What is this? Is taking sannyĂ€sa a fashion? A childâs play? The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam calls this type of person a vĂ€ntÀçé.
K Äñë A
MahĂ€prabhu manifested the qualities of an ideal sannyĂ€sĂ©, teaching us by His own example. He would not even touch the scented oil brought by JagadĂ€nanda PaĂ«ĂČita. MahĂ€prabhu also refused to grant darçana to King PratĂ€parudra. Why? He explained that a king is associated with attachment to woman and money âkĂ€mini, kÀïcana. âI am a sannyĂ€sĂ©,â He said. âIf I give him darçana, then all My sannyĂ€sa dharma will be destroyed. Why will I give him darçana?â
He went on to say, sukla vastre masi bindu jechhe na lokaya â âIf a piece of very white cloth bears even the tiniest black spot, it will be seen. You cannot hide it. Similarly, sannyĂ€sir alpa chhidra sarva loke gaya â if there is even a minor flaw or weakness in a sannyĂ€sĂ©, people will notice and remark upon it, spreading their observations far and wide.â
prabhu kahe pĂŒrĂ«a yaiche dugdhera kalasa, surĂ€-bindu-pĂ€te keha nĂ€ kare paraça (Cc. Madhya 12.53)
âIf just one drop of liquor is spilled into a big pot filled to the brim with milk, no one will touch it; it becomes polluted and ruined.â It is the same for a sannyĂ€sĂ©. MahĂ€prabhu has said as much. Therefore, He declined to give darçana to King PratĂ€prudra. âNo! I do not want to give darçana to PratĂ€prudra.â Saying, âHe is a king.â Though PratĂ€parudra was a devotee, MahĂ€prabhu continued, âIf it was not for this single word raja, king â I would have given him darçana.â Raja means he is attached to women and money, kÀïaka and kĂ€mini.
C hapter 24 MÀhaprabhu Showed what Ideal SannyÀSa IS
A person taking sannyĂ€sa one day, accepting a daĂ«ĂČa and then the next day being attached to a woman â what is that? Childâs play? No one will appreciate this. That is not good. One should not act in such a way. So, MahĂ€prabhu is the ideal sannyĂ€sĂ©.
Prepare yourself mentally. Be firm, fixed in KÄñëa consciousness, and entirely detached. Develop prema, love, and keep the association of elevated Vaiñëavas â those who have developed prema. Develop this quality first, then take up sannyĂ€sa. Once you have taken sannyĂ€sa, it is not to be given up. Take a vow: âLet this life be finished, I will not be deviated from it, I cannot break it.â
Devotee: This particular devotee who wants to take sannyÀsa again says it will be a good example, because he can show that he fell and still can make it to the top in spiritual life.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Is this a good example or a bad example? Be a good example. Once you are a sannyĂ€sĂ© and you fall down, then again you are going to repeat that? One should not do like that. He must remain a brahamacĂ€rĂ©. Live a brahmacari life. It is good for him.
Devotee: Gurudeva, when ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da gave sannyĂ€sa to younger devotees 25, 30 years old â did he know that they would fall down sometime afterward?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes! An Ă€cĂ€rya works according to time, place and circumstance. An Ă€cĂ€rya does that. When my Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja, ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da went to the Western countries to preach on the order of his spiritual master, ISKCON was established, and had to be developed. It required management, managers and disciples to help him. Otherwise, how would it spread
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
throughout the world? For managementâs sake, some managers were required. So, all should obey the order of the manager but unless he is given sannyĂ€sa, the highest order, he has no control. No one will obey him. Do you understand? Therefore, he gave the opportunity to those who had some managing capabilities. That is ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs mercy. âYou are not really qualified or worthy persons to be sannyĂ€sĂ©s, but I give you the opportunity. Now you make yourself fit and qualify to be worthy for this position.â That was the intention. But these people never thought of this. They became so puffed up! âNow I have become a sannyĂ€sĂ©. Now I have become a guru and whatever I do, that is alright.â
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: In Oriya there is a saying, paĂ«ĂČita pua markaöa marila doña nĂ€hi â âIf a paĂ«ĂČitaâs son kills a monkey, it is not a fault on his part.â It means that a paĂ«ĂČita naturally receives some respect. He is a respectable man in society; even if his son were to kill a monkey, there is no harm, no sin â it would be overlooked. But if an ordinary personâs son did the same, then he would be punished. According to the Vedas, he would be guilty of committing a sinful activity and required to undergo prĂ€yaçcitta (atonement). Yet the paĂ«ĂČita insists, âBut not for my son.â
What kind of justice is that? If one takes sannyĂ€sa, or becomes a guru, whatever he may do, does that place him above the Vedic principles? Is he free to harshly deride a brahmacĂ€rĂ© or gĂ„hastha, âWhy did you do like that?â While excusing himself, âFor me, I am a sannyĂ€sĂ©, so it does not matter!â
What do you think? Why would you accept such a double standard?
C hapter 24 MÀhaprabhu Showed what Ideal SannyÀSa IS
Devotee: ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da gave the position to such devotees, to become sannyĂ€sĂ©s, but he knew they were going to fall down. So, did he accept the reaction?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: When he has accepted disciples, it is natural that the reactions go to him. A disciple should be very careful, âMy guru is so merciful that he is exerting himself so much to deliver me from this blind well, from the fort of DurgĂ€, MĂ€yĂ€devĂ©. I was imprisoned, but my Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja is exerting himself so much to pull me out. I should be a worthy disciple. I should not put my spiritual master in trouble. Why shall he suffer for me? I cannot pay him back in any way. He is doing good for me. Why shall I become so degraded, do so much nonsense, becoming so fallen by performing such sinful, abominable acts and put my Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja in trouble?â The disciple should be very serious. He should think, âNo, my duty is to help my Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja. I should not make trouble for him.â
This is a real disciple. It should not be one-sided. It is reciprocal. Guru and çiñya. It is two-sided, they co-operate. As I have said previously, our guru has come with one end of the rope and he has thrown the other end into the well saying, âYou just take hold of it very tightly. No slackness. Then I will pull you out.â If you do not listen to such instructions, if you are lazy, careless and do not hold that rope tightly, if there will be any slackness, then you will fall down. What shock will it be to the guru? âI have spent gallons and gallons of my spiritual blood, and this fellow fell down.â This should not happen. Rather, hold the rope very tightly. No slackness, then he can pull you up. Then he will be happy. âYes, now I am successful. I have pulled out one soul from the fort of DurgĂ€!â
by K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: It is not an easy task to become a guru. It is very dangerous. If the guru has no potency, how can he withstand the sinful reactions of his disciples? Such persons must fall down. For instance, they accept brahmacĂ€rĂ©s as their disciples. These young men have so many material desires, so much sexual attraction, and that must come to the guru, because the guru is giving them protection. But if you come to a guru, and if the guru has no potency to withstand it, he must fall down. That is another reason for their falling down.
Devotee: A real guru is not affected by the reactions. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: No. He has potency.
Devotee: Is it only by the mercy of the spiritual master that one can follow the regulative principles, or is it possible without the mercy of the spiritual master?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: The mercy of ĂrĂ© Guru is required, guru-kĂ„pa, but you should desire it, you should be a deserving candidate. That means you should be obedient to the guru, devoted to him and fully surrendered. Then you will get his mercy. But if you are not obedient, not faithful and not surrendered, then how can you deserve it? That is another question.*
Therefore ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da has stated:
â...Without a guru, you cannot have the mercy of KÄñëa. You cannot jump over the guru to KÄñëa like a monkey. That is not possible. KÄñëa will not accept if you think that, âWithout guru,
* Excerpts from a darçana, 12 December 1989, by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami.
C hapter 24 MÀhaprabhu Showed what Ideal SannyÀSa IS
I shall jump to KÄñëa, and He will be merciful upon me.â That monkeyâs business will not be accepted.
Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu therefore says gopĂ©-bhartuĂč padakamalayor dĂ€sa-dĂ€sa-dĂ€sa-dĂ€sĂ€nudĂ€saĂč. You have to become the servant of the servant of the servant of the servant of servant (Cc, Madhya 13.80). Then KÄñëa will be pleased.
If you jump over the guru to KÄñëa, âKÄñëa, I have come to You...â KÄñëa is not so easy (to catch). Therefore it is said, guru-kÄñëa kĂ„pĂ€ya pĂ€ya. ** If you are sincere, if that KÄñëa will be merciful, first of all, then KÄñëa will guide you. If youâre sincere, KÄñëa will direct you to approach*** such and such guru, and if the guru is pleased, then youâll get KÄñëa, that guru-kÄñëa kĂ„pĂ€ya, both, parallel line...â (From a lecture, Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ 9.2-3 Calcutta, March 8, 1972)
** Guru-kÄñëa kÄpÀya pÀya: You receive the seed of the bhakti creeper by the combined mercy of guru and Krsna.
*** PraëipÀtena: to approach a spiritual master means to surrender to a living person.
ĆrÄ«la BhaktisiddhÄnta SarasvatÄ« áčŹhÄkura PrabhupÄda and His Gáčhasta
ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da had a disciple named NiçikĂ€nta SanyĂ€la, a professor at RavensĂ€ College in Kaöaka. Although Mr. SanyĂ€la had an entire family to maintain, he would offer all his salary to ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da, even after ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da had told him, âIf you keep donating your salary to me, then how will your family survive? It would be better if you were to keep something for their maintenance.â
Out of concern for the family, ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da told ĂrĂ© MahĂ€nanda BrahmacĂ€rĂ©, âBecause NiçikĂ€nta SanyĂ€la is donating his entire earnings to us, it is our responsibility to take care of his family. I want you to arrange for their complete maintenance.â On this order, ĂrĂ© MahĂ€nanda BrahmacĂ€rĂ© took care of the familyâs necessities for many years. Whatever they needed â the education and marriages of the children, and everything else â was arranged by him.
Externally, it seems as though such an arrangement would be improper; a renounced person generally has no business seeing
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
to the needs of a gĂ„hasta family and should instead be engaged in the service of ĂrĂ© Hari, Guru and Vaiñëavas. However, there are two considerations in this situation. Firstly, ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da had given him the direct order to maintain the family, and there is never any fault in carrying out the instructions of guru; quite the opposite, the guruâs order is the discipleâs duty. Secondly, ĂrĂ© MahĂ€nanda BrahmacĂ€rĂ© intelligently arranged everything in such a way that he was never required to be physically present for these services. Through delegating responsibilities to various people, he never had to visit the family even once.
Years later, our beloved Gurudeva ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja recounted this story numerous times:
In the time of ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da there was a gĂ„hasta disciple who had a job. Every month, this gĂ„hasta disciple would go to ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da and give him his full wage as gurudakñiëÀ (a gift for the spiritual master). After some time, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da decided to send some of his disciples to visit this manâs house. When they arrived at the house, they saw that his wife had a torn sari, and his children looked gaunt and underfed.
ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da spoke to this disciple, asking, âWhy is your wife wearing a torn sari and why are your children appear to be in need of nourishment.â The disciple answered, âGurudeva, when I get paid, I give my whole wage to you as guru-dakñiëÀ.â Upon hearing this, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da asked him about his rent, clothing, and so forth. He then calculated what the disciple required for his familyâs basic needs and advised him to keep that amount every month, giving only the remainder as guru-dakñiëÀ.
From that point on, when this disciple came every month with his wage, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da
C hapter 25 S annyÀ S a S hould n ot B e t aken l ightly
would sit him down, review his finances, and only accept what remained after his essential expenses were accounted for.
I share this story because a very similar incident occurred in Bhubaneswar with our beloved Gurudeva and his disciples.
âGurudeva,
All Our
Our beloved Gurudeva had many disciples, and they were very attached to him, and of course still are. They were so enthralled with him that they wanted to give everything to their beloved guru. On one occasion, a disciple went to our Gurudeva and gave all of his money. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was unaware that he had given him every last cent, which meant that this gĂ„hasta disciple and his wife were left with no money at all. The wife then went to Gurudeva and said, âGurudeva, my husband has given you all our money as guru-dakñiëÀ, but we have no money to pay for accommodation, no money for food, nothing.â So, our Gurudeva went through their household finances and only accepted what little remained as guru-dakñiëÀ.
And of course, as many of you may know, every donation given to Gurudeva went directly into the top right-hand drawer of his desk, allocated entirely towards construction projects and the publication of his spiritual masterâs books in the Oriya language. Gurudeva was exceptionally frugal â no money was spent on unnecessary purchases. There were no luxury cars (as mentioned, the temple had an old jeep), no designer sunglasses or watches, no lavish apartments â everything was very simple. The running of the Temple was left to the Temple President who at that point was Caitanya Candra prabhu. He was responsible for managing the finances for the temple and its operations.
by K Äñë A
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami shared this story with his GBC sannyĂ€sĂ© godbrothers and later recounted it to his personal secretary.
Once, there was a sannyĂ€sĂ© in ISKCON who had fallen, but had remained within the movement, wearing saffron cloth as a brahmacĂ€rĂ©. After some time, he expressed a desire to resume his role as a sannyĂ€sĂ©. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami was asked for his opinion on the matter.
In response, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami told of a similar incident with a sannyĂ€sĂ© during the time of ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da in the GauĂČĂ©ya Maöha, who went away; however, after some time he wanted to come back to the mission.
When approached for guidance, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da advised that, while he could not rejoin as a sannyĂ€sĂ©, he would be permitted to return to the maöha as a brahmacĂ€rĂ©, provided he fulfilled certain terms. He would first have to atone for his past transgressions.
ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da stipulated that before he could rejoin the maöha, this individual would have to sit at the temple gate and bathe the feet of all the pilgrims who passed through. This task was to be carried out over a period of six months. However, the bathing was to be done with his own tears of repentance.
After ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami had shared this story to his sannyĂ€sa godbrothers, they responded, âToo harsh MahĂ€rĂ€ja, too harsh.â However, he maintained that sannyĂ€sa is a very serious commitment, and in this case, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami was opposed to this fallen [vĂ€ntÀçé] sannyĂ€sĂ© taking sannyĂ€sa again.*
* Authorâs comment: This fallen ISKCON sannyĂ€sĂ© is now reinstated as both a sannyĂ€sĂ© and as a guru within ISKCON. In reference to such situations, the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam
hapter 25 S annyÀ S a S hould n ot B e t aken l ightly
In a discussion with his disciples ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da said this:
Dhristadyumna dĂ€sa: In 1976 after MĂ€yĂ€pura, TamĂ€la KÄñëa MahĂ€rĂ€ja and I went to New York to get help from my father to be able to get into China because China was closed⊠No Westerners were allowed in, except under special circumstances. So, through my fatherâs contacts, we were able to get IDs as Spiritual Sky Incense representatives going to look for incense punk**⊠We were en-route to Hong Kong via Hawaii where PrabhupĂ€da was writing his Eighth Canto. And at that time, two things happened simultaneously: one, he didnât approve of us going to China anymore because he considered it a waste of time: under those conditions, there wouldnât be any possibility for preaching; and secondly Madhudviña had disappeared [blooped], given up his sannyĂ€sa. So PrabhupĂ€da said, âSo you go back and take up your party,â which was the last thing we ever expected to hear from PrabhupĂ€da given the intensity of the emotions just two months earlier in MĂ€yĂ€pura. So that was a big shock. PrabhupĂ€da said, âSo now you go back and take up your party, but one thing you must learn: you cannot force.â So, there were some discussions then about sannyĂ€sa. PrabhupĂ€da said, âActually I have not given any of you sannyĂ€sa. But I am in a war with mĂ€yĂ€, the material energy, and I need leaders.â He said, âIt is called in wartime âa battlefield commissionâ. There are no qualified leaders, but someone has to lead the charge. So, you take every fifth man. âYou are now lieutenant of the squad.â He is really a private, but we make him lieutenant for the day and he leads the charge.â Then PrabhupĂ€da said, âIt is to be understood that you are not sufficiently equipped for this fight and most of you will go down.â I know what he means now states, âA householder should not give up the ritualistic ceremonies, and a sannyĂ€sĂ© should not live in society. If a sannyĂ€sĂ© is agitated by the senses, he is a cheater influenced by the modes of passion and ignorance...â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam Canto 7, Chapter 15, Instructions for Civilised Human Beings, Summary) ** Thin bamboo sticks coated in sawdust; these are then dipped in fragrance.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
that Iâm older. We knew very little, but we were enthusiastic. (Reference: Following ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da - A Chronological Series, information by Dhristadyumna dĂ€sa)
Now, in regard to the above, RavĂ©ndra SvarĂŒpa dĂ€sa wrote this in 1994:
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs success in establishing a beachhead in the counter-culture soon produced problems within the movement ... ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da had constructed his movement out of dubious raw material. He was convinced that his efforts were a matter of spiritual life or death, and he was animated by a sense of extreme urgency. In a raging storm one must construct a shelter out of whatever comes to hand. Indeed, ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da was well aware of the defects of his handiwork. In writing about his difficulties in managing the movement, he made the following statement: âKÄñëa did not send me any first-class men. He sent me only second and third-class men.â*
However, it was quite different when our beloved Gurudeva took sannyÀsa.
B. dĂ€sa: After Gour Govinda Swami took sannyĂ€sa, many sannyĂ€sĂ©s and GBCs started complaining, âHow has he taken sannyĂ€sa? Heâs a new man!â Then PrabhupĂ€da told them, âHe is a devotee from his birth, you are new men!â** (Glorification of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, first disappearance Festival 20 February 1996, Bhubaneswar)
* ISKCON Communications Journal #2.1 January - June 1994.
** Please see Volume One, Part Two, Chapter One of this series.
C
hapter 25 S annyÀ S a S hould n ot B e t aken l ightly
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da has stated: â... This should be strictly outlawed, no more sannyĂ€sĂ©s. And those sannyĂ€sĂ©s who have fallen, you get them married, live like a... No more this show bottle, cheating. It is very ludicrous. Even there is a promise that âWe shall not fall down again,â that is also not believable. What is the use? Better go and speak philosophy in your gĂ„hastha dress, not this dress, but you have nice coat, pants, gentleman...â (Room ConversationJanuary 7, 1977, Bombay)
ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da comment: â... And this kind of hypocrisy - they have taken sannyĂ€sa and mixing with woman. This is not to be allowed. If you want woman, you get yourself married, live respectfully. We have no objection. But this hypocrisy should be stopped. There have been so many fallen down. First of all, there will be no sannyĂ€sĂ© anymore. I have got very bad experience. And at least, we are not going to create new sannyĂ€sĂ©s. And those who have fallen down, let them marry, live like respectable gentlemen. I have no objection. After all, young man, fallen down â thatâs all right. It is by natureâs way. But marry that girl. That I am insisting from the very beginning, that no friendly liaison. If you want, get one nice... They are, all of them qualified. Get one wife and live like a gentleman. Similarly, woman. Live with one husband fastidiously, with children...â (Room Conversation â January 7, 1977, Bombay)
â...If one accepts sannyĂ€sa at an immature stage, there is every possibility of his being attracted by women and lusty desires and thus again becoming a so-called gĂ„hastha or a victim of women. Such a person is most shameless, and he is called vĂ€ntÀçé, or one who eats that which he has already vomited. He certainly leads a condemned life. In our KÄñëa consciousness movement it is advised, therefore, that the sannyĂ€sĂ©s and brahmacĂ€rĂ©s keep strictly
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by K
Äñë
A
aloof from the association of women so that there will be no chance of their falling down again as victims of lusty desires...â (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.15.36 purport, ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da)
In his Jaiva Dharma, ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura has written:
Ananta dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ©, âThey are called vĂ€ntÀçé, those who eat their own vomit. They are eating what they have regurgitated.â
YĂ€dava dĂ€sa, âIs such a person no longer a Vaiñëava?â Ananta dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ©, âWhen his actions are contrary to scriptural injunctions and opposed to the principles of Vaiñëava-dharma, why should we seek his association? He has deviated from the path of çuddhabhakti and adopted deceit and caprice. What Vaiñëava qualities are still left in him?â
YĂ€dava dĂ€sa, âHow can we say that he has forsaken Vaiñëava-dharma, if he continues to chant hari-nĂ€ma?â
Ananta dĂ€sa BĂ€bĂ€jĂ©, âChanting hari-nĂ€ma and nĂ€mĂ€-aparĂ€dha, offences against hari-nĂ€ma, are two different subjects. Wherever you see sinful activities being committed on the strength of chanting, that is nĂ€mĂ€aparĂ€dha. You must run far away from nĂ€mĂ€-aparĂ€dha.â (Jaiva Dharma, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura. Chapter Seven, Nitya-dharma and SaĂ sĂ€ra, Material Existence)
ââŠThe other reason for this increase is that whether the person is suitable is not considered at the time of awarding the robes. The result of more unqualified renounced people leads to an increase in social problems and more discrepancies in conduct which will cause the destruction of the Vaiñëava-dharma. If a person after taking sannyĂ€sa becomes entangled in material desires then he is bereft of his original Àçrama and even if he enters the household life, he is outside the scope of the VarëÀçrama. Only by heartfelt
C hapter 25 S annyÀ S a S hould n ot B e t aken l ightly
repentance and giving up hypocrisy can he absolve himself from his fallen state and earn the grace of the Supreme Lord. A fallen sannyĂ€sa can no way take up the robe of a sannyĂ€sĂ© as that will be tantamount to hypocrisyâŠâ (From ĂrĂ© Sajjana-toñaëé, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami would often say, ââŠsannyĂ€sa is not childâs playâŠâ We should consult older traditions that have been practising sannyĂ€sa for many centuries. ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami took this very seriously and had a mood to help the ISKCON sannyĂ€sĂ©s to maintain their Àçrama in good standing to uphold ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€daâs prestige.
â Badri you will take me to ĂrĂ© RaĂŹgam
As we will explore further in Volume Five of this biography, the ĂrĂ©-sampradĂ€ya ĂcĂ€rya from ĂrĂ© RaĂŹgam visited our beloved Gurudeva. During his visit to Bhubaneswar, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami requested from him all available information that ĂrĂ© RĂ€mĂ€nuja ĂcĂ€rya had compiled on the sannyĂ€sa-Àçrama.
Seeing the growing number of renunciates who had abandoned their vows and fallen from sannyĂ€sa, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami sought to compile a definitive text that would reinforce the sacred principles of the renounced order. His intent was to present this work to his god-brothers providing a clear standard for upholding the dignity and purity of the position.
To accomplish this, he planned to make a special visit to ĂrĂ© RaĂŹgam, where he could immerse himself in the authoritative teachings and historical precedents for taking sannyĂ€sa. He once
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
said to ĂrĂ© Badri NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a RĂ€mĂ€nuja dĂ€sa,* who was the secretary to the ĂcĂ€rya from ĂrĂ© RaĂŹgam and was a çikñÀ disciple of our beloved Gurudeva, ââŠBadri you will take me to ĂrĂ© RaĂŹgamâŠâ
The pilgrimage was to be more than just a scholarly pursuit â it was a resolute stand for the sanctity of sannyĂ€sa at a time when its purity was at risk. It served as both a reaffirmation of the gravity of renunciation and a call to preserve its true purpose. More importantly, it underscored the unwavering commitment required of those who choose this path, and to honour the great souls of our tradition who dedicated themselves to upholding its values.
His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami always readied himself to maintain and preserve the integrity of his spiritual masterâs mission, and this was yet another example of his dedication to ISKCON.
* ĂrĂ© Badri NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a RĂ€mĂ€nuja dĂ€sa (mystic and pyschic) was trained in the four Vedas, the Upaniñads, the PurÀëas, palmistry, astrology and the Sanskrit language. He was also trained in the ancient science of the âGeometry of the Bodyâ, SĂ€mudrika-çÀstra (or full body analysis), he is able to see the symptoms of a mahĂ€-bhĂ€gavata. This is very rare in this day and age.
C hapter t wenty -S ix
On December 16, 1989, on the disappearance day of siĂ ha-guru ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami spoke in glorification of him in Bhubaneswar. He quoted the great Ă€cĂ€rya, saying:
ââŠIn this material world, we find that almost all people are struggling so hard for their existence, jĂ©van-saĂŹgrĂ€ma. However, it is not our need to eliminate those troubles and obstructions that come. Our need is to become dvandvatita, to transcend this whole position of the duality of the material world, so we can enter into that spiritual realm. This is the only requirement, prayojana â the ultimate goal. KÄñëa has said, na me dveñyo âsti na priyaĂč, here in this world, there is no one dear to us, and no one is our enemy. The GĂ©tĂ€ states that every arrangement of this world is temporary, Ă€dyantavantaĂč, it has a beginning and an end. We have only one goal in our life: how to get paramĂ€rtha, this prema-bhakti. We should exhaust ourselves to obtain it. This is our only requirement. Therefore, I repeatedly tell you that you should all co-operate and stay together. Do not give scope for any non-cooperation or
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
quarrelling, and under the guidance of the original Àçraya-vigraha, ĂrĂ©la RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ©, you preach this vÀëé. I wish that all of you will get the opportunity to serve the lotus feet of KÄñëa, Guru and GaurÀÏgaâŠâ
ââŠĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu explained to SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ© that there are three purposes in the Vedas. One is to understand our relationship with KÄñëa (sambandha), another is to act according to that relationship (abhidheya), and the third is to reach the ultimate goal (prayojana). The word prayojana means necessities, and the ultimate necessity is explained by ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu. PremĂ€ pum-artho mahĂ€n: the greatest necessity for a human being is the achievement of love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead [prema]âŠâ (ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 10.8.45, purport by ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da)
ââŠReject all false religion and cultivate the path of true religion. Ignore even the four Vedic goals of dharma, artha, kĂ€ma and mokña and strive only towards developing prema, eternal love for KÄñëaâŠâ*
ââŠThis prema is the supreme destination, the final fruit of all activity of the soul. The fourfold objects of human endeavour, namely, dharma (virtue), artha (worldly possessions), kĂ€ma (objects of worldly desire) and mokña (liberation) are as insignificant as a straw lying by the wayside, in comparison with krsna-premaâŠâ**
* The Phala Ăruti: The Auspicious Fruit of Hearing this Book; Jaiva Dharma by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura.
** ĂrĂ© Hari Bhakta Kalpa LatikĂ€, from the foreword by ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da.
In the following examples, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami emphasises that the goal of life, the purpose of all our spiritual endeavours, is solely to develop kÄñëa-prema. This is so important for devotees to realise that it was a recurrent theme in his discourses and discussions. As has been stated many times, he would say to his disciples:
ââŠChant without offence, chant purely, get the pure name, get kÄñëa-prema and get KÄñëa in this very lifeâŠâ
ââŠThat is the goal of our human life. The supreme perfection of human life is to achieve kÄñëa-prema. ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha dĂ€sa GosvĂ€mĂ© and ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura have both said that. If you are serious and eager to achieve this goal, then you must give up kĂ€paöya (crookedness) immediately, otherwise you cannot achieve this goal, kÄñëa-premaâŠâ (TÄëÀd Api SunĂ©cena, Chapter Four â KĂ€paöya, âCrookedness â the Great Stumbling Blockâ, by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami)
ĂacĂ©nandana GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu is the father of harisaĂŹkĂ©rtana and He appears with all His associates, His paraphernalia, and His abode, for the purpose of teaching the chanting of the holy name. The chief result of this hari-nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana is to achieve kÄñëa-prema â pure love for KÄñëa, as a result of which one will get KÄñëa.
brahmĂ€ra durlabha prema sabĂ€kĂ€re yĂ€che dĂ©na hĂ©na patita pĂ€mara nĂ€hi bĂ€che (ĂrĂ©la Locana dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura, ĂrĂ© Caitanya-maĂŹgala)
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
It is very difficult, even on the part of Lord BrahmÀ, to get such prema. Yet MahÀprabhu is offering and distributing this kÄñëaprema freely, indiscriminately, even to the most degraded and sinful persons, (ÀpÀmaraà yo vitatÀra).* He freely distributes love of Godhead even to the lowest of men, the JagÀis and MÀdhÀis. Therefore, He is known as prema-puruñottama, the Personality of Godhead who gives kÄñëa-prema. 1
These premĂ©-bhaktas have relished this nectarean prema-tattva and they have expressed it. Who are those premĂ©-bhaktas? They are the eternal associates of Gaura: ĂrĂ© RĂ€mĂ€nanda, ĂrĂ© RĂŒpa, ĂrĂ© RagunĂ€tha and rasĂ€cĂ€ryas like ĂrĂ©vĂ€sa, ĂrĂ©pĂ€da PrabhodĂ€nanda SarasvatĂ© and ĂrĂ©pĂ€da Kavi-karĂ«apĂŒra. If we follow in the footsteps of such premĂ©-bhaktas, sakhĂ©-maĂŻjarĂ©s â our gurus â we can receive their mercy. Then we will be able to relish this prema-tattva.
Those who receive the mercy of Caitanya-NityĂ€nanda, especially of NityĂ€nanda Prabhu, will be able to swim in this gaura-rasa-mahĂ€sindhu, the great ocean of Gauraâs divine mellows. Otherwise, one cannot swim in it. You cannot even approach the shore of that ocean. You will be far, far away from it, what to speak of entering into it and swimming. 2
Only those who have performed a huge amount of pious deeds â kĂ„tapuĂ«ya-rÀçiĂč â can understand this gaura-tattva. Such a person will surrender unto the lotus feet of Gaura, receive His mercy and develop bhakti at His lotus feet. Thereby the ocean of nectarean prema emanating from the lotus feet of RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé will rise in his heart. Then he will drown in that ocean. Only then is it possible to understand this gaura-tattva. Otherwise, there is no possibility.3
çuddha-prema-sukha-sindhu, pĂ€i tĂ€ra eka bindu, sei bindu jagat ĂČubĂ€ya
* ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 23.1.
C hapter 26 p rema - the Ultimate Goal
kahibÀra yogya naya, tathÀpi bÀule kaya, kahile vÀ kebÀ pÀtiyÀya
âUnalloyed love of KÄñëa is like the ocean of happiness. If someone gets one drop of it, the whole world can drown in that drop. It is not befitting to express such love of Godhead, yet a madman must speak. However, even though he speaks, no one believes him.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Madhya-lĂ©lĂ€ 2.49)
Such is the result of but a single drop, what to speak of the ocean. Only one drop of the ocean of gaura-lélÀ can inundate the whole universe with prema. KÄñëa-prema is such an invaluable asset.4
Through nĂ€ma-saĂŹkĂ©rtana this bhakti-tattva is available. The Vedas speak of three tattvas: sambandha â relationship, abhidheya â bhakti and prayojana â the requirement, prema. So, GaurÀÏga is the combined form of RĂ€dhĂ€ and KÄñëa in three tattvas. KÄñëa is bent in three places. Why? Because KÄñëa is manifest in three tattvas: sambandha, abhidheya and prayojana. The presiding deity of sambandha-tattva is RĂ€dhĂ€-Madana-mohana. The presiding deity of abhidheya-tattva is RĂ€dhĂ€-Govinda-deva. And the presiding deity of prayojana-tattva is RĂ€dhĂ€-GopĂ©nĂ€tha. Therefore, GaurÀÏga MĂ€haprabhu is the combination of RĂ€dhĂ€-Madana-mohana, RĂ€dhĂ€-Govinda-deva and RĂ€dhĂ€-GopĂ©nĂ€tha.5
KÄñëa is bent in three places. The first bend is at His lotus feet, the second bend is at the left side of His mouth, and the third, is in His heart. That means sambandha-tattva at the feet âRĂ€dhĂ€ -Madana-mohana. Secondly, abhidheya-tattva at the mouth â RĂ€dhĂ€-Govinda-deva. And third is prayojana-tattva, in the heart â RĂ€dhĂ€-GopĂ©nĂ€tha â because prema is stored in the innermost chamber of the heart.
K Äñë A
The purport is that those who are fortunate have received the sweet honey emanating from the lotus feet of Gaura Hari, the combined form of RĂ€dhĂ€-Madana-mohana. Those who are more fortunate receive that sweet honey emanating from the lotus mouth â abhidheya-tattva â of Gaura Hari, the combined form of RĂ€dhĂ€-Govinda-deva. And those who are most fortunate have received that sweet honey emanating from the lotus heart of Gaura Hari, the combined form of ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€-GopĂ©nĂ€tha. They are the dear devotees of MahĂ€prabhu headed by ĂrĂ© SvarĂŒpa DĂ€modara and ĂrĂ© RĂŒpa. All these mahĂ€janas and their followers have received it.6
They are tasting that mellow of the last limit of prema â the very cream and highest essence of prema-bhakti-tattva. This is known as unalloyed devotion, prema-bhakti, the prayojana-tattva. Our service is based on that prema, prayojana-tattva, which is loving service. Without that love, how can you serve RĂ€dhĂ€-Govinda-deva, RĂ€dhĂ€-Madana-mohana, ĂrĂ© ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€-GopĂ©nĂ€tha? It will not be acceptable if you are devoid of this prayojana-tattva. Prema is the only requirement, prayojana. And the last limit of that prema you will find only in ĂrĂ©matĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. It is not in KÄñëa. Therefore, KÄñëa stole it and appeared as Gaura.7
ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura, in his poem SaĂŹgita, explains that if you can become free from kĂ€paöya, crookedness, then you can adopt this path of prema. Otherwise, if there is crookedness in your heart, you cannot tread the path of prema.
That is the goal of our human life. The supreme perfection of human life is to achieve kÄñëa-prema. ĂrĂ©la RaghunĂ€tha dĂ€sa GosvĂ€mĂ© and ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinode ĂhĂ€kura have both said this. If you are truly serious and eager to achieve this goal, then you must give up kĂ€paöya immediately, otherwise one cannot achieve the ultimate goal: kÄñëa-prema.
Therefore, the instruction is that one who is very serious and eager to achieve this ultimate goal, the supreme goal of human life, this kÄñëa-prema â should immediately give up this crookedness (kĂ€paöya).8
A true Vaiñëava, one who is completely KÄñëa conscious will never become envious. Instead of being envious of someone who is more qualified, one should be jolly to receive him. KÄñëaprema kÄñëa bhakte maitrĂ©-Ă€caraĂ«a â one who develops kÄñëaprema, develops friendship with Vaiñëavas, kÄñëa-bhaktas, and one who sees a more qualified person than himself, a more qualified Vaiñëava than himself, becomes happy. He is not envious at all. That is a real Vaiñëava, that is a pure Vaiñëava.9
After undergoing lakhs of lives in various species, you have now received this rare human birth. What is the purpose of this birth? Though it is anityam â temporary, it is also arthada, it gives the goal. In this very birth, you can achieve the supreme puruñÀrtha, the goal of life, kÄñëa-prema bhakti, through which you can get KÄñëa.
How, then, can you get kÄñëa-prema bhakti? This is a most important question.
sĂ€dhĂŒnÀà sama-cittĂ€nÀà sutarÀà mat-kĂ„tĂ€tmanĂ€m darçanĂ€n no bhaved bandhaĂč puĂ so âkñëoĂč savitur yatha
The ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam (10.10.41) states that when the sun rises, it dispels the darkness prevailing outside. But how, then, can the darkness prevailing inside your heart be dispelled? The sun
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d
by K Äñë A
cannot reach that inner darkness. Only a sÀdhu, who is a dear devotee of KÄñëa, who has bound KÄñëa in his heart, can do so. If you are fortunate enough to meet, associate with, and receive the mercy of such a person, then the darkness within your heart can be dispelled. Otherwise, it is not possible. To become such a dear devotee of KÄñëa is rarely achieved: it is not so easy to achieve KÄñëa.10
Thus, the pinnacle of His Divine Grace ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kuraâs teachings was that the ultimate goal of life is prema, and that prema can only be attained through constant association with a premibhakta-sĂ€dhu-guru. Therefore, he would urge everyone to strive to attain prema in this very lifetime by cultivating that type of association.
premÀïjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santaĂč sadaiva hĂ„dayeñu vilokayanti yaà çyĂ€masundaram acintya-guĂ«a-svarĂŒpaĂ govindam Ă€di-puruñaĂ tam ahaĂ bhajĂ€mi
âI worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is ĂyĂ€masundara, KÄñëa Himself with inconceivable innumerable attributes, whom the pure devotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of devotion tinged with the salve of love.â (Brahma-saĂ hitĂ€ 5.38)
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: When you hear the glories of the Lord from the lips of a pure devotee that ointment of love for KÄñëa [premÀïjana] is automatically smeared on your eyes [premÀïjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena]. That is the process, there is no other process.*
Therefore, and as previously quoted, ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura PrabhupĂ€da has stated:
* From a lecture, Bhubaneswar, 25 March 1989.
C hapter 26 p rema - the Ultimate Goal
ââŠWhatever I have heard while sitting at the lotus feet of my spiritual master is the only access I have to realityâŠâ**
Following in the footsteps of his own illustrious spiritual master ĂrĂ©la A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da had this to say about hearing:
This word çuçruma is very important. âWe have heard it.â They never say that âWe have manufactured it.â Ăuçruma means âWe have heard it.â ĂuçrĂŒĂ±Ă€, çuçruma: âWe have heard it with service.â
That is the way of Vedic instruction.
The Bhagavad-gétÀ says,
tad viddhi praĂ«ipĂ€tena paripraçnena sevayĂ€ upadekñyanti te jĂŻĂ€naĂ jĂŻĂ€ninas tattva-darçinaĂč [Bg 4.34]
âJust try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire from him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realised soul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.â
Vedic knowledge means spiritual knowledge. Vedic knowledge is received through hearing. Material knowledge is also obtained by the same process, but it is specifically important for spiritual knowledge, because unless you hear it from the authority, there is no other source for that knowledge. You cannot understand it, because we do not see what is spirit. I am spirit, you are spirit, but
** Extract from a lecture delivered at ĂrĂ© SaccidĂ€nanda Maöha, in Cuttack, on the occasion of installing the Deity of ĂrĂ©man MahĂ€prabhu, 9 July 1927.
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
I do not see your spirit soul, you do not see my spirit soul, because we have got material eyesâŠ
So, these material eyes have to be purified. Then spiritual knowledge begins. Therefore, it is said,
ajĂŻĂ€na-timirĂ€ndhasya jĂŻĂ€nÀïjana-çalĂ€kayĂ€ cakñur unmĂ©litaĂ yena tasmai çrĂ©-gurave namaĂč
Our eyes are covered with darkness; we cannot see. Then how can we see in the darkness? AjĂŻĂ€na-timirĂ€ndhasya jĂŻĂ€nÀïjanaçalĂ€kayĂ€. ĂalĂ€kayĂ€ means torch. So what is that torch? Smearing with the ointment of knowledge, that is the torch. So, knowledge means not to see but to hear. Therefore, it is called çruti, çuçruma. Knowledge has to be received through the ear, not by these eyes. Not by the eyes. This is not recommended. Nobody says, âI want to see knowledge.â No: âI want to hear knowledge.â Therefore, it is called çruti, and knowledge is received through the ear, aural reception. (From a ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam lecture, 6.1.40, 21 July 1975, San Francisco)
In conclusion, premÀïjana begins to appear when you first hear the hari-kathĂ€ of great personalities. The more you hear it, the more you become established in and attached to the sweet Absolute and the process for fully realising Him. Therefore, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami would always say, âThis is a paramparĂ€ of hearing, çrautaparamparĂ€ or çrauta-paramparyĂ€.â Thus, by constantly hearing the hari-kathĂ€ of exalted personalities such as ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, the heart becomes increasingly purified. This is the true process revealed and promulgated by ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu and His followers.
C hapter 26 p rema - the Ultimate Goal
vande çrĂ©-kÄñëa-caitanyapremĂ€mara-taroĂč priyĂ€n çÀkhĂ€-rĂŒpĂ€n bhakta-gaëÀn kÄñëa-prema-phala-pradĂ€n
âI offer my obeisances to all the dear devotees of ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu, the eternal tree of love of Godhead. I offer my respects to all the branches of the tree, the devotees of the Lord who distribute the fruit of love of KÄñëa.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, Ădi-lĂ©lĂ€ 10.7)
This ends Volume Three, Part Two, of The Divine Life & Divine Teachings of ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja MahÀçaya, the KÄñëliĂŹgita-vigraha ĂcĂ€rya.
a ppendix o ne
ĆrÄ«matÄ« Gaáč gamÄtÄ GosvÄminÄ«
Compiled by BV ĂuddhĂ€dvaitĂ© MahĂ€rĂ€ja
ĂrĂ©matĂ© GaĂŹgamĂ€tĂ€ GosvĂ€minĂ© is written about quite often in the pages of GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava history, especially in the historical records of the NityĂ€nanda-vaà ça from which she descends. She is a revered figure in GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëavism, providing devotees worldwide with profound inspiration by her own lifeâs example of humility and dedication.
Born in Bengal as the daughter of King Nareça NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a of Puntaya, of the Rajsahi district of Bengal, GaĂŹgamĂ€tĂ€ GosvĂ€minĂ© was originally named ĂacĂ©-devĂ©. From a young age, Princess ĂacĂ©devĂ© exhibited deep spiritual inclinations and an innate sense of renunciation, a quality usually associated with unalloyed devotion to Lord ĂrĂ© KÄñëa. After her fatherâs demise she ruled the kingdom. But she soon decided to renounce worldly life and dedicate herself entirely to spiritual pursuits. She was looking for a genuine spiritual guide.
K Äñë A
Her quest led her to VĂ„ndĂ€vana, where she became a disciple of HaridĂ€sa PaĂ«ĂČita, a disciple of AnantĂ€cĂ€rya, a follower of ĂrĂ©matĂ© JĂ€hnavĂ€-devĂ©. Under his guidance, she began immersing herself in intense spiritual practices, performing severe austerities, wearing only rags and begging for food. She became frail from under-eating and sleeping on the YamunĂ€âs sandy bank. The VrajavĂ€sĂ©s were astonished by her severe renunciation. She never married and so was given the title GosvĂ€minĂ© for her strict celibacy.
After some years in VĂ„ndĂ€vana, she went to RĂ€dhĂ€-kuĂ«ĂČa to associate with ĂrĂ© LakñmĂ©priyĂ€ devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©, a dear disciple of her guru, on his suggestion. LakñmĂ©priyĂ€ devi chanted 300,000 names of KÄñëa (192 rounds) daily. Thus the two ladies would circumambulate Govardhana Hill and worship KÄñëa.
After many years, per her guru â s instruction, ĂacĂ©-devĂ© moved to JagannĂ€tha PurĂ©, where she took up residence at the ruins of the house once belonging to the great scholar SĂ€rvabhauma BhaööÀcĂ€rya, for the spiritual inspiration it bestowed. At that house she found the DĂ€modara-çilĂ€ previously worshipped by SĂ€rvabhauma BhaööÀcĂ€rya himself. She restored that house and established first-class worship of ĂrĂ© ĂyĂ€ma RĂ€ya, a Deity given to her by a Jaipura brĂ€hmaĂ«a. Every day she lectured on the ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam. Her classes became very popular. She became a great preacher and the guru of many people, including brĂ€hmaĂ«as and Lord JagannĂ€thaâs priests.
On the day of GaĂŹgĂ€-SĂ€gara-melĂ€, ĂacĂ©-devĂ© desired to bathe in the Ganges. That night the Ganges flowed from the lotus feet of Lord JagannĂ€tha and came to ĂacĂ©âs Àçrama. Entering GaĂŹgĂ€ DevĂ©âs waters, ĂacĂ© floated to the lotus feet of JagannĂ€tha SvĂ€mĂ© inside the temple.
The next morning, when the pĂŒjĂ€rĂ©s unlocked the temple doors, they were surprised to find ĂacĂ©-devĂ© inside. Mistaking her for a thief, they promptly jailed her. However, Lord JagannĂ€tha intervened, appearing simultaneously in a dream to both the PurĂ© King, Mukundadeva MahĂ€rĂ€ja, and the head pĂŒjĂ€rĂ©. The Lord ordered them to release ĂacĂ©-devĂ© and take initiation from her. From that moment, she became known as ĂrĂ©matĂ© GaĂŹgamĂ€tĂ€ GosvĂ€minĂ©.
Captivated by her pure recitation and profound explanations of the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, King Mukundadeva encouraged much of PurĂ© to accept her as their spiritual master. He even financed the construction of a special temple to be built for her, and she became one of the prominent VaiñëavĂ©s of Orissa, renowned for her deep scriptural knowledge and eloquent discourses on the principles of bhakti and an exemplary life of devotion and humility. She established various centres of worship, where she guided many devotees on their spiritual paths.
Honouring ĆrÄ«matÄ« Gaáč gamÄtÄ GosvÄminÄ«
Various celebrations across temples and Vaiñëava communities mark ĂrĂ©matĂ© GaĂŹgamĂ€tĂ€ GosvĂ€minĂ©âs appearance day. It is a time for deep reflection, celebration, and spiritual renewal. As devotees gather to honour her, a beacon of devotion, they are reminded of her
K Äñë A
enduring legacy and the wisdom she imparted. In commemorating her appearance day, devotees can reconnect with her teachings, seek her blessings for their spiritual journeys and reaffirm their commitment to the path of bhakti. Her life and teachings are a reminder that true fulfilment lies in devotional service to the Lord and cultivating a heart full of love and compassion.
Sources:
ĂrĂ© Bhakti-ratnĂ€kara, by ĂrĂ© Narahari CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura.
Caitanya-bhĂ€gavata, VĂ„ndĂ€vana dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura.
Caitanya-caritÀmÄta, KÄñëadÀsa KavirÀja GosvÀmé.
Prema-vilÀsa, NityÀnanda dÀsa.
VaiñëavĂ©: women and the worship of Krishna, Steven Rosen/SatyarĂ€ja dĂ€sa. The Associates of ĂrĂ© Caitanya, by ĂrĂ©la Bhakti Ballabha TĂ©rtha MahĂ€rĂ€ja.
a ppendix t wo
Compiled by NimĂ€i PaĂ«ĂČita dĂ€sa
nityÀnanda-priyam premabhakti-ratna-pradÀyiném çré-jÀhnavéçvaréà vande tÀpa-traya-nivariëim
âI offer my respectful obeisances to ĂrĂ© JĂ€hnavĂ©-devĂ©, Lord NityĂ€nandaâs dear wife. To the people she gives the precious jewel of devotional service. In this way she stops the three miseries of material existence.â (ĂrĂ© Bhakti-ratnĂ€kara, Eleventh Wave, by ĂrĂ© Narahari CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura)
âBalarĂ€maâs wives VĂ€ruëé and RevatĂ© became VasudhĂ€ and JĂ€hnavĂ©, the two wives of NityĂ€nanda Prabhu, in CaitanyalĂ©lĂ€. Both of them were the daughters of SĂŒrya dĂ€sa, who was as effulgent as the sun. According to another opinion, JĂ€hnavĂ€ was the incarnation of AnaĂŹga-maĂŻjarĂ©. Both these opinions are possible, as we have shown that more than one identity can be joined in associates of ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu.â (ĂrĂ© GauragaĂ«oddeça-dĂ©pikĂ€ verses 65-6, by ĂrĂ© Kavi-karĂ«apĂŒra).
JĂ€hnavĂ€âs father, SĂŒrya dĂ€sa PaĂ«ĂČita, held a prominent position in the service of the King of GauĂČa, earning him the title âSarakhelaâ (commander) and a substantial income. Her motherâs name was BhadrĂ€vatĂ©, and the family home was in the village
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
of Shaligrama, not far from NavadvĂ©pa. SĂŒrya dĂ€sa PaĂ«ĂČita was known for his pure character and had a spotless reputation. His virtues are innumerable. (ĂrĂ© Bhakti-ratnĂ€kara)
Much of JĂ€hnavĂ€-devĂ©âs fame began as a result of her relationship with NityĂ€nanda Prabhu. But her own remarkable activities soon revealed her greatness, and she has earned widespread respect as an extraordinary VaiñëavĂ© of her own merit.
VĂ©rabhadra GosvĂ€mĂ©, the son of VasudhĂ€ devĂ© was inundated with JĂ€hnavĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€âs mercy, becoming her direct initiated disciple. NityĂ€nanda Das writes in his Prema-vilasa that when VĂ©rabhadra saw JĂ€hnavĂ©-devĂ© in a four-armed form his mind who was previously doubtful about it was changed and he decided to accept her as his dĂ©kñÀ-guru.
Without the mercy of NityĂ€nanda Prabhuâs energy JĂ€hnavĂ€devĂ©, no one is able to cross over the ocean of material life, nor can one obtain the service of NityĂ€nanda Prabhu and enter into the loving service of His worshippable Gaurahari and RĂ€dhĂ€-KÄñëa. ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura has written in his KalyÀëa-kalpa-taru:
nikhila vaiñëava-jana doyÀ prakÀçiyÀ
çré-jÀhnavÀ-pade more rÀkhaha öaniyÀ
âI pray to all you, assembled Vaiñëavas throughout the entire universe, to please show your compassion by attracting me to the shade of the lotus feet of ĂrĂ© JĂ€hnavĂ©-devĂ©, my eternal shelter and the very pleasure potency of ĂrĂ© NityĂ€nanda Prabhu.â (Verse 5 from Auspicious Invocation and Description of the Desire-Tree of Auspiciousness)
Her devotion to the famous GopĂ©nĂ€tha Deity of Lord KÄñëa was so intense that this endeared her to the pious and impious alike. By her example, she showed how to perform Deity worship and devote oneâs life to spiritual pursuits. She even presided over huge
A ppendix 1 JĂ€hnAvĂ© devĂ© - Lord nityĂ€nAndAâs ĂAkti
Vaiñëava festivals and gave initiation to men and women alike. It was JĂ€hnavĂ©-devĂ©, too, who had the insight to keep close contact with the GosvĂ€mĂ©s of VĂ„ndĂ€vana, Lord Caitanyaâs chief followers there. In this way she sought to keep solidarity and unification between the branches of GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëavism in Bengal and in VĂ„ndĂ€vana (Uttar Pradesh).
JĂ€hnavĂ€-devĂ© was present when Narottama DĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura held a great festival at KheturĂ© village where he installed five sets of RĂ€dhĂ€-KÄñëa Deities and Deities of MahĂ€prabhu and Viñëu-priyĂ€devĂ©. This was the first of Caitanya MahĂ€prabhuâs appearance day festival (Gaura-PĂŒrĂ«imĂ€). The installation of the Deities took place under her direction, as she was the most senior personality there and the guest of honour.
She also supervised and personally participated in the cooking of the first offering and made that first offering to the Deities. She served the prasÀda to the assembled mahÀntas. Even though the Païca-tattva had left this world many years prior to this festival, they all appeared and danced wildly in the kértana.
JĂ€hnavĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ is a mahĂ€nta and as stated in the ĂrĂ© CaitanyacaritĂ€mĂ„ta, all the devotees who are followers of JĂ€hnavĂ€-mĂ€tĂ€ are counted within the list of ĂrĂ© NityĂ€nanda Prabhuâs devotees.
Sources:
ĂrĂ© Bhakti-ratnĂ€kara by ĂrĂ© Narahari CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura. ĂrĂ© Gaura-gaĂ«oddeça-dĂ©pikĂ€ by ĂrĂ© Kavi-karĂ«apĂŒra. KalyÀëa-kalpa-taru by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura
Lives of the Vaiñëava Saints by Steven Rosen/SatyarĂ€ja dĂ€sa. The Associates of ĂrĂ© Caitanya by ĂrĂ©la Bhakti Ballabha TĂ©rtha MahĂ€rĂ€ja.
a ppendix t hree
By ĂrĂ©la Bhakti Ballabha TĂ©rtha MahĂ€rĂ€ja
viçvasya nĂ€tha rĂŒpaâsau bhakti vartma pradarçanĂ€t bhakti-cakre varttitatvĂ€t cakravatyĂ€khyaye bhavet
âBecause ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura is the embodiment and protector of the path of pure devotion for the world, he is known as ViçvanĂ€tha, and because he has compiled books to reveal the essence of Vedic literature, he is known as CakravartĂ©.â
[ViçvanĂ€tha-praĂ«ati written by ĂrĂ©la BhaktisiddhĂ€nta SarasvatĂ© ĂhĂ€kura]
ViçvanĂ€tha was born into a family of Rarihiya Brahmins in the village of DevagrĂ€ma in Nadia district, around 1560 of the Ăaka Era (1638 AD), though some suggest 1576 (1656 AD) as his year of birth. The GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava AbhidĂ€na identifies his father as RĂ€ma NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a CakravartĂ©, while his motherâs name remains unknown. He had two elder brothers, RĂ€mabhadra and RaghunĂ€tha.
His spiritual master was RÀdhÀ-ramaëa Cakravarté, a disciple of KÄñëa-caraëa Cakravarté. KÄñëa-caraëa Cakravarté in turn, was a
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë
A
disciple and, according to some, the adopted son of Ganga NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a CakravartĂ©. ViçvanĂ€tha has summarised his guru-paramparĂ€ at the beginning of the Rasa-paĂŻcadhyaya section of his ĂĂ€rĂ€rtha-darçinĂ© commentary on the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam.
çrĂ© rĂ€ma-kÄñëa-gaĂŹgĂ€-caraëÀn natvĂ€ gurun urupremnaĂč çrĂ©la narottama nĂ€tha çrĂ© gaurÀÏga prabhuĂ naumi
In this verse, RĂ€dhĂ€-ramaĂ«a CakravartĂ©âs name is abbreviated as Rama, KÄñëa-caraĂ«aâs name as KÄñëa, and Ganga NĂ€rĂ€yaĂ«a CakravartĂ©âs name as Ganga. The word nĂ€tha refers to LokanĂ€tha GosvĂ€mĂ©, whose guru was GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu. Thus, the entire disciplic succession of ViçvanĂ€tha has been given in this one single verse.
After completing his studies of grammar in DevagrĂ€ma, ViçvanĂ€tha went to Saiyadabad in the Murshidabad district to study devotional scriptures from his guru. According to the GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava AbhidĂ€na, ViçvanĂ€tha was married. Although he was married according to the rites, he never showed the slightest attachment for family life. It is said that he taught his wife the BhĂ€gavatam, giving her a taste for its nectar, and instructed her to devote herself to the worship of the Lord before he left home.
ĂrĂ©la ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura followed the example of ĂrĂ© RĂŒpa, moving to VĂ„ndĂ€vana to fully dedicate himself to the devotional life. As a result of his commitment, fulfilling the instructions of his spiritual master, he received many blessings from him. These blessings took shape in his good fortune to be able to live in various sacred places within Vraja-dhĂ€ma and to write an extensive collection of books on GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava subjects, which are cherished as great treasures within the sampradĂ€ya. His writings, including his commentaries on the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ and
A ppendix 3 Ă rĂ©l A V i ĂVA nĂ€th A C A kr AVA rtĂ© Ă hĂ€kur A
BhĂ€gavata, are notable for their clarity and simplicity in Sanskrit. At the same time, they brim full with the nectar of devotion âsimultaneously accessibly and deeply inspiring to all who study them.
In the edition of the Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€ published by the ĂrĂ© Caitanya GauĂČĂ©ya Maöha, the following points are highlighted under the section titled, âA Description of the Commentaryâ:
In GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava history, ViçvanĂ€tha was the guardian and chief teacher of its middle period. Amongst Vaiñëavas of our day, a saying endures regarding three of his works: kiraĂ«a-bindu-kaëÀ, ei tin niye vaiñëava-paëÀ â ViçvanĂ€thaâs summaries of RĂŒpa GosvĂ€mĂ©âs Ujjvala-nĂ©lamaĂ«i (Ujjvala-nĂ©lamaĂ«i-kiraĂ«a), Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„tasindhu (Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu-bindu), and Laghu-bhĂ€gavatĂ€mĂ„ta (BhĂ€gavatĂ€mĂ„ta-kaëÀ) are the source of transcendental joy for the Vaiñëavas; studying them transforms one into a true Vaiñëava.
After the disappearance of MahĂ€prabhuâs VĂ„ndĂ€vana associates, ĂrĂ©nivĂ€sa ĂcĂ€rya, Narottama-dĂ€sa ThĂ€kura and ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda PaĂ«ĂČita preserved the traditions and expanded the movement in Bengal. ViçvanĂ€tha is regarded as the fourth descendant in the disciplic line from Narottama-dĂ€sa ThĂ€kura.
Few Ă€cĂ€ryas of the GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava tradition have been as productive as ViçvanĂ€tha. In addition to writing this extensive corpus of books, he made two other major contributions, both of which are deeply tied to preaching and kĂ©rtana.
RĂŒpa KavirĂ€ja was excommunicated from Vaiñëava society. He was the founder of an apasampradĂ€ya which taught that only renunciates were eligible to act as Ă€cĂ€rya, and that all householders are disqualified. He preached a distorted doctrine of rĂ€gĂ€nuga-bhakti which completely negates the value of vidhi-mĂ€rga, minimising the importance of hearing and chanting.
K Äñë A
To the benefit of the general public, ViçvanĂ€tha has argued against this doctrine in the ĂĂ€rĂ€rtha-darçinĂ© commentary in the Third Canto of the BhĂ€gavatam. RĂŒpa KavirĂ€ja holds that no householder can take the GosvĂ€mĂ© title. ViçvanĂ€tha counters this proposition by stating, on the basis of scripture, that any member of a dynasty of gurus who has the proper qualifications is entitled to be called a GosvĂ€mĂ©, i.e., he can do the work of a guru or Ă€cĂ€rya. However, to call oneâs unworthy children GosvĂ€mĂ©s simply for the purpose of accumulating wealth and disciples is opposed to the scriptural conclusions and is to be considered unlawful, even if born in a family with a tradition of acting as gurus.
ĂrĂ©la ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ThĂ€kura wrote Bengali songs under the pen-name of Hari Vallabha dĂ€sa. Some people say that this name was given to him when he took the vairĂ€gĂ© veña, the dress of a renunciant. In all respects, ViçvanĂ€tha is worthy of superlatives, whether in his expertise of philosophical discourse, his knowledge of the Vaiñëava scriptures, or his poetic talent.
The following is a list of the books written by ĂrĂ©la ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ThĂ€kura: (1) Vraja-rĂ©ti-cintĂ€maĂ«i, (2) ĂrĂ© CamatkĂ€racandrikĂ€, (3) ĂrĂ© Prema-sampuöam [KhaĂ«ĂČa-kĂ€vyamâa poetic work which displays only partial characteristics or ornamentation of poetry], (4) GĂ©tĂ€valĂ©, (5) SubodhinĂ© (commentary on AlaĂŹkĂ€rakaustubha), (6) Ănanda-candrikĂ€ (commentary on UjjvalanĂ©lamaĂ«i), (7) a commentary on ĂrĂ© GopĂ€la TĂ€panĂ© Upaniñad, (8) ĂrĂ© KÄñëa-bhĂ€vanĂ€mĂ„tam, a mahĂ€-kĂ€vya, (9) ĂrĂ© KÄñëa-bhĂ€vanĂ€mĂ„tam, (10) ĂrĂ© Ujjvala-nĂ©lamaëé-kiraĂ«a, (11) ĂrĂ© Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhubindu, (12) RĂ€ga-vartma-candrikĂ€, (13) Aiçvarya-kĂ€dambinĂ©, which appears to have been lost, (14) MĂ€dhurya-kĂ€dambinĂ©, (15) BhaktisĂ€ra-pradarçinĂ©, a commentary on ĂrĂ© Bhakti-rasĂ€mĂ„ta-sindhu, (16) Ănanda-candrikĂ€, a commentary on the Ujjvala-nĂ©lamaĂ«i, (17) a commentary on DĂ€na-keli-kaumudĂ©, (18) a commentary on ĂrĂ© Lalita-mĂ€dhava-nÀöaka, (19) an incomplete commentary on ĂrĂ© Caitanya-caritĂ€mĂ„ta, (20) a commentary on the Brahma-SaĂ hitĂ€, (21) SĂ€rĂ€rtha-varñiëé commentary on ĂrĂ©mad Bhagavad-gĂ©tĂ€, (22)
SĂ€rĂ€rtha-darçinĂ© commentary on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam.
He also wrote a number of small works which have been collected as StavĂ€mĂ„ta-laharĂ© [Waves of Nectarine Prayers]: (1) ĂrĂ© Guru-tattvÀñöakam, (2) Mantra-dĂ€tĂ„-guror-añöakam, (3) Paramaguror-añöakam, (4) ParĂ€tpara-guror-añöakam, (5) Parama-parĂ€tparaguror-añöakam, (6) ĂrĂ© LokanĂ€thÀñöakam, (7) ĂrĂ© NarottamÀñöakam, (8) ĂrĂ© ĂacĂ©nandanÀñöakam, (9) ĂrĂ© SvarĂŒpa-caritĂ€mĂ„tam, (10) ĂrĂ©
Svapna-vilĂ€s-Ă€mĂ„tam, (11) ĂrĂ© GopĂ€la DevÀñöakam, (12) ĂrĂ© Madanamohan-Àñöakam, (13) ĂrĂ© GovindÀñöakam, (14) ĂrĂ© GopinĂ€thÀñöakam, (15) ĂrĂ© GokulĂ€nandÀñöakam, (16) SvayaĂ -bhagavad-añöakam, (17) ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€-KuĂ«ĂČÀñöakam, (18) Jagan-mohanÀñöakam, (19) AnurĂ€gavallĂ©, (20) ĂrĂ© VĂ„ndĂ€ DevyÀñöakam, (21) ĂrĂ© VĂ„ndĂ€vanÀñöakam, (22) ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhikĂ€-dhyĂ€nĂ€mĂ„tam, (23) ĂrĂ© RĂŒpa-cintĂ€maĂ«iĂč, (24) ĂrĂ© NandéçvarÀñöakam, (25) ĂrĂ© GovardhanÀñöakam, (26) ĂrĂ© SaĂŹkalpakalpa-drumaĂč, (27) ĂrĂ© NikuĂŻja-virudĂ€valĂ©, (28) ĂrĂ© SuratakathĂ€mĂ„tam, and (29) ĂrĂ© ĂyĂ€ma-KuĂ«ĂČ-Àñöakam.
When ViçvanĂ€tha CakravartĂ© ThĂ€kura was old and hampered in his ability to travel, the Ă€cĂ€ryas of one branch of the RĂ€mĂ€nujasampradĂ€ya in the Galta village near Jaipur attempted to convert the King of Jaipur to their school by denying that the GauĂČĂ©ya school had any historical basis. They accused the GauĂČĂ©yas of not having a tie to any one of the four Vaiñëava disciplic successions. They further advised the King of Jaipur to take initiation within the RĂ€mĂ€nuja line.
The King was confused by their arguments and asked ViçvanĂ€tha, who was the most prominent Ă€cĂ€rya of the GauĂČĂ©ya school at that time, to come to Jaipur and answer the questions posed by the RĂ€mĂ€nuja group. Due to his advanced age, ViçvanĂ€tha was unable to go, but in his stead, he sent his dear student, Baladeva VidyĂ€bhĂŒshaĂ«a to defend the line.
One of the arguments of the RĂ€mĂ€nandĂ©s was that the GauĂČĂ©ya school had no commentary of its own on the VedĂ€nta. In response, Baladeva asked the accusers for some time â seven days according
A
K Äñë A
to some, three months according to others â to write a GauĂČĂ©ya commentary on VedĂ€nta.
He was given the time and went to the Govinda temple, where he offered prayers to his guru and to the Lord, seeking their blessings and the power to write such a commentary â a monumental task. As he prayed, GovindajĂ©âs garland fell from around His neck and the pĂŒjĂ€rĂ©s placed it on Baladevaâs chest. Baladeva took this as a divine sign of the Lordâs support for his authorisation.
With the Lordâs blessings, even the impossible becomes possible. Baladeva undertook the writing of comments to the five hundred sĂŒtras of the Brahma-sĂŒtra, completing it in the limited time given to him but without neglecting the aesthetic qualities of the GauĂČĂ©ya tradition in any way.
When he went to Galta, the scholars of the other sampradĂ€yas were astonished by the quality of Baladevaâs commentary. Because GovindajĂ© Himself had ordered its writing, the commentary became known as the Govinda-bhÀñya. It was after completing this commentary that Baladeva received the title VidyĂ€bhĂŒshaĂ«a.
It is said of ViçvanÀtha that when he wrote the BhÀgavatam, when it rained, water fell everywhere except the place where he was sitting. Thus, the ink did not run, and the text remained intact.
ViçvanĂ€tha established the service of GokulĂ€nanda, and the GokulĂ€nandajĂ© temple stands in VĂ„ndĂ€vana. ViçvanĂ€tha left this world in RĂ€dhĂ€-kuĂ«ĂČa around 1630 of the Ăaka Era (1708 AD). The tithi was either the Shukla or KÄñëa-paĂŻcamĂ© of the month of MĂ€gha [January-February]. (Excerpted from ĂrĂ© Caitanya: His Life & Associates by ĂrĂ©la Bhakti Ballabha TĂ©rtha MahĂ€rĂ€ja)
a ppendix F our
ââŠThe Vaiñëavas are trained to become freed from the four kinds of sinful activities â illicit sex, indulgence in intoxicants, gambling and eating animal foods. One cannot be on the brahminical platform without having these preliminary qualifications, and without becoming a qualified brĂ€hmaĂ«a, one cannot become a pure devoteeâŠâ (ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da)*
ââŠIn the KÄñëa consciousness movement we welcome everyone who agrees at least to follow the movementâs regulative principles â no illicit sex, no intoxication, no meat-eating and no gamblingâŠâ (ĂrĂ©la A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami PrabhupĂ€da)**
1. No gambling. It is said in the Vedas that gambling destroys truthfulness.
2. No intoxication. It is said in the Vedas that intoxication destroys austerity, self-control, and compassion as it may make you hard hearted.
* Krsna Book, Chapter Eighty-six.
** ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 7.13.8, purport.
K Äñë A
âThe second place given to Kali-yuga is pĂ€na, drinking liquor and smoking; dhĂŒmapĂ€na, surĂ€-pĂ€nĂ€, drinking wine, liquor, smoking cigarettes, biĂČi, ganjĂ€, chewing pĂ€na, guĂČĂ€kĂŒ, tĂ€mĂ€kĂŒ, tobacco. These are all intoxicants. It is a sinful activity. If someone becomes addicted to tĂ€mĂ€kĂŒ, tobacco, he cannot develop his true consciousness, God consciousness. He will remain in animal consciousness. Those who smoke gaĂŻjĂ€ and those who drink liquor become merciless like animals.â* (ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami)**
19. One should not smoke marijuana, or gaĂŻjĂ€, 20. One should not take opium or similar intoxicants.*** (Taken from the ĂrĂ© Hari-bhakti-vilĂ€sa, Eighth VilĂ€sa, Texts 451-469 by ĂrĂ©la SanĂ€tana GosvĂ€mĂ©)
ââŠThose who take up the dress of the bĂ€bĂ€jĂ©s so that they can eat with the Vaiñëavas during festivals, get funeral rites performed by the Vaiñëavas when they pass away, and get donations from householders to enjoy food, ganjĂ€, and tobacco, are called false renunciatesâŠ.â (ĂrĂ© Caitanya ĂikñÀmĂ„ta Chapter Five, Part Two, by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura)
3. No meat-eating: The Vedas state that consuming meat undermines primarily compassion and also austerity. The rationale is that eating the blood and flesh of other creatures erodes self-restraint: if one lacks the discipline to abstain from meat, it becomes challenging to maintain self-control in other areas of life.
* The word dhĂŒma (also spelled dhooma) means smoke, and pĂ€nĂ€ means to consume. Thus, dhĂŒmapĂ€na refers to the act of inhaling smoke. On the other hand, surĂ€-pĂ€na denotes the drinking of strong liquor or alcoholic beverages.
** Excerpt from a lecture on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 4.13.43 - Johannesburg, January 10, 1996.
***The above numbers 19 and 20 are also quoted by ĂrĂ©la Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura in his ĂrĂ© Hari-nĂ€ma-cintĂ€maĂ«i, Chapter Fourteen.
açvamedhaà gavÀlambhaà sannyÀsaà pala-paitÄkam devareëa sutotpattià kalau païca vivarjayet
âIn this Age of Kali,* five acts are forbidden: the offering of a horse in sacrifice, the offering of a cow in sacrifice, the acceptance of the order of sannyĂ€sa, ** the offering of oblations of flesh to the forefathers, and a manâs begetting children in his brotherâs wife.â
(Brahma-vaivarta PurÀëa, KÄñëa-janma-khaĂ«ĂČa 185.180)
The sacred scriptures of India describe that there are seven mothers:
Ă€dau-mĂ€tĂ€ guroĂč patnĂ© brahmaëé rĂ€ja-patnikĂ€ dhenur dhatrĂ© tathĂ€ pĂ„thvĂ© sapta eta mataraĂč smĂ„taĂč
1. Ădau mĂ€tĂ€ â the first mother, to whom we are born. 2. GurupatnĂ© â the wife of the spiritual master. 3. BrĂ€hmaëé â the wife of the brĂ€hmaĂ«a. 4. RĂ€ja-patnikĂ€ â the wife of the king. 5. Dhenu â the cow, she gives us milk. 6. DhĂ€trĂ© â the nurse. 7. PĂ„thvĂ© â the earth.
The Veda also states: paçavo na gĂ€vaĂč â the cow is not an animal. She is a mother who gives us milk.
4. No illicit sex: The Vedas indicate that engaging in illicit sexual activity undermines personal purity and cleanliness. Additionally, such behaviour can lead to various health issues
* The current age.
** That refers to karma-sannyÀsa, the sannyÀsa of the MÀyÀvÀdés, not Vaiñëava sannyasa.
K Äñë A
and diseases associated with irresponsible sexual practices.
ââŠWe have this regulative principle: no illicit sex. What do we mean by illicit sex? There are two types of illicit connections: one is a connection with a woman who is not your wife, the second one is too much attachment to your own wife. CÀëakya Pandit says, mĂ€tĂ„vat para-dĂ€reñu, see all women, except your legal wife, as mothers. KÄñëa is the only enjoyer and KÄñëa is the only husband, kĂ€ntaâŠâ (Evening program by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, Maisons Alfort, France, 25 July 1986)
Truthfulness: This encompasses honesty, truth, frankness, openness, straightforwardness, reliability, faithfulness, directness, and accuracy. The antonym is dishonesty.
Compassion: This includes mercy, forgiveness, kindness (not only towards loved ones but to everyone), understanding, and benevolence. The opposite of mercy is cruelty.
Austerity: This refers to self-control, strictness, sobriety, asceticism (which means a lifestyle characterised by abstinence and self-discipline), seriousness, and simplicity. It is the opposite of indulgence.
Purity: This involves hygiene, cleanliness, and spotlessness. The opposite is dirt, dirtiness, or being unclean. Remember, there is the adage, âCleanliness is next to godliness.â
These four principles â truthfulness, austerity, compassion, and purity â are essential and must be diligently followed.
a ppendix F ive
One who follows a real brÀhmaëa-vaiñëava becomes a brÀhmaëa himself. It is not possible by mere imitation. One must truly follow. Become a follower of a perfect brÀhmaëa, then you will become a brÀhmaëa yourself. Elaborating on this point, the Manu Saà hitÀ (2.157) states:
yathĂ€ kÀñöhamayo hastĂ© yathĂ€ carma-mayo mĂ„gaĂč yaç ca viproânadhĂ©yĂ€nas trayaste nĂ€ma vibhrati
âA wooden elephant, a deer made from deerskin, and a socalled brĂ€hmaĂ«a who is not engaged in Vedic study under the guidance of a guru are an elephant, deer, and brĂ€hmaĂ«a in name only.â
ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da hints at this in his purport, â... a superficial brĂ€hmaĂ«a who was called a brĂ€hmaĂ«a merely because he was born in a brĂ€hmaĂ«a family...â If he has no brahminical qualifications and is not engaged in brahminical activities he is not a real brĂ€hmaĂ«a. Again, the Manu SaĂ hitĂ€ (4.190) describes:
atapĂ€s-tvanadhĂ©yĂ€naĂč pratigraha-rucir-dvijaĂč ambhasy-açma-plavenaiva saha tenaiva majjati
K Äñë A
âA brĂ€hmaĂ«a devoid of austerity, who has not studied the Vedas and yet accepts charity as a brĂ€hmaĂ«a, is condemned. Such brĂ€hmaĂ«as are like a stone raft â both themselves and those who give them charity are doomed to go down in the ocean of hellish material existence.â
A dvija, a twice born brĂ€hmaĂ«a, who is not engaged in tapasya, austerity, and Vedic study, is just a greedy fellow who has developed a great hunger for money. His mentality is, âDonât you know that I am a brĂ€hmaĂ«a? Feed me! Give me bhojana, palatable dishes, and praëÀmi, donations! Otherwise, your whole dynasty will go to hell!â They are not real brĂ€hmaĂ«as. If one donates something to such a brĂ€hmaĂ«a, what will happen? Both the person who donates and the brĂ€hmaĂ«a who accepts the donation will go to hell. Tenaiva majjati â If you make a vessel out of stone and think, âOh, I will cross the ocean in this.â What will happen? Both you and the vessel will sink. Similarly, if you donate to or serve a so-called brĂ€hmaĂ«a who has no austerity and no Vedic knowledge, both of you will go to hell. Birth or caste does not make one a brĂ€hmaĂ«a. Rather, as KÄñëa says in the GĂ©ta, caste is according to qualities and actions, therefore guĂ«a-karma-vibhĂ€gaçaĂč â one who has acquired brahminical qualities and who is engaged in brahminical activities is a brĂ€hmaĂ«a.
In the BhĂ€gavatam the topic of who is a real brĂ€hmaĂ«a often arises, and ĂrĂ©la PrabhupĂ€da says, âI am making brĂ€hmaĂ«as.â His intention is that we become perfect brĂ€hmaĂ«as, acquire brahminical qualities, and engage in brahminical activities. He is lifting up mlecchas and yavanas and turning them into brĂ€hmaĂ«as, because he is such a merciful brĂ€hmaĂ«a-vaiñëava with a magnanimous heart. We should understand who a real brĂ€hmaĂ«a is: he is one who understands the brahma-vastu, the Supreme Spirit, KÄñëa. We should develop complete and pure KÄñëa consciousness, and day and night, twenty-four hours, engage in brahminical activities âthe loving service of KÄñëa. Then we will become worthy members of the Society for KÄñëa Consciousness. That is the purpose of the Founder-Ă€cĂ€rya of ISKCON. If we inculcate KÄñëa consciousness unto everyone, then the whole human society will become happy.
A ppendix 5 T en A ivA M A jj AT i - A v essel O u T O f s TO ne
So go out and preach the science of KÄñëa consciousness, inculcate KÄñëa consciousness, then the whole world will be happy. That is the heart of a real Vaiñëava, a real brÀhmaëa.
(From a lecture by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, ĂrĂ©madBhĂ€gavatam 9.9.29, Bhubaneswar, India, 16 March 1994).
ppendix S ix
ĂrĂ© DevakĂ©nandana dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura
Translation by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami
Vaiñëava ĂaraĂ«a is a well-loved Vaiñëava song, forming part of a larger work glorifying the followers of ĂrĂ© Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu. It was composed by ĂrĂ© DevakĂ©nandana dĂ€sa ĂhĂ€kura, formerly known as GopĂ€la CĂ€pĂ€la prior to receiving MahĂ€prabhuâs grace and becoming a Vaiñëava himself. The translation presented is from a lecture by our beloved Gurudeva, ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami given in 1986.
vÄndÀvana-vÀsé jata vaiñëavera gaëa prathame vandanÀ kori sabÀra caraëa (1)
âFirst of all, I pay my obeisances and worship the lotus feet of the Vaiñëavas residing in VĂ„ndĂ€vana.â
nĂ©lĂ€cala-vĂ€sĂ© jata mahĂ€prabhura gaĂ«a bhĂŒmite paĂČiyĂ€ vandoĂŹ sabĂ€ra caraĂ«a (2)
âI, falling flat on the ground, worship the lotus feet of the associates of MahĂ€prabhu, the Vaiñëavas residing in NĂ©lĂ€caladhĂ€ma, JagannĂ€tha PurĂ©-dhĂ€ma.â
K Äñë A
navadvépa-vÀsé jata mahÀprabhura bhakta sabÀra caraëa vandoÏ hoiyÀ anurakta (3)
âThe devotees of MahĂ€prabhu who are in NavadvĂ©pa, I worship the lotus feet of one and all of those devotees. This is humility, invoking the mercy of all the Vaiñëavas.â
mahĂ€prabhura bhakta jata gauĂČa-deçe sthiti sabĂ€ra caraĂ«a vandoĂŹ koriyĂ€ praĂ«ati (4)
âThe devotees of MahĂ€prabhu who are residing in GauĂČa-deçe, GauĂČa-maĂ«ĂČala-bhĂŒmi, I worship the lotus feet of one and all. I pay my obeisances at the lotus feet of one and all.â
je-deçe je-deçe baise gaurÀÏgera gaĂ«a ĂŒrddhva-bĂ€hu kori vandoĂŹ sabĂ€ra caraĂ«a (5)
âGaurÀÏgera-gaĂ«a, gaurÀÏgera-jana, gaura-bhaktas, the devotees of GaurÀëga, they may be residing in any country, eastern country, western country, wherever they are, raising up my hands I pay daĂ«ĂČavats to one and all at their lotus feet.â
hoiyĂ€chena hoibena prabhura jata dĂ€sa sabĂ€ra caraĂ«a vandoĂŹ dante koriâ ghĂ€sa (6)
âThose who are already devotees of MahĂ€prabhu, and in the future, those who are coming in the future, those who will be the devotees of GaurÀÏga MahĂ€prabhu, those who will be gaurabhaktas, I worship the feet of one and all.â
brahmaĂ«ĂČa tĂ€rite çakti dhare jane jane e veda purÀëe guĂ«a gĂ€ya jebĂ€ çune (7)
âEven a single pure Vaiñëava, jane jane, can deliver the whole world, he has such potency. This is the Vedic conclusion. One must listen to it. One must glorify the Vaiñëavas. One who glorifies the Vaiñëavas, he is very fortunate, all of his sinful reactions will
be annihilated. Such vaiñëava-carita is all spiritual, that is stated in the Vedas and the PurÀëas.â
mahÀprabhura gaëa saba patita pÀvana, tÀi lobhe mui pÀpé loinu çaraëa (8)
âThe men of MahĂ€prabhu, the devotees of Lord Caitanya, are all patita pĂ€vana, they are the deliverers of the patita, the fallen souls. Developing this greed in my heart, I take shelter of their lotus feet.â
vandanÀ korite mui kata çakti dhari tamo-buddhi-doçe mui dambha mÀtra kori (9)
âI have no strength, no çakti to glorify the Vaiñëavas. I think âYes, I can do it; I can glorify the Vaiñëavas but this is tamo-buddhi. Out of ignorance I have developed this pride.ââ
tathĂ€pi mĂŒkera bhĂ€gya manera ullĂ€sa doña kñamiâ mo-adhame koro nija dĂ€sa (10)
âYet this is my fortune. I am a dumb man; I have no speaking power to glorify the Vaiñëavas. Still, I get pleasure in my mind by doing so. You please excuse my offences at your lotus feet, you please accept me as one of your servants.â
sarva-vÀïchÀ siddhi haya yama-bandha chuöe jagate durlabha hoiyÀ prema-dhana luöe (11)
âAll of your desires will be fulfilled if you get the mercy of such a Vaiñëava. You will be freed from the clutches of YamarĂ€ja. Then you will be able to achieve prema-bhakti, which is very rare in this material world. It is only by guru-kĂ„pĂ€, vaiñëava-kĂ„pĂ€. No other way.â
manera vĂ€sanĂ€ pĂŒrĂ«a acirĂ€te hoya devakĂ©nandana dĂ€sa ei lobhe koya (12)
K Äñë A
âThe desires that you have in your mind will be fulfilled very soon if you obtain the mercy of such a Vaiñëava. Therefore, DevakĂ©nandana dĂ€sa sings this song.â*
* This information is from a lecture delivered in France 1986, and appeared in the Krsna Balarama Temple Newsletter (Bhubaneswar), issues 5 and 14.
a ppendix S even
ĆrÄ« Govardhana-vÄsa-prÄrthanÄ-daĆakam
Translation by His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja
ââŠNow I will chant the ten verses of ĂrĂ© Govardhana-vĂ€saprĂ€rthanĂ€-daçakam, written by RaghunĂ€tha dĂ€sa GosvĂ€mĂ©, glorifying GirirĂ€ja Govardhana.
nija-pati-bhuja-daĂ«ĂČĂ€-chatra-bhĂ€vaĂ prapadya pratihata-mada-dhÄñöoddaĂ«ĂČa-devendra-garva atula-pĂ„thula-çaila-çreĂ«i-bhĂŒpa priyaĂ me nija-nikaöa-nivĂ€saĂ dehi govardhana a tvam
âO ĂrĂ©man Giri Govardhana, king of the hills and mountains, who is spread far and wide, please give me a place to stay with you because, like an umbrella you are lifted by your master BhagavĂ€n KÄñëa, you are resting in His hand. Lord KÄñëa crushed the pride of the heavenly King Indra who was very proud because of his opulence.â
pramada-madana-lĂ©lĂ€Ăč kandare kandare te racayati nava-yĂŒnor dvandvam asminn amandam iti kila kalanĂ€rthaĂ lagnakas tad-dvayor me nija-nikaöa-nivĂ€saĂ dehi govardhana a tvam
âO my dear Govardhana, please give me a place to stay with you because the loving conjugal sweet lĂ©lĂ€ of RĂ€dhĂ€ and
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
KÄñëa has manifested in each of your caves. Staying with you I want to see those sweet loving conjugal lĂ©lĂ€s of RĂ€dhĂ€ and KÄñëa.â
anupama-maĂ«i-vedĂ©-ratna-siĂ hĂ€sanorvĂ©ruha-jhara-dara-sĂ€nu-droĂ«i-saĂŹgheñu raĂŹgaiĂč saha bala-sakhibhiĂč saĂŹkhelayan sva-priyaĂ me nija-nikaöa-nivĂ€saĂ dehi govardhana tvam
âMy dear Govardhana, please give me a place with you. If you ask, âWhy do you want a place with me? If you want to see these nice sweet loving conjugal pastimes of RĂ€dhĂ€KÄñëa, you can see them anywhere in VĂ„ndĂ€vana, they are going on everywhere. Why do you want to stay with me?â In answer I may say, âBecause you are very dear to KÄñëa, O my dear Govardhana. You have allowed KÄñëa to sit on an elevated siĂ hĂ€sana made of jewels and pearls in you. You have allowed KÄñëa to sit underneath a tree on you, by the side of the fountain in your valleys. Not only KÄñëa, but KÄñëa with BalarĂ€ma and all of His cowherd boys, you have allowed them to manifest their very sweet nectarean lĂ©lĂ€ there, thereby you are giving all pleasure to them. So why shall I stay in any other place than yourself? Therefore, I want to have a place with you.â
rasa-nidhi-nava-yĂŒnoĂč sĂ€kñiëéà dĂ€na-keler
dyuti-parimala-viddhaà çyÀma-vedià prakañya
rasika-vara-kulÀnÀà modam ÀsphÀlayan me
nija-nikaöa-nivÀsaà dehi govardhana tvam
âO Giri Govardhana, please give me a place with you because you are the witness of the dhana-keli-lĂ©lĂ€ of the everfresh youths, RĂ€dhĂ€ and KÄñëa, and you are the reservoir of all rasas, mellows, and you have made a beautiful platform, known as çyĂ€ma-vedi, from which nice scent is emanating,
thereby you are giving pleasure to RasarĂ€ja KÄñëa and His dear devotees. So why shall I want some other place than you?â
hari-dayitam apĂŒrvaĂ rĂ€dhikĂ€-kuĂ«ĂČam Ă€tmapriya-sakham iha kaëöhe narmaëÀliĂŹgya guptaĂč nava-yuva-yuga-khelĂ€s tatra paçyan raho me
nija-nikaöa-nivÀsaà dehi govardhana tvam
âIf you ask, âThere are many places in me. Which place do you want to stay?â In answer I may say, âO my dear Govardhana, I want that place in you named RĂ€dhĂ€-kuĂ«ĂČa, I want that place to stay because RĂ€dhĂ€-kuĂ«ĂČa is very dear to KÄñëa. Therefore, it is incomparable. You are a very dear devotee and friend of KÄñëa. For this reason, I want a place there in RĂ€dhĂ€-kuĂ«ĂČa, where you have placed that RĂ€dhĂ€kuĂ«ĂČa on your chest, and confidentially these two new fresh youths, RĂ€dhĂ€ and KÄñëa are always engaged in loving conjugal affairs there. This place is befitting for me. Sitting there, I want to see those nice nectarean, loving, conjugal pastimes of RĂ€dhĂ€-KÄñëa, like you.ââ
sthala-jala-tala-çañpair bhĂŒruha-chĂ€yayĂ€ ca pratipadam anukĂ€laĂ hanta samvardhayan gĂ€Ăč tri-jagati nija-gotraĂ sĂ€rthakaĂ khyĂ€payan me
nija-nikaöa-nivÀsaà dehi govardhana tvam
âO Giri Govardhana, please give me a place with you, because you are giving freely your water, your land, grass, the cool shade of your trees at every moment, at every step to the cows and calves of VĂ„ndĂ€vana â Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€jaâs cows and calves that KÄñëa was tending, and who you, Govardhana, were nourishing. Thereby your name is Govardhana because you are nourishing the âgoâ, cows and calves. In the three planetary systems you are known as Govardhana. Therefore,
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
if I get a place with you, it will be very easy on my part to have the darçana of my dearest Lord KÄñëa, because every day He goes to tend the cows and calves of Nanda MahĂ€rĂ€ja.â
surapati-kĂ„ta-dĂ©rgha-drohato goñöha-rakñÀà tava nava-gĂ„ha-rĂŒpasyĂ€ntare kurvataiva agha-baka-ripuĂ«occair datta-mĂ€na drutaĂ me
nija-nikaöa-nivÀsaà dehi govardhana tvam
âO Giri Govardhana, in answer you may say, âBy staying in any part of VĂ„ndĂ€vana you may have the darçana of Lord KÄñëa, why do you want to stay with me?â In answer I may say, âO my dear Govardhana, please give me a place with you because KÄñëa, who is the enemy of AghĂ€sura and BakĂ€sura, demons, has established a new house in you and He was carrying you like an umbrella, thereby He had given protection from the wrath of the heavenly King Indra to all the inhabitants of VrajabhĂŒmi. Thereby KÄñëa has given you much respect. Therefore, all people pay you respect. This is the nature of KÄñëa that though someone may be very unqualified or insignificant, if he stays with His dear devotee who is respected by one and all, very easily he obtains KÄñëaâs mercy. I am a most insignificant and disqualified person therefore if I stay with you then I will obtain the mercy of KÄñëa. This is my desire.ââ
giri-nĂ„pa-hari-dĂ€sa-çreĂ«i-varyeti-nĂ€mĂ€-mĂ„tam idam uditaà çrĂ©-rĂ€dhikĂ€-vaktra-candrĂ€t vraja-nava-tilakaatve klpta-vedaiĂč sphuöaĂ me
nija-nikaöa-nivÀsaà dehi govardhana tvam
âIf you say, âThis VĂ„ndĂ€vana covers five yojanas, (40 miles). It is like KÄñëaâs body. Anyone may stay in any part of VĂ„ndĂ€vana and fulfill his desire, so why do you want to stay
with me?â In answer I may say, âO GirirĂ€ja MahĂ€rĂ€ja, please see, this verse is from the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam, coming from the lotus moonlike face of ĂrĂ©mati RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé. This verse means you are the chief of all hari-dĂ€sas, hari-dĂ€sa-varya. This is the nectarean name you have received. Therefore, all Vedas have described you as the new and wonderful tilaka of VrajabhĂŒmi. This is very clear. What more shall I say? To stay with you is the most befitting place for me. Therefore, O my dear Govardhana, please give me a place with you.ââ
nija-jana-yuta-rĂ€dhĂ€-kÄñëa-maitrĂ©-rasĂ€ktavraja-nara-paçu-pakñi-vrĂ€ta-saukhyaika-dĂ€taĂč agaĂ«ita-karuĂ«atvĂ€n maĂ urĂ©-kĂ„tya tĂ€ntaĂ nija-nikaöa-nivĂ€saĂ dehi govardhana tvam
âIf you ask, âYou may fulfill your desire from any of the vrajavĂ€sĂ©s, why are you asking me?â In answer I may say, âYou are very dear to KÄñëa. You are always surrounded by the damsels of VrajabhĂŒmi, the sakhĂ©s, and by the sakhas, the cowherd boys, those who are very dear to KÄñëa, and your rasa is sakhya-rasa, friendly mellow. You are giving all pleasure to the birds, the beasts, to the men and women, to everyone in VrajabhĂŒmi. That means you are very, very merciful. Therefore, as soon as KÄñëa touched you, you yourself got up to rest on KÄñëaâs left hand, as an umbrella. Thereby KÄñëa gave protection from the wrath of Indra to all the inhabitants of VrajabhĂŒmi. You are so merciful. Therefore, why shall I go to some other resident of VrajabhĂŒmi leaving you, such a merciful devotee? Why shall I pray to them?â If you ask, âThe vrajavĂ€sĂ©s who have taken shelter under me, they are very, very dear to KÄñëa.â Pointing to me you would say, âYou are not so dear. Therefore, how can I give you a place?â In answer I may say, âO my dear Govardhana, you are very, very merciful. I am dina duĂčkhĂ©, I am a most insignificant creature, a pauper. Please accept
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
me, because one who is a Vaiñëava, bhakta, a devotee, he showers his mercy on those who are dina, very fallen and insignificant. Therefore, please give me a place with you. If I obtain a place with you and you shower your mercy then I will be able to become very dear to KÄñëa, otherwise how can I become very dear to KÄñëa?ââ
nirupadhi-karuĂ«ena çrĂ©-çacĂ©nandanena tvayi kapaöi-çaöho âpi tvat-priyenĂ€rpito âsmi iti khalu mama yogyĂ€yogyatÀà mĂ€m agĂ„hĂ«an nija-nikaöa-nivĂ€saĂ dehi govardhana a tvam
ââO Giri Govardhana, why would you give a place to one who is very low, degraded and most insignificant, a pauper? I am telling you the reason. It is true; I am a great duplicitous person. Still, ĂacĂ©nandana Gaurahari, Caitanya MahĂ€prabhu who is supremely merciful handed me over to you. You must accept the words of Gaurahari, who is very dear to you.â If you ask, âWhy has ĂacĂ©nandana Gaurahari sent you here from Puruñottama-kñetra JagannĂ€tha Puri-dhĂ€ma? He must have some purpose?â However, I say there is no purpose, none. He is wonderfully merciful. Therefore, O my dear Govardhana, do not deliberate on my qualification or disqualification, just accept me. You are very, very merciful. Shower your causeless mercy on me and please give me a place with you.â
These are ten verses written by RaghunÀtha dÀsa GosvÀmé on the glorification of GirirÀja Govardhana. Then this is the concluding verse:
rasada-daçakam asya çrĂ©la-govardhana asya kñitidhara-kula-bhartur yaĂč prayatnĂ€d adhĂ©te
sa sapadi sukhade âsmin vĂ€sam Ă€sĂ€dya sĂ€kñÀc chubada-yugala-sevĂ€-ratnam Ă€pnoti tĂŒrĂ«am
âGiriraja Govardhana is very dear to RĂ€dhĂ€-KÄñëa. He is dĂ€sa, a great servant of RĂ€dhĂ€-KÄñëa. He is known as haridĂ€sa-varya, the chief of all hari-dĂ€sas. The service he renders is compared to an invaluable gem. If anyone reads these ten verses, known as ĂrĂ© Govardhana-vĂ€sa-prĂ€rthanĂ€-daçaka, with love and affection, with complete faith and pure devotion they will definitely acquire bhakti-rasa, the mellow of bhakti, then very easily they can obtain a place with GirirĂ€ja Govardhana.â
This is our philosophy: He is as good as Lord Hari, on the same level. Hariâs dear devotee is as good as Hari (KÄñëa). Govardhana is as good as KÄñëa because he is a dear devotee. That is our philosophy. *
* Excerpt from a lecture by His Divine Grace ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami MahĂ€rĂ€ja on 4 November 1994.
a ppendix e ight
Excerpted from ĂrĂ© Caitanya His Life & Associates by ĂrĂ©la Bhakti Ballabha TĂ©rtha MahĂ€rĂ€ja
ĂrĂ© ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda Prabhu was a servant of a servant of Subala in kÄñëa-lĂ©lĂ€. He was the disciple of HĂ„dayĂ€nanda or HĂ„daya-caitanya, who in turn was a disciple of GaurĂ© dĂ€sa PaĂ«ĂČita. GaurĂ© dĂ€sa PaĂ«ĂČita was none other than Subala in kÄñëa-lĂ©lĂ€.
yaĂ loka bhuvi kĂ©rtayanti hĂ„dayĂ€nandasya çisyaĂ priyaĂ sakhye çrĂ©-subalasya yaĂ bhĂ€gavataĂč preshöhĂ€nuçiñyaĂ tathĂ€ sa çrĂ©mĂ€n rasikendra-mastaka-maĂ«iç citte mamĂ€har-niçaĂ
çré-rÀdhÀ-priya-narmÀ-marmasu rucià sampÀdayan bhÀsatÀm
âĂrĂ© ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda was known in this world as HĂ„dayĂ€nandaâs dear disciple; he was the grand-disciple of Subala sakhĂ€, the Supreme Lordâs most dear friend. A crest-jewel among those who revel in sacred rapture. May he appear day and night in my mind, bringing an appreciation for the essence of the joys of the beloved of ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€.â
(ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda-çataka)
ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda Prabhu was born on the full moon day of Chaitra in 1456 of the Ăaka Era (1534 AD) in Dharenda Bahadurpura, a town near the Kharigapura railway station in Medinipura. His father was ĂrĂ© KÄñëa Mandal, and his mother, Durika. KÄñëa
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
Mandalâs hometown was Dandeshvara, situated on the banks of the Suvarnarekha River.
The GauĂČĂ©ya Vaiñëava AbhidĂ€na states: âĂrĂ© KÄñëa Mandal lived in a place called Ambuwa, near Dandeshvara. He formerly lived in Gauda (the part of Bengal which lies on the banks of the Bhagirathi River) and only later moved to Dandeshvara, which is just across the present-day border in Orissa. ĂyĂ€mĂ€nandaâs disciples have established five principal seats in the towns of Dharenda, Bahadurapura, Rayani, Gopiballabhapura, and Nrisinghapura.â
Although ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda Prabhu was an initiated disciple of HĂ„daya-caitanyaâs, his guru had entrusted him to the care of JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© Prabhu. Through JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ©âs association and offering service to him, ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda developed a taste for serving RĂ€dhĂ€ and KÄñëa in the conjugal mood.
HĂ„daya-caitanya Prabhu himself was a disciple of GaurĂ© dĂ€sa PaĂ«ĂČita, who was one of the twelve gopas, known as Subala sakhĂ€. He worshipped Gaura-Nitai in the mood of friendship. Some mistakenly believe that ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda committed an offense against his initiating spiritual master by worshipping KÄñëa in a higher mood, than he had originally. The mood of friendship is contained within the conjugal mood and if a disciple makes further progress in spiritual life, it enhances the reputation of his teacher.
An extraordinary incident, which took place in Vrindavan prior to his being ordered by JĂ©va GosvĂ€mĂ© to return to Orissa, demonstrates how dear ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda was to RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëé.
One day, while sweeping the rĂ€sa-maĂ«ĂČala, absorbed in ecstatic trance, ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda Prabhu was blessed with divine vision. By RĂ€dhĂ€rÀëéâs transcendental mercy, he found Her ankle bracelet
lying on the ground. In his excitement, he reverently touched the ankle bracelet to his forehead, where it left a mark. This sacred imprint became the tilaka mark of the disciple descendants of ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda â preserved to this day nĂŒpura-tilaka.
ĂrĂ©la Narottama dĂ€sa ThĂ€kura and ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda primarily preached the message of MahĂ€prabhu through kĂ©rtana. ĂrĂ©nivĂ€sa ĂcĂ€rya sang kĂ©rtana in a style called manohara-sahi, Narottama in gariana-hati, and ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda in reneti. He would enchant the listeners with his heartfelt singing of kĂ©rtana. These styles of kĂ©rtana are no longer extant.
As a result of his preaching in Orissa, many Muslims also became ĂyĂ€mĂ€nandaâs disciples. The most important of his innumerable disciples was Rasika Murari. RasikĂ€nanda was the son of AcyutĂ€nanda, the zamindar of the Rohiëé village. He had another name, Murari, and was thus most commonly known as Rasika Murari. He was a very powerful preacher and his fame is still widespread through the villages of Orissa. A list of some of ĂyĂ€mĂ€nandaâs prominent disciples is given in the Bhakti-ratnĂ€kara:
âĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda made disciples all over the place. A person can be purified by hearing their names: Radhananda, Purushottam, Manohara, Cintamani, Balabhadra, Jagadishvara, Uddhava, Akrura, Madhuvana, Govinda, Jagannath, Gadadhara, Anandananda, and Radhamohana. ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda was constantly immersed in the joy of kĂ©rtana in the association of these disciples. Poets have described his wonderful pastimes for the pleasure of everyoneâ (Bhakti-ratnĂ€kara 15.62-66)
Other than these disciples, ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda converted a yogĂ© named DĂ€modara. Narahari CakravartĂ© ĂhĂ€kura has written the following account of that conversion:
A lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
âThere was a practitioner of yoga named DĂ€modara. ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda mercifully flooded him with devotional rasa. After becoming ĂyĂ€mĂ€nandaâs disciple, DĂ€modara cried and chanted the names of Caitanya-NitĂ€i. Who could remain untouched by his ecstatic absorption? He danced, crying out âbhakti is the best of all!â After delivering DĂ€modara, ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda continued to travel about, distributing the jewel of devotion to all.â
(Bhakti-ratnÀkara 15.55-8)
ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda put on a large festival at Dharenda with Rasika Murari and Damodar which is still remembered today. When he left the world, ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda turned over the service of Govinda at Gopivallabhapura. ĂyĂ€mĂ€nandaâs disciples and their descendants still worship his Deity RĂ€dhĂ€-ĂyĂ€masundara in VĂ„ndĂ€vana. This temple is still one of the principal pilgrimage sites in VĂ„ndĂ€vana.
ĂyĂ€mĂ€nanda Prabhu lived the last part of his life in Nrisinghapura in Orissa where he continued preaching Vaiñëavism. His earthly pastimes came to an end on the first day of the waning moon in the month of Asharh in 1552 of the Shaka era (1630 AD).
a ppendix n ine
âThe only object of pilgrimage is to obtain the association of sĂ€dhus (saints) and as the result thereof to receive the blessing of the service of ĂrĂ© KÄñëa; the presence of sĂ€dhus turns a place into a holy tĂ©rtha (a place of pilgrimage). Therefore, what is the good of going where there is no sĂ€dhus and undergoing the troubles of travelling long distances on the pretext of pilgrimage? The presence of Vaiñëavas turns a place into VĂ„ndĂ€vana and is the source of boundless joy to the residents thereof.â (The Harmonist/ ĂrĂ© Sajjana-toñaëé Vol. XXXVIII. No. 11)
âYou should understand that the sĂ€dhu never gets angry. You may disrespect the sĂ€dhu, you may condemn the sĂ€dhu, speak ill of the sĂ€dhu, you may develop enmity towards the sĂ€dhu, but the sĂ€dhu has no enemy.â*
ââŠSĂ€dhu upadeça-mantre piçÀcĂ© palĂ€ya (C.c. Madhya 22.15)the sĂ€dhuâs words are like a knife or like sharp arrows, but full of blessings. He will cut off the knot of ignorance. MĂ€yĂ€ piçÀcĂ©, mĂ€yĂ€ the witch is cleansed and chased away - no more! Then
* Excerpt from a lecture on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 9.8.12, by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, Bhubaneswar, 1 February 1994.
A
lw A ys E mbr A c E d by
K Äñë A
good vision comes, âOh yes, KÄñëa is there, all-attractive.â Then the disciple is attracted towards KÄñëa, no more towards mĂ€yĂ€âŠâ*
[The definition of a sĂ€dhu by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami
MahĂ€rĂ€ja ĂcĂ€rya ĂhĂ€kura. Spoken, in private to his secretary in Bhubaneswar, March 1994, directly after the GBC meetings of that year.]
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: I tried to explain to my godbrothers, in MĂ€yĂ€pura, what a real sĂ€dhu is, but they only laughed and said, ââŠtoo hard Swami, too hardâŠâ
1. A sÀdhu is one who is not under the sway of the three modes of material nature (guëas).
The three modes of material nature are sattva-guëa (goodness), raja-guëa (passion) and tama-guëa (ignorance). They are the fetters, the ropes or chains of mÀyÀ, that bind the conditioned souls.
2. The four defects are not present in him:
âą Bhrama â the tendency to commit mistakes.
âą PramĂ€da â the tendency to be illusioned.
âą VipralipsĂ€ â the tendency to cheat.
âą KaraëÀpÀöava â imperfect senses.
3. He has complete mastery over the six enemies.
âą KĂ€ma â lust.
âą Krodha â anger.
âą Lobha â greed.
âą Moha â illusion.
âą Mada â pride.
âą MĂ€tsarya â envy.
4. He is free from the four anarthas.
âą Tattva-bhrama â illusion about spiritual knowledge.
âą HĂ„daya-daurbalya â weakness of heart.
* Excerpt from a lecture on ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam 9.8.12, by ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami, Bhubaneswar, 1 February 1994.
A ppendix 9
âą AparĂ€dha â offences.
T he O nly O bjec T O f p ilgrim A ge
âą Asat-tÄñëÀ â material desires.
He has gone past anartha-nivÄtti, eradication from the undesirable urges that have gravitated to the region of the heart.
5. He has gone past niñöhÀ (attained unwavering steadiness in devotional service).
6. He has gone past ruci, the stage where one has developed a real taste for hearing and chanting.
7. He has gone past Àsakti, the stage where one has developed deep attachment for the Supreme Lord.
8. He is in bhÀva (the preliminary stage of transcendental love of God, or a ray of prema).
9. But, better still is prema. If he is a premi-bhakta, he is a real sÀdhu, a topmost sÀdhu.
Excerpts from a Question-and-Answer period with ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami*
Devotee One: In every Indian family there is a Bhagavad-gétÀ and everyone is worshipping some kind of deity.
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, they know it, but now it is becoming more and more reduced. BhĂ€gavata tuĂŹgĂ©s [a special building where the ĂrĂ©mad-BhĂ€gavatam was read and worshipped] were previously in every village, next to almost every house. Now only rarely you will find them. In my boyhood days, every evening I was reading the BhĂ€gavatam on palm leaves by a burning castoroil lamp. If I did not read it, I was slapped! Yes, my father, mother, guru-janas, would slap me. We were born in such circumstances and trained from very birth. It is still coming to my memory. There was no electricity, even kerosene was not so available. When I was reading as a student, I was burning a castor-oil lamp, and I would walk by foot - there was no vehicle, nothing. Hundreds of miles I was walking, walking, walking. I have walked to PurĂ©. Now it is not necessary, it is all Westernised; no BhĂ€gavata-tuĂŹgĂ© - all clubs, nude clubs. So, India is like wet wood now [the path of bhakti is not flourishing as it should] and the Western countries are like * in 1989, exact date not known.
by K Äñë A
dry wood, catching fire [the path of bhakti is spreading], bhakti is spreading like wildfire now.
The Indians are blindly imitating the Westerners. The Western civilisation is a dog civilisation and the Indians are imitating this. Bhaktivinoda ĂhĂ€kura had this foresight and thought, Oh, such bad luck has come to India. They are imitating the Westerners, the mlecchas with their Godless education and civilisation; theirs is âa dog civilisationâ in the language of my Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja. âThis message should be spread in the Western countries, in English.â So, he was the first to start writing books in English. He thought it should be spread, otherwise such bad luck is coming to India. As they are imitating â if the Westerners will chant âHare KÄñëaâ and dance, the Indians will imitate that. Now they teach, and now you imitate.
India is such a land, with a favourable atmosphere, but in other parts of the world, there is no favourable atmosphere! Therefore, MahĂ€prabhu who is patita-pĂ€vana, spread the saĂŹkĂ©rtana movement to all parts of the world, beyond India. He gave this responsibility to the Indians: You do it if you are Indian. If you have this identification âI am Indianâ, you should do it. If you cannot do it, then you cannot be called an Indian. No, you are not Indian. You are a mleccha.
Devotee: What is making the Western countries like dry wood? What is making them so receptive to KÄñëa consciousness?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: This is MahĂ€prabhuâs causeless mercy. This is the causeless mercy of the dear devotees of MahĂ€prabhu. They have hoped so, they cherished this desire, so now, their desire is fulfilled.
A ppendix 10 Why KÄñëA ConsCiousness is Flourishing
Devotee: Because of the desire of those devotees of MahÀprabhu, therefore KÄñëa is fulfilling their desire?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes. That is the only reason. Take the opportunity that Goddess KĂ„pĂ€-devĂ© is giving. Her kĂ„pĂ€-çakti, her potency is very favourable to you Westerners.
Devotee: So, the Westerners are receiving more mercy than the Indians?
ĂrĂ©la Gour Govinda Swami: Yes, yes!
Bombay
6 January, 1977
77-01-06
Bhuvaneçvara
My dear Gaura Govinda,
Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter dated 2/1/77 and have noted the contents carefully.
We shall arrange for one man to oversee the construction. That will be supplied. You have got all blessings of Krsna. You are so nice faithful servant of Krsna, surely you will be successful.
Come to the Kumbha Mela where I am going on the 11th instant, and we shall talk in detail. Then with you I shall return to Bhuvaneçvara and start immediately the work. You can stay with us for four or five days at Kumbha Mela, then we shall go with you. Arrange for that. You can book one first class compartment for four of us from Allahabad to Bhuvaneçvara for the 17th or 18th.
Before coming to Allahabad, you can go to see one professor. His name is Dr. Banshidhar Mohanty. He is in the department of Oriya at Utkal University in Bhuvaneçvara. He has got one manuscript of Srimad-Bhagavatam that he wants to show me. You
K Äñë A
can see him and see also this manuscript. You can inform him of my coming there and ask him to come to see me at that time. When you come to Allahabad you can inform me about the manuscript.
Hoping this will meet you in good health.
Your ever well-wisher,
A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami ACBS/jda
Braja devĂ© dĂ€sĂ©: After initiation, especially as we were fasting all day, I felt totally out of this world â sober and fixed. I just felt spiritually surcharged after initiation. Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja gave me the experience that only a mahĂ€-bhĂ€gavata can give. It was like nothing I had ever experienced before. My previous initiation was more like a Sunday feast or a party. What I experienced from Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was very serious and powerful. We took EkĂ€daçé prasĂ€da after midnight. What an experience I had just had! (Excerpt from Chapter 5)
Janeshwar dĂ€sa: My first impression of Guru MahĂ€rĂ€ja was that he did not disappoint me. He certainly seemed to fit most of the preconceived ideas I had in my mind about him. He was very kind, most friendly, welcoming and very jolly. He laughed a lot, and he seemed to be genuinely happy to see us and to have us there. He did not treat us in any condescending fashion, he was not thinking himself to be our superior. We noticed over the next few days how he genuinely relished kÄñëa-kathĂ€. For example, he would become increasingly excited relating the pastimes of Lord KÄñëa with the cowherd boys. Also, he would relish describing how KÄñëa is a mad man, because of His love for ĂrĂ© RĂ€dhĂ€. Gurudeva was totally unique, a natural bhakta. We could detect nothing forced or artificial about him at all, no pretence. He genuinely relished kÄñëa-kathĂ€ and he gave us so much time and attention for hours every day. (Excerpt from Chapter 17)